1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package medialive 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 8 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" 13) 14 15const opBatchUpdateSchedule = "BatchUpdateSchedule" 16 17// BatchUpdateScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 18// client's request for the BatchUpdateSchedule operation. The "output" return 19// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 20// successfully. 21// 22// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 23// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 24// 25// See BatchUpdateSchedule for more information on using the BatchUpdateSchedule 26// API call, and error handling. 27// 28// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 29// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 30// 31// 32// // Example sending a request using the BatchUpdateScheduleRequest method. 33// req, resp := client.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(params) 34// 35// err := req.Send() 36// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 37// fmt.Println(resp) 38// } 39// 40// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule 41func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) { 42 op := &request.Operation{ 43 Name: opBatchUpdateSchedule, 44 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 45 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 46 } 47 48 if input == nil { 49 input = &BatchUpdateScheduleInput{} 50 } 51 52 output = &BatchUpdateScheduleOutput{} 53 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 54 return 55} 56 57// BatchUpdateSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 58// 59// Update a channel schedule 60// 61// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 62// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 63// the error. 64// 65// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 66// API operation BatchUpdateSchedule for usage and error information. 67// 68// Returned Error Codes: 69// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 70// 71// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 72// 73// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 74// 75// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 76// 77// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 78// 79// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 80// 81// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 82// 83// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 84// 85// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule 86func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateSchedule(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error) { 87 req, out := c.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input) 88 return out, req.Send() 89} 90 91// BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext is the same as BatchUpdateSchedule with the addition of 92// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 93// 94// See BatchUpdateSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 95// 96// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 97// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 98// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 99// for more information on using Contexts. 100func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error) { 101 req, out := c.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input) 102 req.SetContext(ctx) 103 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 104 return out, req.Send() 105} 106 107const opCreateChannel = "CreateChannel" 108 109// CreateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 110// client's request for the CreateChannel operation. The "output" return 111// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 112// successfully. 113// 114// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 115// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 116// 117// See CreateChannel for more information on using the CreateChannel 118// API call, and error handling. 119// 120// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 121// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 122// 123// 124// // Example sending a request using the CreateChannelRequest method. 125// req, resp := client.CreateChannelRequest(params) 126// 127// err := req.Send() 128// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 129// fmt.Println(resp) 130// } 131// 132// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel 133func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelRequest(input *CreateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateChannelOutput) { 134 op := &request.Operation{ 135 Name: opCreateChannel, 136 HTTPMethod: "POST", 137 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", 138 } 139 140 if input == nil { 141 input = &CreateChannelInput{} 142 } 143 144 output = &CreateChannelOutput{} 145 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 146 return 147} 148 149// CreateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 150// 151// Creates a new channel 152// 153// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 154// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 155// the error. 156// 157// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 158// API operation CreateChannel for usage and error information. 159// 160// Returned Error Codes: 161// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 162// 163// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 164// 165// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 166// 167// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 168// 169// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 170// 171// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 172// 173// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 174// 175// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 176// 177// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel 178func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannel(input *CreateChannelInput) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { 179 req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) 180 return out, req.Send() 181} 182 183// CreateChannelWithContext is the same as CreateChannel with the addition of 184// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 185// 186// See CreateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 187// 188// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 189// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 190// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 191// for more information on using Contexts. 192func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { 193 req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) 194 req.SetContext(ctx) 195 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 196 return out, req.Send() 197} 198 199const opCreateInput = "CreateInput" 200 201// CreateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 202// client's request for the CreateInput operation. The "output" return 203// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 204// successfully. 205// 206// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 207// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 208// 209// See CreateInput for more information on using the CreateInput 210// API call, and error handling. 211// 212// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 213// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 214// 215// 216// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputRequest method. 217// req, resp := client.CreateInputRequest(params) 218// 219// err := req.Send() 220// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 221// fmt.Println(resp) 222// } 223// 224// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput 225func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputRequest(input *CreateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputOutput) { 226 op := &request.Operation{ 227 Name: opCreateInput, 228 HTTPMethod: "POST", 229 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", 230 } 231 232 if input == nil { 233 input = &CreateInputInput{} 234 } 235 236 output = &CreateInputOutput{} 237 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 238 return 239} 240 241// CreateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 242// 243// Create an input 244// 245// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 246// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 247// the error. 248// 249// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 250// API operation CreateInput for usage and error information. 251// 252// Returned Error Codes: 253// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 254// 255// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 256// 257// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 258// 259// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 260// 261// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 262// 263// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 264// 265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput 266func (c *MediaLive) CreateInput(input *CreateInputInput) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { 267 req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) 268 return out, req.Send() 269} 270 271// CreateInputWithContext is the same as CreateInput with the addition of 272// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 273// 274// See CreateInput for details on how to use this API operation. 275// 276// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 277// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 278// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 279// for more information on using Contexts. 280func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { 281 req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) 282 req.SetContext(ctx) 283 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 284 return out, req.Send() 285} 286 287const opCreateInputSecurityGroup = "CreateInputSecurityGroup" 288 289// CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 290// client's request for the CreateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 291// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 292// successfully. 293// 294// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 295// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 296// 297// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateInputSecurityGroup 298// API call, and error handling. 299// 300// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 301// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 302// 303// 304// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 305// req, resp := client.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 306// 307// err := req.Send() 308// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 309// fmt.Println(resp) 310// } 311// 312// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup 313func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 314 op := &request.Operation{ 315 Name: opCreateInputSecurityGroup, 316 HTTPMethod: "POST", 317 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", 318 } 319 320 if input == nil { 321 input = &CreateInputSecurityGroupInput{} 322 } 323 324 output = &CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 325 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 326 return 327} 328 329// CreateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 330// 331// Creates a Input Security Group 332// 333// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 334// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 335// the error. 336// 337// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 338// API operation CreateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 339// 340// Returned Error Codes: 341// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 342// 343// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 344// 345// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 346// 347// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 348// 349// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 350// 351// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 352// 353// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup 354func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroup(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 355 req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 356 return out, req.Send() 357} 358 359// CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 360// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 361// 362// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 363// 364// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 365// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 366// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 367// for more information on using Contexts. 368func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 369 req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 370 req.SetContext(ctx) 371 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 372 return out, req.Send() 373} 374 375const opCreateMultiplex = "CreateMultiplex" 376 377// CreateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 378// client's request for the CreateMultiplex operation. The "output" return 379// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 380// successfully. 381// 382// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 383// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 384// 385// See CreateMultiplex for more information on using the CreateMultiplex 386// API call, and error handling. 387// 388// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 389// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 390// 391// 392// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexRequest method. 393// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexRequest(params) 394// 395// err := req.Send() 396// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 397// fmt.Println(resp) 398// } 399// 400// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex 401func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexRequest(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexOutput) { 402 op := &request.Operation{ 403 Name: opCreateMultiplex, 404 HTTPMethod: "POST", 405 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes", 406 } 407 408 if input == nil { 409 input = &CreateMultiplexInput{} 410 } 411 412 output = &CreateMultiplexOutput{} 413 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 414 return 415} 416 417// CreateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 418// 419// Create a new multiplex. 420// 421// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 422// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 423// the error. 424// 425// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 426// API operation CreateMultiplex for usage and error information. 427// 428// Returned Error Codes: 429// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 430// 431// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 432// 433// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 434// 435// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 436// 437// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 438// 439// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 440// 441// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 442// 443// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 444// 445// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex 446func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplex(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) { 447 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input) 448 return out, req.Send() 449} 450 451// CreateMultiplexWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplex with the addition of 452// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 453// 454// See CreateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 455// 456// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 457// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 458// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 459// for more information on using Contexts. 460func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) { 461 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input) 462 req.SetContext(ctx) 463 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 464 return out, req.Send() 465} 466 467const opCreateMultiplexProgram = "CreateMultiplexProgram" 468 469// CreateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 470// client's request for the CreateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 471// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 472// successfully. 473// 474// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 475// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 476// 477// See CreateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the CreateMultiplexProgram 478// API call, and error handling. 479// 480// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 481// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 482// 483// 484// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexProgramRequest method. 485// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 486// 487// err := req.Send() 488// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 489// fmt.Println(resp) 490// } 491// 492// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram 493func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) { 494 op := &request.Operation{ 495 Name: opCreateMultiplexProgram, 496 HTTPMethod: "POST", 497 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs", 498 } 499 500 if input == nil { 501 input = &CreateMultiplexProgramInput{} 502 } 503 504 output = &CreateMultiplexProgramOutput{} 505 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 506 return 507} 508 509// CreateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 510// 511// Create a new program in the multiplex. 512// 513// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 514// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 515// the error. 516// 517// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 518// API operation CreateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 519// 520// Returned Error Codes: 521// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 522// 523// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 524// 525// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 526// 527// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 528// 529// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 530// 531// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 532// 533// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 534// 535// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 536// 537// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram 538func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgram(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 539 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 540 return out, req.Send() 541} 542 543// CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplexProgram with the addition of 544// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 545// 546// See CreateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 547// 548// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 549// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 550// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 551// for more information on using Contexts. 552func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 553 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 554 req.SetContext(ctx) 555 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 556 return out, req.Send() 557} 558 559const opCreateTags = "CreateTags" 560 561// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 562// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return 563// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 564// successfully. 565// 566// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 567// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 568// 569// See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags 570// API call, and error handling. 571// 572// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 573// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 574// 575// 576// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method. 577// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params) 578// 579// err := req.Send() 580// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 581// fmt.Println(resp) 582// } 583// 584// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags 585func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput) { 586 op := &request.Operation{ 587 Name: opCreateTags, 588 HTTPMethod: "POST", 589 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 590 } 591 592 if input == nil { 593 input = &CreateTagsInput{} 594 } 595 596 output = &CreateTagsOutput{} 597 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 598 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 599 return 600} 601 602// CreateTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 603// 604// Create tags for a resource 605// 606// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 607// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 608// the error. 609// 610// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 611// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information. 612// 613// Returned Error Codes: 614// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 615// 616// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 617// 618// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 619// 620// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 621// 622// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags 623func (c *MediaLive) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { 624 req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) 625 return out, req.Send() 626} 627 628// CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of 629// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 630// 631// See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation. 632// 633// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 634// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 635// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 636// for more information on using Contexts. 637func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { 638 req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) 639 req.SetContext(ctx) 640 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 641 return out, req.Send() 642} 643 644const opDeleteChannel = "DeleteChannel" 645 646// DeleteChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 647// client's request for the DeleteChannel operation. The "output" return 648// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 649// successfully. 650// 651// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 652// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 653// 654// See DeleteChannel for more information on using the DeleteChannel 655// API call, and error handling. 656// 657// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 658// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 659// 660// 661// // Example sending a request using the DeleteChannelRequest method. 662// req, resp := client.DeleteChannelRequest(params) 663// 664// err := req.Send() 665// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 666// fmt.Println(resp) 667// } 668// 669// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel 670func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelRequest(input *DeleteChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteChannelOutput) { 671 op := &request.Operation{ 672 Name: opDeleteChannel, 673 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 674 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 675 } 676 677 if input == nil { 678 input = &DeleteChannelInput{} 679 } 680 681 output = &DeleteChannelOutput{} 682 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 683 return 684} 685 686// DeleteChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 687// 688// Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted. 689// 690// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 691// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 692// the error. 693// 694// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 695// API operation DeleteChannel for usage and error information. 696// 697// Returned Error Codes: 698// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 699// 700// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 701// 702// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 703// 704// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 705// 706// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 707// 708// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 709// 710// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 711// 712// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 713// 714// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel 715func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannel(input *DeleteChannelInput) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { 716 req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) 717 return out, req.Send() 718} 719 720// DeleteChannelWithContext is the same as DeleteChannel with the addition of 721// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 722// 723// See DeleteChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 724// 725// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 726// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 727// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 728// for more information on using Contexts. 729func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { 730 req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) 731 req.SetContext(ctx) 732 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 733 return out, req.Send() 734} 735 736const opDeleteInput = "DeleteInput" 737 738// DeleteInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 739// client's request for the DeleteInput operation. The "output" return 740// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 741// successfully. 742// 743// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 744// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 745// 746// See DeleteInput for more information on using the DeleteInput 747// API call, and error handling. 748// 749// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 750// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 751// 752// 753// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputRequest method. 754// req, resp := client.DeleteInputRequest(params) 755// 756// err := req.Send() 757// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 758// fmt.Println(resp) 759// } 760// 761// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput 762func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputRequest(input *DeleteInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputOutput) { 763 op := &request.Operation{ 764 Name: opDeleteInput, 765 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 766 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 767 } 768 769 if input == nil { 770 input = &DeleteInputInput{} 771 } 772 773 output = &DeleteInputOutput{} 774 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 775 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 776 return 777} 778 779// DeleteInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 780// 781// Deletes the input end point 782// 783// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 784// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 785// the error. 786// 787// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 788// API operation DeleteInput for usage and error information. 789// 790// Returned Error Codes: 791// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 792// 793// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 794// 795// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 796// 797// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 798// 799// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 800// 801// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 802// 803// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 804// 805// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 806// 807// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput 808func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInput(input *DeleteInputInput) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { 809 req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) 810 return out, req.Send() 811} 812 813// DeleteInputWithContext is the same as DeleteInput with the addition of 814// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 815// 816// See DeleteInput for details on how to use this API operation. 817// 818// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 819// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 820// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 821// for more information on using Contexts. 822func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { 823 req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) 824 req.SetContext(ctx) 825 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 826 return out, req.Send() 827} 828 829const opDeleteInputSecurityGroup = "DeleteInputSecurityGroup" 830 831// DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 832// client's request for the DeleteInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 833// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 834// successfully. 835// 836// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 837// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 838// 839// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteInputSecurityGroup 840// API call, and error handling. 841// 842// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 843// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 844// 845// 846// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 847// req, resp := client.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 848// 849// err := req.Send() 850// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 851// fmt.Println(resp) 852// } 853// 854// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup 855func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 856 op := &request.Operation{ 857 Name: opDeleteInputSecurityGroup, 858 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 859 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 860 } 861 862 if input == nil { 863 input = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput{} 864 } 865 866 output = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 867 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 868 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 869 return 870} 871 872// DeleteInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 873// 874// Deletes an Input Security Group 875// 876// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 877// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 878// the error. 879// 880// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 881// API operation DeleteInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 882// 883// Returned Error Codes: 884// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 885// 886// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 887// 888// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 889// 890// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 891// 892// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 893// 894// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 895// 896// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 897// 898// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup 899func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroup(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 900 req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 901 return out, req.Send() 902} 903 904// DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 905// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 906// 907// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 908// 909// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 910// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 911// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 912// for more information on using Contexts. 913func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 914 req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 915 req.SetContext(ctx) 916 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 917 return out, req.Send() 918} 919 920const opDeleteMultiplex = "DeleteMultiplex" 921 922// DeleteMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 923// client's request for the DeleteMultiplex operation. The "output" return 924// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 925// successfully. 926// 927// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 928// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 929// 930// See DeleteMultiplex for more information on using the DeleteMultiplex 931// API call, and error handling. 932// 933// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 934// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 935// 936// 937// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexRequest method. 938// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexRequest(params) 939// 940// err := req.Send() 941// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 942// fmt.Println(resp) 943// } 944// 945// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex 946func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexOutput) { 947 op := &request.Operation{ 948 Name: opDeleteMultiplex, 949 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 950 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 951 } 952 953 if input == nil { 954 input = &DeleteMultiplexInput{} 955 } 956 957 output = &DeleteMultiplexOutput{} 958 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 959 return 960} 961 962// DeleteMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 963// 964// Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle. 965// 966// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 967// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 968// the error. 969// 970// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 971// API operation DeleteMultiplex for usage and error information. 972// 973// Returned Error Codes: 974// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 975// 976// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 977// 978// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 979// 980// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 981// 982// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 983// 984// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 985// 986// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 987// 988// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 989// 990// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex 991func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplex(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) { 992 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input) 993 return out, req.Send() 994} 995 996// DeleteMultiplexWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplex with the addition of 997// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 998// 999// See DeleteMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 1000// 1001// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1002// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1003// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1004// for more information on using Contexts. 1005func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) { 1006 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input) 1007 req.SetContext(ctx) 1008 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1009 return out, req.Send() 1010} 1011 1012const opDeleteMultiplexProgram = "DeleteMultiplexProgram" 1013 1014// DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1015// client's request for the DeleteMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 1016// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1017// successfully. 1018// 1019// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1020// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1021// 1022// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DeleteMultiplexProgram 1023// API call, and error handling. 1024// 1025// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1026// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1027// 1028// 1029// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest method. 1030// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 1031// 1032// err := req.Send() 1033// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1034// fmt.Println(resp) 1035// } 1036// 1037// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram 1038func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) { 1039 op := &request.Operation{ 1040 Name: opDeleteMultiplexProgram, 1041 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1042 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 1043 } 1044 1045 if input == nil { 1046 input = &DeleteMultiplexProgramInput{} 1047 } 1048 1049 output = &DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput{} 1050 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1051 return 1052} 1053 1054// DeleteMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1055// 1056// Delete a program from a multiplex. 1057// 1058// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1059// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1060// the error. 1061// 1062// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1063// API operation DeleteMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 1064// 1065// Returned Error Codes: 1066// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1067// 1068// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1069// 1070// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1071// 1072// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1073// 1074// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1075// 1076// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1077// 1078// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1079// 1080// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1081// 1082// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram 1083func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgram(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1084 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1085 return out, req.Send() 1086} 1087 1088// DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplexProgram with the addition of 1089// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1090// 1091// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 1092// 1093// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1094// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1095// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1096// for more information on using Contexts. 1097func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1098 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1099 req.SetContext(ctx) 1100 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1101 return out, req.Send() 1102} 1103 1104const opDeleteReservation = "DeleteReservation" 1105 1106// DeleteReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1107// client's request for the DeleteReservation operation. The "output" return 1108// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1109// successfully. 1110// 1111// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1112// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1113// 1114// See DeleteReservation for more information on using the DeleteReservation 1115// API call, and error handling. 1116// 1117// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1118// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1119// 1120// 1121// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReservationRequest method. 1122// req, resp := client.DeleteReservationRequest(params) 1123// 1124// err := req.Send() 1125// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1126// fmt.Println(resp) 1127// } 1128// 1129// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation 1130func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReservationOutput) { 1131 op := &request.Operation{ 1132 Name: opDeleteReservation, 1133 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1134 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 1135 } 1136 1137 if input == nil { 1138 input = &DeleteReservationInput{} 1139 } 1140 1141 output = &DeleteReservationOutput{} 1142 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1143 return 1144} 1145 1146// DeleteReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1147// 1148// Delete an expired reservation. 1149// 1150// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1151// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1152// the error. 1153// 1154// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1155// API operation DeleteReservation for usage and error information. 1156// 1157// Returned Error Codes: 1158// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1159// 1160// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1161// 1162// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1163// 1164// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1165// 1166// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1167// 1168// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1169// 1170// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1171// 1172// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 1173// 1174// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation 1175func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservation(input *DeleteReservationInput) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) { 1176 req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input) 1177 return out, req.Send() 1178} 1179 1180// DeleteReservationWithContext is the same as DeleteReservation with the addition of 1181// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1182// 1183// See DeleteReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 1184// 1185// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1186// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1187// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1188// for more information on using Contexts. 1189func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) { 1190 req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input) 1191 req.SetContext(ctx) 1192 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1193 return out, req.Send() 1194} 1195 1196const opDeleteSchedule = "DeleteSchedule" 1197 1198// DeleteScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1199// client's request for the DeleteSchedule operation. The "output" return 1200// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1201// successfully. 1202// 1203// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1204// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1205// 1206// See DeleteSchedule for more information on using the DeleteSchedule 1207// API call, and error handling. 1208// 1209// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1210// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1211// 1212// 1213// // Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduleRequest method. 1214// req, resp := client.DeleteScheduleRequest(params) 1215// 1216// err := req.Send() 1217// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1218// fmt.Println(resp) 1219// } 1220// 1221// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule 1222func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduleOutput) { 1223 op := &request.Operation{ 1224 Name: opDeleteSchedule, 1225 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1226 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 1227 } 1228 1229 if input == nil { 1230 input = &DeleteScheduleInput{} 1231 } 1232 1233 output = &DeleteScheduleOutput{} 1234 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1235 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1236 return 1237} 1238 1239// DeleteSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1240// 1241// Delete all schedule actions on a channel. 1242// 1243// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1244// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1245// the error. 1246// 1247// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1248// API operation DeleteSchedule for usage and error information. 1249// 1250// Returned Error Codes: 1251// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1252// 1253// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1254// 1255// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1256// 1257// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1258// 1259// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1260// 1261// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1262// 1263// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1264// 1265// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule 1266func (c *MediaLive) DeleteSchedule(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) { 1267 req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input) 1268 return out, req.Send() 1269} 1270 1271// DeleteScheduleWithContext is the same as DeleteSchedule with the addition of 1272// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1273// 1274// See DeleteSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 1275// 1276// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1277// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1278// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1279// for more information on using Contexts. 1280func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) { 1281 req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input) 1282 req.SetContext(ctx) 1283 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1284 return out, req.Send() 1285} 1286 1287const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" 1288 1289// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1290// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return 1291// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1292// successfully. 1293// 1294// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1295// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1296// 1297// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags 1298// API call, and error handling. 1299// 1300// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1301// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1302// 1303// 1304// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method. 1305// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params) 1306// 1307// err := req.Send() 1308// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1309// fmt.Println(resp) 1310// } 1311// 1312// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags 1313func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) { 1314 op := &request.Operation{ 1315 Name: opDeleteTags, 1316 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1317 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 1318 } 1319 1320 if input == nil { 1321 input = &DeleteTagsInput{} 1322 } 1323 1324 output = &DeleteTagsOutput{} 1325 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1326 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1327 return 1328} 1329 1330// DeleteTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1331// 1332// Removes tags for a resource 1333// 1334// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1335// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1336// the error. 1337// 1338// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1339// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. 1340// 1341// Returned Error Codes: 1342// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1343// 1344// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1345// 1346// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1347// 1348// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1349// 1350// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags 1351func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { 1352 req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) 1353 return out, req.Send() 1354} 1355 1356// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of 1357// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1358// 1359// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation. 1360// 1361// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1362// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1363// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1364// for more information on using Contexts. 1365func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { 1366 req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) 1367 req.SetContext(ctx) 1368 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1369 return out, req.Send() 1370} 1371 1372const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel" 1373 1374// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1375// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return 1376// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1377// successfully. 1378// 1379// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1380// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1381// 1382// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel 1383// API call, and error handling. 1384// 1385// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1386// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1387// 1388// 1389// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method. 1390// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params) 1391// 1392// err := req.Send() 1393// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1394// fmt.Println(resp) 1395// } 1396// 1397// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel 1398func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelRequest(input *DescribeChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeChannelOutput) { 1399 op := &request.Operation{ 1400 Name: opDescribeChannel, 1401 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1402 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 1403 } 1404 1405 if input == nil { 1406 input = &DescribeChannelInput{} 1407 } 1408 1409 output = &DescribeChannelOutput{} 1410 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1411 return 1412} 1413 1414// DescribeChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1415// 1416// Gets details about a channel 1417// 1418// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1419// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1420// the error. 1421// 1422// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1423// API operation DescribeChannel for usage and error information. 1424// 1425// Returned Error Codes: 1426// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1427// 1428// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1429// 1430// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1431// 1432// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1433// 1434// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1435// 1436// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1437// 1438// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1439// 1440// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel 1441func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannel(input *DescribeChannelInput) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { 1442 req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) 1443 return out, req.Send() 1444} 1445 1446// DescribeChannelWithContext is the same as DescribeChannel with the addition of 1447// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1448// 1449// See DescribeChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 1450// 1451// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1452// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1453// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1454// for more information on using Contexts. 1455func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { 1456 req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) 1457 req.SetContext(ctx) 1458 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1459 return out, req.Send() 1460} 1461 1462const opDescribeInput = "DescribeInput" 1463 1464// DescribeInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1465// client's request for the DescribeInput operation. The "output" return 1466// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1467// successfully. 1468// 1469// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1470// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1471// 1472// See DescribeInput for more information on using the DescribeInput 1473// API call, and error handling. 1474// 1475// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1476// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1477// 1478// 1479// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputRequest method. 1480// req, resp := client.DescribeInputRequest(params) 1481// 1482// err := req.Send() 1483// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1484// fmt.Println(resp) 1485// } 1486// 1487// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput 1488func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputRequest(input *DescribeInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputOutput) { 1489 op := &request.Operation{ 1490 Name: opDescribeInput, 1491 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1492 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 1493 } 1494 1495 if input == nil { 1496 input = &DescribeInputInput{} 1497 } 1498 1499 output = &DescribeInputOutput{} 1500 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1501 return 1502} 1503 1504// DescribeInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1505// 1506// Produces details about an input 1507// 1508// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1509// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1510// the error. 1511// 1512// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1513// API operation DescribeInput for usage and error information. 1514// 1515// Returned Error Codes: 1516// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1517// 1518// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1519// 1520// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1521// 1522// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1523// 1524// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1525// 1526// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1527// 1528// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1529// 1530// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput 1531func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInput(input *DescribeInputInput) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { 1532 req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) 1533 return out, req.Send() 1534} 1535 1536// DescribeInputWithContext is the same as DescribeInput with the addition of 1537// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1538// 1539// See DescribeInput for details on how to use this API operation. 1540// 1541// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1542// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1543// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1544// for more information on using Contexts. 1545func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { 1546 req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) 1547 req.SetContext(ctx) 1548 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1549 return out, req.Send() 1550} 1551 1552const opDescribeInputSecurityGroup = "DescribeInputSecurityGroup" 1553 1554// DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1555// client's request for the DescribeInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 1556// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1557// successfully. 1558// 1559// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1560// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1561// 1562// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DescribeInputSecurityGroup 1563// API call, and error handling. 1564// 1565// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1566// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1567// 1568// 1569// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 1570// req, resp := client.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 1571// 1572// err := req.Send() 1573// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1574// fmt.Println(resp) 1575// } 1576// 1577// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup 1578func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 1579 op := &request.Operation{ 1580 Name: opDescribeInputSecurityGroup, 1581 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1582 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 1583 } 1584 1585 if input == nil { 1586 input = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput{} 1587 } 1588 1589 output = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 1590 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1591 return 1592} 1593 1594// DescribeInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1595// 1596// Produces a summary of an Input Security Group 1597// 1598// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1599// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1600// the error. 1601// 1602// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1603// API operation DescribeInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 1604// 1605// Returned Error Codes: 1606// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1607// 1608// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1609// 1610// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1611// 1612// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1613// 1614// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1615// 1616// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1617// 1618// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1619// 1620// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup 1621func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroup(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1622 req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1623 return out, req.Send() 1624} 1625 1626// DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 1627// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1628// 1629// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1630// 1631// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1632// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1633// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1634// for more information on using Contexts. 1635func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1636 req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1637 req.SetContext(ctx) 1638 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1639 return out, req.Send() 1640} 1641 1642const opDescribeMultiplex = "DescribeMultiplex" 1643 1644// DescribeMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1645// client's request for the DescribeMultiplex operation. The "output" return 1646// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1647// successfully. 1648// 1649// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1650// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1651// 1652// See DescribeMultiplex for more information on using the DescribeMultiplex 1653// API call, and error handling. 1654// 1655// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1656// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1657// 1658// 1659// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexRequest method. 1660// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexRequest(params) 1661// 1662// err := req.Send() 1663// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1664// fmt.Println(resp) 1665// } 1666// 1667// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex 1668func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexOutput) { 1669 op := &request.Operation{ 1670 Name: opDescribeMultiplex, 1671 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1672 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 1673 } 1674 1675 if input == nil { 1676 input = &DescribeMultiplexInput{} 1677 } 1678 1679 output = &DescribeMultiplexOutput{} 1680 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1681 return 1682} 1683 1684// DescribeMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1685// 1686// Gets details about a multiplex. 1687// 1688// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1689// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1690// the error. 1691// 1692// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1693// API operation DescribeMultiplex for usage and error information. 1694// 1695// Returned Error Codes: 1696// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1697// 1698// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1699// 1700// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1701// 1702// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1703// 1704// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1705// 1706// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1707// 1708// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1709// 1710// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex 1711func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplex(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) { 1712 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input) 1713 return out, req.Send() 1714} 1715 1716// DescribeMultiplexWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplex with the addition of 1717// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1718// 1719// See DescribeMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 1720// 1721// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1722// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1723// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1724// for more information on using Contexts. 1725func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) { 1726 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input) 1727 req.SetContext(ctx) 1728 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1729 return out, req.Send() 1730} 1731 1732const opDescribeMultiplexProgram = "DescribeMultiplexProgram" 1733 1734// DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1735// client's request for the DescribeMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 1736// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1737// successfully. 1738// 1739// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1740// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1741// 1742// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DescribeMultiplexProgram 1743// API call, and error handling. 1744// 1745// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1746// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1747// 1748// 1749// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest method. 1750// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 1751// 1752// err := req.Send() 1753// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1754// fmt.Println(resp) 1755// } 1756// 1757// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram 1758func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) { 1759 op := &request.Operation{ 1760 Name: opDescribeMultiplexProgram, 1761 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1762 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 1763 } 1764 1765 if input == nil { 1766 input = &DescribeMultiplexProgramInput{} 1767 } 1768 1769 output = &DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput{} 1770 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1771 return 1772} 1773 1774// DescribeMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1775// 1776// Get the details for a program in a multiplex. 1777// 1778// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1779// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1780// the error. 1781// 1782// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1783// API operation DescribeMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 1784// 1785// Returned Error Codes: 1786// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1787// 1788// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1789// 1790// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1791// 1792// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1793// 1794// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1795// 1796// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1797// 1798// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1799// 1800// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram 1801func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgram(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1802 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1803 return out, req.Send() 1804} 1805 1806// DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplexProgram with the addition of 1807// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1808// 1809// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 1810// 1811// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1812// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1813// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1814// for more information on using Contexts. 1815func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1816 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1817 req.SetContext(ctx) 1818 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1819 return out, req.Send() 1820} 1821 1822const opDescribeOffering = "DescribeOffering" 1823 1824// DescribeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1825// client's request for the DescribeOffering operation. The "output" return 1826// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1827// successfully. 1828// 1829// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1830// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1831// 1832// See DescribeOffering for more information on using the DescribeOffering 1833// API call, and error handling. 1834// 1835// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1836// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1837// 1838// 1839// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOfferingRequest method. 1840// req, resp := client.DescribeOfferingRequest(params) 1841// 1842// err := req.Send() 1843// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1844// fmt.Println(resp) 1845// } 1846// 1847// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering 1848func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOfferingOutput) { 1849 op := &request.Operation{ 1850 Name: opDescribeOffering, 1851 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1852 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}", 1853 } 1854 1855 if input == nil { 1856 input = &DescribeOfferingInput{} 1857 } 1858 1859 output = &DescribeOfferingOutput{} 1860 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1861 return 1862} 1863 1864// DescribeOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1865// 1866// Get details for an offering. 1867// 1868// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1869// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1870// the error. 1871// 1872// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1873// API operation DescribeOffering for usage and error information. 1874// 1875// Returned Error Codes: 1876// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1877// 1878// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1879// 1880// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1881// 1882// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1883// 1884// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1885// 1886// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1887// 1888// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1889// 1890// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering 1891func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOffering(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) { 1892 req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input) 1893 return out, req.Send() 1894} 1895 1896// DescribeOfferingWithContext is the same as DescribeOffering with the addition of 1897// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1898// 1899// See DescribeOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 1900// 1901// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1902// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1903// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1904// for more information on using Contexts. 1905func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) { 1906 req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input) 1907 req.SetContext(ctx) 1908 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1909 return out, req.Send() 1910} 1911 1912const opDescribeReservation = "DescribeReservation" 1913 1914// DescribeReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1915// client's request for the DescribeReservation operation. The "output" return 1916// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1917// successfully. 1918// 1919// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1920// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1921// 1922// See DescribeReservation for more information on using the DescribeReservation 1923// API call, and error handling. 1924// 1925// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1926// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1927// 1928// 1929// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservationRequest method. 1930// req, resp := client.DescribeReservationRequest(params) 1931// 1932// err := req.Send() 1933// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1934// fmt.Println(resp) 1935// } 1936// 1937// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation 1938func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservationOutput) { 1939 op := &request.Operation{ 1940 Name: opDescribeReservation, 1941 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1942 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 1943 } 1944 1945 if input == nil { 1946 input = &DescribeReservationInput{} 1947 } 1948 1949 output = &DescribeReservationOutput{} 1950 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1951 return 1952} 1953 1954// DescribeReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1955// 1956// Get details for a reservation. 1957// 1958// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1959// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1960// the error. 1961// 1962// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1963// API operation DescribeReservation for usage and error information. 1964// 1965// Returned Error Codes: 1966// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 1967// 1968// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 1969// 1970// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 1971// 1972// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 1973// 1974// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 1975// 1976// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 1977// 1978// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 1979// 1980// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation 1981func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservation(input *DescribeReservationInput) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) { 1982 req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input) 1983 return out, req.Send() 1984} 1985 1986// DescribeReservationWithContext is the same as DescribeReservation with the addition of 1987// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1988// 1989// See DescribeReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 1990// 1991// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1992// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1993// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1994// for more information on using Contexts. 1995func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) { 1996 req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input) 1997 req.SetContext(ctx) 1998 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1999 return out, req.Send() 2000} 2001 2002const opDescribeSchedule = "DescribeSchedule" 2003 2004// DescribeScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2005// client's request for the DescribeSchedule operation. The "output" return 2006// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2007// successfully. 2008// 2009// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2010// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2011// 2012// See DescribeSchedule for more information on using the DescribeSchedule 2013// API call, and error handling. 2014// 2015// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2016// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2017// 2018// 2019// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduleRequest method. 2020// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduleRequest(params) 2021// 2022// err := req.Send() 2023// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2024// fmt.Println(resp) 2025// } 2026// 2027// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule 2028func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduleOutput) { 2029 op := &request.Operation{ 2030 Name: opDescribeSchedule, 2031 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2032 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 2033 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2034 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2035 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2036 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2037 TruncationToken: "", 2038 }, 2039 } 2040 2041 if input == nil { 2042 input = &DescribeScheduleInput{} 2043 } 2044 2045 output = &DescribeScheduleOutput{} 2046 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2047 return 2048} 2049 2050// DescribeSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2051// 2052// Get a channel schedule 2053// 2054// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2055// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2056// the error. 2057// 2058// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2059// API operation DescribeSchedule for usage and error information. 2060// 2061// Returned Error Codes: 2062// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2063// 2064// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2065// 2066// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2067// 2068// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2069// 2070// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 2071// 2072// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2073// 2074// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2075// 2076// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule 2077func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedule(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error) { 2078 req, out := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(input) 2079 return out, req.Send() 2080} 2081 2082// DescribeScheduleWithContext is the same as DescribeSchedule with the addition of 2083// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2084// 2085// See DescribeSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 2086// 2087// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2088// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2089// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2090// for more information on using Contexts. 2091func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error) { 2092 req, out := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(input) 2093 req.SetContext(ctx) 2094 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2095 return out, req.Send() 2096} 2097 2098// DescribeSchedulePages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSchedule operation, 2099// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2100// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2101// 2102// See DescribeSchedule method for more information on how to use this operation. 2103// 2104// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2105// 2106// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSchedule operation. 2107// pageNum := 0 2108// err := client.DescribeSchedulePages(params, 2109// func(page *medialive.DescribeScheduleOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2110// pageNum++ 2111// fmt.Println(page) 2112// return pageNum <= 3 2113// }) 2114// 2115func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePages(input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool) error { 2116 return c.DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2117} 2118 2119// DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext same as DescribeSchedulePages except 2120// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2121// 2122// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2123// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2124// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2125// for more information on using Contexts. 2126func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2127 p := request.Pagination{ 2128 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2129 var inCpy *DescribeScheduleInput 2130 if input != nil { 2131 tmp := *input 2132 inCpy = &tmp 2133 } 2134 req, _ := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(inCpy) 2135 req.SetContext(ctx) 2136 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2137 return req, nil 2138 }, 2139 } 2140 2141 for p.Next() { 2142 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduleOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2143 break 2144 } 2145 } 2146 2147 return p.Err() 2148} 2149 2150const opListChannels = "ListChannels" 2151 2152// ListChannelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2153// client's request for the ListChannels operation. The "output" return 2154// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2155// successfully. 2156// 2157// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2158// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2159// 2160// See ListChannels for more information on using the ListChannels 2161// API call, and error handling. 2162// 2163// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2164// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2165// 2166// 2167// // Example sending a request using the ListChannelsRequest method. 2168// req, resp := client.ListChannelsRequest(params) 2169// 2170// err := req.Send() 2171// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2172// fmt.Println(resp) 2173// } 2174// 2175// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels 2176func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsRequest(input *ListChannelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListChannelsOutput) { 2177 op := &request.Operation{ 2178 Name: opListChannels, 2179 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2180 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", 2181 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2182 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2183 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2184 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2185 TruncationToken: "", 2186 }, 2187 } 2188 2189 if input == nil { 2190 input = &ListChannelsInput{} 2191 } 2192 2193 output = &ListChannelsOutput{} 2194 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2195 return 2196} 2197 2198// ListChannels API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2199// 2200// Produces list of channels that have been created 2201// 2202// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2203// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2204// the error. 2205// 2206// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2207// API operation ListChannels for usage and error information. 2208// 2209// Returned Error Codes: 2210// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2211// 2212// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2213// 2214// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2215// 2216// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2217// 2218// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2219// 2220// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2221// 2222// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels 2223func (c *MediaLive) ListChannels(input *ListChannelsInput) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { 2224 req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) 2225 return out, req.Send() 2226} 2227 2228// ListChannelsWithContext is the same as ListChannels with the addition of 2229// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2230// 2231// See ListChannels for details on how to use this API operation. 2232// 2233// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2234// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2235// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2236// for more information on using Contexts. 2237func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { 2238 req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) 2239 req.SetContext(ctx) 2240 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2241 return out, req.Send() 2242} 2243 2244// ListChannelsPages iterates over the pages of a ListChannels operation, 2245// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2246// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2247// 2248// See ListChannels method for more information on how to use this operation. 2249// 2250// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2251// 2252// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListChannels operation. 2253// pageNum := 0 2254// err := client.ListChannelsPages(params, 2255// func(page *medialive.ListChannelsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2256// pageNum++ 2257// fmt.Println(page) 2258// return pageNum <= 3 2259// }) 2260// 2261func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPages(input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2262 return c.ListChannelsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2263} 2264 2265// ListChannelsPagesWithContext same as ListChannelsPages except 2266// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2267// 2268// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2269// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2270// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2271// for more information on using Contexts. 2272func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2273 p := request.Pagination{ 2274 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2275 var inCpy *ListChannelsInput 2276 if input != nil { 2277 tmp := *input 2278 inCpy = &tmp 2279 } 2280 req, _ := c.ListChannelsRequest(inCpy) 2281 req.SetContext(ctx) 2282 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2283 return req, nil 2284 }, 2285 } 2286 2287 for p.Next() { 2288 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListChannelsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2289 break 2290 } 2291 } 2292 2293 return p.Err() 2294} 2295 2296const opListInputSecurityGroups = "ListInputSecurityGroups" 2297 2298// ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2299// client's request for the ListInputSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return 2300// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2301// successfully. 2302// 2303// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2304// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2305// 2306// See ListInputSecurityGroups for more information on using the ListInputSecurityGroups 2307// API call, and error handling. 2308// 2309// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2310// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2311// 2312// 2313// // Example sending a request using the ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest method. 2314// req, resp := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(params) 2315// 2316// err := req.Send() 2317// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2318// fmt.Println(resp) 2319// } 2320// 2321// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups 2322func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) { 2323 op := &request.Operation{ 2324 Name: opListInputSecurityGroups, 2325 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2326 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", 2327 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2328 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2329 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2330 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2331 TruncationToken: "", 2332 }, 2333 } 2334 2335 if input == nil { 2336 input = &ListInputSecurityGroupsInput{} 2337 } 2338 2339 output = &ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput{} 2340 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2341 return 2342} 2343 2344// ListInputSecurityGroups API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2345// 2346// Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account 2347// 2348// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2349// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2350// the error. 2351// 2352// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2353// API operation ListInputSecurityGroups for usage and error information. 2354// 2355// Returned Error Codes: 2356// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2357// 2358// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2359// 2360// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2361// 2362// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2363// 2364// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2365// 2366// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2367// 2368// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups 2369func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroups(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 2370 req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 2371 return out, req.Send() 2372} 2373 2374// ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as ListInputSecurityGroups with the addition of 2375// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2376// 2377// See ListInputSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 2378// 2379// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2380// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2381// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2382// for more information on using Contexts. 2383func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 2384 req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 2385 req.SetContext(ctx) 2386 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2387 return out, req.Send() 2388} 2389 2390// ListInputSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation, 2391// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2392// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2393// 2394// See ListInputSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 2395// 2396// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2397// 2398// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation. 2399// pageNum := 0 2400// err := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(params, 2401// func(page *medialive.ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2402// pageNum++ 2403// fmt.Println(page) 2404// return pageNum <= 3 2405// }) 2406// 2407func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2408 return c.ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2409} 2410 2411// ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as ListInputSecurityGroupsPages except 2412// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2413// 2414// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2415// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2416// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2417// for more information on using Contexts. 2418func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2419 p := request.Pagination{ 2420 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2421 var inCpy *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput 2422 if input != nil { 2423 tmp := *input 2424 inCpy = &tmp 2425 } 2426 req, _ := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) 2427 req.SetContext(ctx) 2428 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2429 return req, nil 2430 }, 2431 } 2432 2433 for p.Next() { 2434 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2435 break 2436 } 2437 } 2438 2439 return p.Err() 2440} 2441 2442const opListInputs = "ListInputs" 2443 2444// ListInputsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2445// client's request for the ListInputs operation. The "output" return 2446// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2447// successfully. 2448// 2449// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2450// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2451// 2452// See ListInputs for more information on using the ListInputs 2453// API call, and error handling. 2454// 2455// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2456// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2457// 2458// 2459// // Example sending a request using the ListInputsRequest method. 2460// req, resp := client.ListInputsRequest(params) 2461// 2462// err := req.Send() 2463// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2464// fmt.Println(resp) 2465// } 2466// 2467// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs 2468func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsRequest(input *ListInputsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputsOutput) { 2469 op := &request.Operation{ 2470 Name: opListInputs, 2471 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2472 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", 2473 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2474 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2475 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2476 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2477 TruncationToken: "", 2478 }, 2479 } 2480 2481 if input == nil { 2482 input = &ListInputsInput{} 2483 } 2484 2485 output = &ListInputsOutput{} 2486 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2487 return 2488} 2489 2490// ListInputs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2491// 2492// Produces list of inputs that have been created 2493// 2494// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2495// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2496// the error. 2497// 2498// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2499// API operation ListInputs for usage and error information. 2500// 2501// Returned Error Codes: 2502// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2503// 2504// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2505// 2506// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2507// 2508// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2509// 2510// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2511// 2512// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2513// 2514// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs 2515func (c *MediaLive) ListInputs(input *ListInputsInput) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { 2516 req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) 2517 return out, req.Send() 2518} 2519 2520// ListInputsWithContext is the same as ListInputs with the addition of 2521// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2522// 2523// See ListInputs for details on how to use this API operation. 2524// 2525// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2526// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2527// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2528// for more information on using Contexts. 2529func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { 2530 req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) 2531 req.SetContext(ctx) 2532 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2533 return out, req.Send() 2534} 2535 2536// ListInputsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputs operation, 2537// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2538// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2539// 2540// See ListInputs method for more information on how to use this operation. 2541// 2542// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2543// 2544// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputs operation. 2545// pageNum := 0 2546// err := client.ListInputsPages(params, 2547// func(page *medialive.ListInputsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2548// pageNum++ 2549// fmt.Println(page) 2550// return pageNum <= 3 2551// }) 2552// 2553func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPages(input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2554 return c.ListInputsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2555} 2556 2557// ListInputsPagesWithContext same as ListInputsPages except 2558// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2559// 2560// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2561// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2562// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2563// for more information on using Contexts. 2564func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2565 p := request.Pagination{ 2566 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2567 var inCpy *ListInputsInput 2568 if input != nil { 2569 tmp := *input 2570 inCpy = &tmp 2571 } 2572 req, _ := c.ListInputsRequest(inCpy) 2573 req.SetContext(ctx) 2574 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2575 return req, nil 2576 }, 2577 } 2578 2579 for p.Next() { 2580 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2581 break 2582 } 2583 } 2584 2585 return p.Err() 2586} 2587 2588const opListMultiplexPrograms = "ListMultiplexPrograms" 2589 2590// ListMultiplexProgramsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2591// client's request for the ListMultiplexPrograms operation. The "output" return 2592// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2593// successfully. 2594// 2595// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2596// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2597// 2598// See ListMultiplexPrograms for more information on using the ListMultiplexPrograms 2599// API call, and error handling. 2600// 2601// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2602// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2603// 2604// 2605// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexProgramsRequest method. 2606// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(params) 2607// 2608// err := req.Send() 2609// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2610// fmt.Println(resp) 2611// } 2612// 2613// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms 2614func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) { 2615 op := &request.Operation{ 2616 Name: opListMultiplexPrograms, 2617 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2618 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs", 2619 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2620 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2621 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2622 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2623 TruncationToken: "", 2624 }, 2625 } 2626 2627 if input == nil { 2628 input = &ListMultiplexProgramsInput{} 2629 } 2630 2631 output = &ListMultiplexProgramsOutput{} 2632 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2633 return 2634} 2635 2636// ListMultiplexPrograms API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2637// 2638// List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex. 2639// 2640// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2641// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2642// the error. 2643// 2644// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2645// API operation ListMultiplexPrograms for usage and error information. 2646// 2647// Returned Error Codes: 2648// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2649// 2650// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2651// 2652// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2653// 2654// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2655// 2656// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 2657// 2658// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2659// 2660// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2661// 2662// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms 2663func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexPrograms(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) { 2664 req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input) 2665 return out, req.Send() 2666} 2667 2668// ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexPrograms with the addition of 2669// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2670// 2671// See ListMultiplexPrograms for details on how to use this API operation. 2672// 2673// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2674// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2675// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2676// for more information on using Contexts. 2677func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) { 2678 req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input) 2679 req.SetContext(ctx) 2680 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2681 return out, req.Send() 2682} 2683 2684// ListMultiplexProgramsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation, 2685// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2686// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2687// 2688// See ListMultiplexPrograms method for more information on how to use this operation. 2689// 2690// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2691// 2692// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation. 2693// pageNum := 0 2694// err := client.ListMultiplexProgramsPages(params, 2695// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2696// pageNum++ 2697// fmt.Println(page) 2698// return pageNum <= 3 2699// }) 2700// 2701func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPages(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2702 return c.ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2703} 2704 2705// ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexProgramsPages except 2706// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2707// 2708// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2709// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2710// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2711// for more information on using Contexts. 2712func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2713 p := request.Pagination{ 2714 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2715 var inCpy *ListMultiplexProgramsInput 2716 if input != nil { 2717 tmp := *input 2718 inCpy = &tmp 2719 } 2720 req, _ := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(inCpy) 2721 req.SetContext(ctx) 2722 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2723 return req, nil 2724 }, 2725 } 2726 2727 for p.Next() { 2728 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2729 break 2730 } 2731 } 2732 2733 return p.Err() 2734} 2735 2736const opListMultiplexes = "ListMultiplexes" 2737 2738// ListMultiplexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2739// client's request for the ListMultiplexes operation. The "output" return 2740// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2741// successfully. 2742// 2743// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2744// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2745// 2746// See ListMultiplexes for more information on using the ListMultiplexes 2747// API call, and error handling. 2748// 2749// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2750// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2751// 2752// 2753// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexesRequest method. 2754// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexesRequest(params) 2755// 2756// err := req.Send() 2757// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2758// fmt.Println(resp) 2759// } 2760// 2761// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes 2762func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesRequest(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexesOutput) { 2763 op := &request.Operation{ 2764 Name: opListMultiplexes, 2765 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2766 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes", 2767 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2768 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2769 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2770 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2771 TruncationToken: "", 2772 }, 2773 } 2774 2775 if input == nil { 2776 input = &ListMultiplexesInput{} 2777 } 2778 2779 output = &ListMultiplexesOutput{} 2780 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2781 return 2782} 2783 2784// ListMultiplexes API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2785// 2786// Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes. 2787// 2788// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2789// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2790// the error. 2791// 2792// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2793// API operation ListMultiplexes for usage and error information. 2794// 2795// Returned Error Codes: 2796// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2797// 2798// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2799// 2800// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2801// 2802// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2803// 2804// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2805// 2806// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2807// 2808// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes 2809func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexes(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) { 2810 req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input) 2811 return out, req.Send() 2812} 2813 2814// ListMultiplexesWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexes with the addition of 2815// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2816// 2817// See ListMultiplexes for details on how to use this API operation. 2818// 2819// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2820// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2821// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2822// for more information on using Contexts. 2823func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) { 2824 req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input) 2825 req.SetContext(ctx) 2826 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2827 return out, req.Send() 2828} 2829 2830// ListMultiplexesPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexes operation, 2831// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2832// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2833// 2834// See ListMultiplexes method for more information on how to use this operation. 2835// 2836// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2837// 2838// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexes operation. 2839// pageNum := 0 2840// err := client.ListMultiplexesPages(params, 2841// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2842// pageNum++ 2843// fmt.Println(page) 2844// return pageNum <= 3 2845// }) 2846// 2847func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPages(input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool) error { 2848 return c.ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2849} 2850 2851// ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexesPages except 2852// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2853// 2854// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2855// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2856// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2857// for more information on using Contexts. 2858func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2859 p := request.Pagination{ 2860 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2861 var inCpy *ListMultiplexesInput 2862 if input != nil { 2863 tmp := *input 2864 inCpy = &tmp 2865 } 2866 req, _ := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(inCpy) 2867 req.SetContext(ctx) 2868 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2869 return req, nil 2870 }, 2871 } 2872 2873 for p.Next() { 2874 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2875 break 2876 } 2877 } 2878 2879 return p.Err() 2880} 2881 2882const opListOfferings = "ListOfferings" 2883 2884// ListOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2885// client's request for the ListOfferings operation. The "output" return 2886// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2887// successfully. 2888// 2889// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2890// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2891// 2892// See ListOfferings for more information on using the ListOfferings 2893// API call, and error handling. 2894// 2895// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2896// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2897// 2898// 2899// // Example sending a request using the ListOfferingsRequest method. 2900// req, resp := client.ListOfferingsRequest(params) 2901// 2902// err := req.Send() 2903// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2904// fmt.Println(resp) 2905// } 2906// 2907// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings 2908func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOfferingsOutput) { 2909 op := &request.Operation{ 2910 Name: opListOfferings, 2911 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2912 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings", 2913 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2914 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2915 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2916 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2917 TruncationToken: "", 2918 }, 2919 } 2920 2921 if input == nil { 2922 input = &ListOfferingsInput{} 2923 } 2924 2925 output = &ListOfferingsOutput{} 2926 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2927 return 2928} 2929 2930// ListOfferings API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2931// 2932// List offerings available for purchase. 2933// 2934// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2935// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2936// the error. 2937// 2938// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2939// API operation ListOfferings for usage and error information. 2940// 2941// Returned Error Codes: 2942// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 2943// 2944// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 2945// 2946// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 2947// 2948// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 2949// 2950// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 2951// 2952// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 2953// 2954// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings 2955func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferings(input *ListOfferingsInput) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) { 2956 req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input) 2957 return out, req.Send() 2958} 2959 2960// ListOfferingsWithContext is the same as ListOfferings with the addition of 2961// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2962// 2963// See ListOfferings for details on how to use this API operation. 2964// 2965// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2966// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2967// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2968// for more information on using Contexts. 2969func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) { 2970 req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input) 2971 req.SetContext(ctx) 2972 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2973 return out, req.Send() 2974} 2975 2976// ListOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOfferings operation, 2977// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2978// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2979// 2980// See ListOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. 2981// 2982// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2983// 2984// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOfferings operation. 2985// pageNum := 0 2986// err := client.ListOfferingsPages(params, 2987// func(page *medialive.ListOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2988// pageNum++ 2989// fmt.Println(page) 2990// return pageNum <= 3 2991// }) 2992// 2993func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages(input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2994 return c.ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2995} 2996 2997// ListOfferingsPagesWithContext same as ListOfferingsPages except 2998// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2999// 3000// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3001// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3002// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3003// for more information on using Contexts. 3004func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3005 p := request.Pagination{ 3006 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3007 var inCpy *ListOfferingsInput 3008 if input != nil { 3009 tmp := *input 3010 inCpy = &tmp 3011 } 3012 req, _ := c.ListOfferingsRequest(inCpy) 3013 req.SetContext(ctx) 3014 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3015 return req, nil 3016 }, 3017 } 3018 3019 for p.Next() { 3020 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3021 break 3022 } 3023 } 3024 3025 return p.Err() 3026} 3027 3028const opListReservations = "ListReservations" 3029 3030// ListReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3031// client's request for the ListReservations operation. The "output" return 3032// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3033// successfully. 3034// 3035// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3036// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3037// 3038// See ListReservations for more information on using the ListReservations 3039// API call, and error handling. 3040// 3041// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3042// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3043// 3044// 3045// // Example sending a request using the ListReservationsRequest method. 3046// req, resp := client.ListReservationsRequest(params) 3047// 3048// err := req.Send() 3049// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3050// fmt.Println(resp) 3051// } 3052// 3053// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations 3054func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReservationsOutput) { 3055 op := &request.Operation{ 3056 Name: opListReservations, 3057 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3058 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations", 3059 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3060 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3061 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3062 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3063 TruncationToken: "", 3064 }, 3065 } 3066 3067 if input == nil { 3068 input = &ListReservationsInput{} 3069 } 3070 3071 output = &ListReservationsOutput{} 3072 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3073 return 3074} 3075 3076// ListReservations API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3077// 3078// List purchased reservations. 3079// 3080// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3081// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3082// the error. 3083// 3084// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3085// API operation ListReservations for usage and error information. 3086// 3087// Returned Error Codes: 3088// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3089// 3090// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3091// 3092// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3093// 3094// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3095// 3096// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3097// 3098// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3099// 3100// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations 3101func (c *MediaLive) ListReservations(input *ListReservationsInput) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) { 3102 req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input) 3103 return out, req.Send() 3104} 3105 3106// ListReservationsWithContext is the same as ListReservations with the addition of 3107// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3108// 3109// See ListReservations for details on how to use this API operation. 3110// 3111// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3112// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3113// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3114// for more information on using Contexts. 3115func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) { 3116 req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input) 3117 req.SetContext(ctx) 3118 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3119 return out, req.Send() 3120} 3121 3122// ListReservationsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReservations operation, 3123// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3124// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3125// 3126// See ListReservations method for more information on how to use this operation. 3127// 3128// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3129// 3130// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReservations operation. 3131// pageNum := 0 3132// err := client.ListReservationsPages(params, 3133// func(page *medialive.ListReservationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3134// pageNum++ 3135// fmt.Println(page) 3136// return pageNum <= 3 3137// }) 3138// 3139func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPages(input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3140 return c.ListReservationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3141} 3142 3143// ListReservationsPagesWithContext same as ListReservationsPages except 3144// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3145// 3146// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3147// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3148// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3149// for more information on using Contexts. 3150func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3151 p := request.Pagination{ 3152 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3153 var inCpy *ListReservationsInput 3154 if input != nil { 3155 tmp := *input 3156 inCpy = &tmp 3157 } 3158 req, _ := c.ListReservationsRequest(inCpy) 3159 req.SetContext(ctx) 3160 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3161 return req, nil 3162 }, 3163 } 3164 3165 for p.Next() { 3166 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3167 break 3168 } 3169 } 3170 3171 return p.Err() 3172} 3173 3174const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 3175 3176// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3177// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 3178// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3179// successfully. 3180// 3181// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3182// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3183// 3184// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 3185// API call, and error handling. 3186// 3187// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3188// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3189// 3190// 3191// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 3192// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 3193// 3194// err := req.Send() 3195// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3196// fmt.Println(resp) 3197// } 3198// 3199// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource 3200func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 3201 op := &request.Operation{ 3202 Name: opListTagsForResource, 3203 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3204 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 3205 } 3206 3207 if input == nil { 3208 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 3209 } 3210 3211 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 3212 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3213 return 3214} 3215 3216// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3217// 3218// Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource 3219// 3220// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3221// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3222// the error. 3223// 3224// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3225// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 3226// 3227// Returned Error Codes: 3228// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3229// 3230// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3231// 3232// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3233// 3234// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3235// 3236// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource 3237func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 3238 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 3239 return out, req.Send() 3240} 3241 3242// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 3243// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3244// 3245// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 3246// 3247// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3248// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3249// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3250// for more information on using Contexts. 3251func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 3252 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 3253 req.SetContext(ctx) 3254 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3255 return out, req.Send() 3256} 3257 3258const opPurchaseOffering = "PurchaseOffering" 3259 3260// PurchaseOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3261// client's request for the PurchaseOffering operation. The "output" return 3262// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3263// successfully. 3264// 3265// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3266// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3267// 3268// See PurchaseOffering for more information on using the PurchaseOffering 3269// API call, and error handling. 3270// 3271// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3272// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3273// 3274// 3275// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseOfferingRequest method. 3276// req, resp := client.PurchaseOfferingRequest(params) 3277// 3278// err := req.Send() 3279// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3280// fmt.Println(resp) 3281// } 3282// 3283// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering 3284func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseOfferingOutput) { 3285 op := &request.Operation{ 3286 Name: opPurchaseOffering, 3287 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3288 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}/purchase", 3289 } 3290 3291 if input == nil { 3292 input = &PurchaseOfferingInput{} 3293 } 3294 3295 output = &PurchaseOfferingOutput{} 3296 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3297 return 3298} 3299 3300// PurchaseOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3301// 3302// Purchase an offering and create a reservation. 3303// 3304// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3305// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3306// the error. 3307// 3308// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3309// API operation PurchaseOffering for usage and error information. 3310// 3311// Returned Error Codes: 3312// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3313// 3314// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3315// 3316// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3317// 3318// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3319// 3320// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3321// 3322// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3323// 3324// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3325// 3326// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3327// 3328// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering 3329func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOffering(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) { 3330 req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input) 3331 return out, req.Send() 3332} 3333 3334// PurchaseOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseOffering with the addition of 3335// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3336// 3337// See PurchaseOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 3338// 3339// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3340// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3341// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3342// for more information on using Contexts. 3343func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) { 3344 req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input) 3345 req.SetContext(ctx) 3346 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3347 return out, req.Send() 3348} 3349 3350const opStartChannel = "StartChannel" 3351 3352// StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3353// client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return 3354// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3355// successfully. 3356// 3357// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3358// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3359// 3360// See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel 3361// API call, and error handling. 3362// 3363// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3364// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3365// 3366// 3367// // Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method. 3368// req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params) 3369// 3370// err := req.Send() 3371// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3372// fmt.Println(resp) 3373// } 3374// 3375// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel 3376func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput) { 3377 op := &request.Operation{ 3378 Name: opStartChannel, 3379 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3380 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/start", 3381 } 3382 3383 if input == nil { 3384 input = &StartChannelInput{} 3385 } 3386 3387 output = &StartChannelOutput{} 3388 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3389 return 3390} 3391 3392// StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3393// 3394// Starts an existing channel 3395// 3396// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3397// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3398// the error. 3399// 3400// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3401// API operation StartChannel for usage and error information. 3402// 3403// Returned Error Codes: 3404// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3405// 3406// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3407// 3408// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3409// 3410// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3411// 3412// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3413// 3414// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3415// 3416// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3417// 3418// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3419// 3420// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel 3421func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { 3422 req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) 3423 return out, req.Send() 3424} 3425 3426// StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of 3427// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3428// 3429// See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 3430// 3431// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3432// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3433// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3434// for more information on using Contexts. 3435func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { 3436 req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) 3437 req.SetContext(ctx) 3438 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3439 return out, req.Send() 3440} 3441 3442const opStartMultiplex = "StartMultiplex" 3443 3444// StartMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3445// client's request for the StartMultiplex operation. The "output" return 3446// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3447// successfully. 3448// 3449// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3450// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3451// 3452// See StartMultiplex for more information on using the StartMultiplex 3453// API call, and error handling. 3454// 3455// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3456// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3457// 3458// 3459// // Example sending a request using the StartMultiplexRequest method. 3460// req, resp := client.StartMultiplexRequest(params) 3461// 3462// err := req.Send() 3463// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3464// fmt.Println(resp) 3465// } 3466// 3467// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex 3468func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexRequest(input *StartMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMultiplexOutput) { 3469 op := &request.Operation{ 3470 Name: opStartMultiplex, 3471 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3472 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/start", 3473 } 3474 3475 if input == nil { 3476 input = &StartMultiplexInput{} 3477 } 3478 3479 output = &StartMultiplexOutput{} 3480 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3481 return 3482} 3483 3484// StartMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3485// 3486// Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels. 3487// You must explicitly start each channel. 3488// 3489// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3490// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3491// the error. 3492// 3493// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3494// API operation StartMultiplex for usage and error information. 3495// 3496// Returned Error Codes: 3497// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3498// 3499// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3500// 3501// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3502// 3503// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3504// 3505// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3506// 3507// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3508// 3509// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3510// 3511// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3512// 3513// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex 3514func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplex(input *StartMultiplexInput) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) { 3515 req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input) 3516 return out, req.Send() 3517} 3518 3519// StartMultiplexWithContext is the same as StartMultiplex with the addition of 3520// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3521// 3522// See StartMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 3523// 3524// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3525// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3526// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3527// for more information on using Contexts. 3528func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) { 3529 req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input) 3530 req.SetContext(ctx) 3531 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3532 return out, req.Send() 3533} 3534 3535const opStopChannel = "StopChannel" 3536 3537// StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3538// client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return 3539// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3540// successfully. 3541// 3542// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3543// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3544// 3545// See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel 3546// API call, and error handling. 3547// 3548// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3549// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3550// 3551// 3552// // Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method. 3553// req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params) 3554// 3555// err := req.Send() 3556// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3557// fmt.Println(resp) 3558// } 3559// 3560// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel 3561func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput) { 3562 op := &request.Operation{ 3563 Name: opStopChannel, 3564 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3565 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/stop", 3566 } 3567 3568 if input == nil { 3569 input = &StopChannelInput{} 3570 } 3571 3572 output = &StopChannelOutput{} 3573 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3574 return 3575} 3576 3577// StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3578// 3579// Stops a running channel 3580// 3581// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3582// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3583// the error. 3584// 3585// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3586// API operation StopChannel for usage and error information. 3587// 3588// Returned Error Codes: 3589// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3590// 3591// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3592// 3593// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3594// 3595// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3596// 3597// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3598// 3599// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3600// 3601// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3602// 3603// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3604// 3605// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel 3606func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { 3607 req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) 3608 return out, req.Send() 3609} 3610 3611// StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of 3612// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3613// 3614// See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 3615// 3616// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3617// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3618// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3619// for more information on using Contexts. 3620func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { 3621 req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) 3622 req.SetContext(ctx) 3623 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3624 return out, req.Send() 3625} 3626 3627const opStopMultiplex = "StopMultiplex" 3628 3629// StopMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3630// client's request for the StopMultiplex operation. The "output" return 3631// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3632// successfully. 3633// 3634// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3635// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3636// 3637// See StopMultiplex for more information on using the StopMultiplex 3638// API call, and error handling. 3639// 3640// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3641// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3642// 3643// 3644// // Example sending a request using the StopMultiplexRequest method. 3645// req, resp := client.StopMultiplexRequest(params) 3646// 3647// err := req.Send() 3648// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3649// fmt.Println(resp) 3650// } 3651// 3652// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex 3653func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexRequest(input *StopMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopMultiplexOutput) { 3654 op := &request.Operation{ 3655 Name: opStopMultiplex, 3656 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3657 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/stop", 3658 } 3659 3660 if input == nil { 3661 input = &StopMultiplexInput{} 3662 } 3663 3664 output = &StopMultiplexOutput{} 3665 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3666 return 3667} 3668 3669// StopMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3670// 3671// Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has 3672// no effect. 3673// 3674// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3675// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3676// the error. 3677// 3678// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3679// API operation StopMultiplex for usage and error information. 3680// 3681// Returned Error Codes: 3682// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3683// 3684// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3685// 3686// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3687// 3688// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3689// 3690// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3691// 3692// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3693// 3694// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3695// 3696// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3697// 3698// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex 3699func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplex(input *StopMultiplexInput) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) { 3700 req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input) 3701 return out, req.Send() 3702} 3703 3704// StopMultiplexWithContext is the same as StopMultiplex with the addition of 3705// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3706// 3707// See StopMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 3708// 3709// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3710// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3711// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3712// for more information on using Contexts. 3713func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) { 3714 req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input) 3715 req.SetContext(ctx) 3716 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3717 return out, req.Send() 3718} 3719 3720const opUpdateChannel = "UpdateChannel" 3721 3722// UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3723// client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return 3724// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3725// successfully. 3726// 3727// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3728// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3729// 3730// See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel 3731// API call, and error handling. 3732// 3733// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3734// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3735// 3736// 3737// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method. 3738// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params) 3739// 3740// err := req.Send() 3741// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3742// fmt.Println(resp) 3743// } 3744// 3745// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel 3746func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput) { 3747 op := &request.Operation{ 3748 Name: opUpdateChannel, 3749 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 3750 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 3751 } 3752 3753 if input == nil { 3754 input = &UpdateChannelInput{} 3755 } 3756 3757 output = &UpdateChannelOutput{} 3758 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3759 return 3760} 3761 3762// UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3763// 3764// Updates a channel. 3765// 3766// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3767// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3768// the error. 3769// 3770// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3771// API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information. 3772// 3773// Returned Error Codes: 3774// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3775// 3776// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 3777// 3778// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3779// 3780// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3781// 3782// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3783// 3784// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3785// 3786// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3787// 3788// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel 3789func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { 3790 req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) 3791 return out, req.Send() 3792} 3793 3794// UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of 3795// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3796// 3797// See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 3798// 3799// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3800// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3801// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3802// for more information on using Contexts. 3803func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { 3804 req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) 3805 req.SetContext(ctx) 3806 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3807 return out, req.Send() 3808} 3809 3810const opUpdateChannelClass = "UpdateChannelClass" 3811 3812// UpdateChannelClassRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3813// client's request for the UpdateChannelClass operation. The "output" return 3814// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3815// successfully. 3816// 3817// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3818// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3819// 3820// See UpdateChannelClass for more information on using the UpdateChannelClass 3821// API call, and error handling. 3822// 3823// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3824// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3825// 3826// 3827// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelClassRequest method. 3828// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelClassRequest(params) 3829// 3830// err := req.Send() 3831// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3832// fmt.Println(resp) 3833// } 3834// 3835// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass 3836func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelClassOutput) { 3837 op := &request.Operation{ 3838 Name: opUpdateChannelClass, 3839 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 3840 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/channelClass", 3841 } 3842 3843 if input == nil { 3844 input = &UpdateChannelClassInput{} 3845 } 3846 3847 output = &UpdateChannelClassOutput{} 3848 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3849 return 3850} 3851 3852// UpdateChannelClass API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3853// 3854// Changes the class of the channel. 3855// 3856// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3857// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3858// the error. 3859// 3860// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3861// API operation UpdateChannelClass for usage and error information. 3862// 3863// Returned Error Codes: 3864// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3865// 3866// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 3867// 3868// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3869// 3870// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3871// 3872// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3873// 3874// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3875// 3876// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3877// 3878// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 3879// 3880// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3881// 3882// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass 3883func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) { 3884 req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input) 3885 return out, req.Send() 3886} 3887 3888// UpdateChannelClassWithContext is the same as UpdateChannelClass with the addition of 3889// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3890// 3891// See UpdateChannelClass for details on how to use this API operation. 3892// 3893// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3894// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3895// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3896// for more information on using Contexts. 3897func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelClassInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) { 3898 req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input) 3899 req.SetContext(ctx) 3900 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3901 return out, req.Send() 3902} 3903 3904const opUpdateInput = "UpdateInput" 3905 3906// UpdateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3907// client's request for the UpdateInput operation. The "output" return 3908// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3909// successfully. 3910// 3911// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3912// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3913// 3914// See UpdateInput for more information on using the UpdateInput 3915// API call, and error handling. 3916// 3917// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3918// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3919// 3920// 3921// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputRequest method. 3922// req, resp := client.UpdateInputRequest(params) 3923// 3924// err := req.Send() 3925// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3926// fmt.Println(resp) 3927// } 3928// 3929// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput 3930func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputOutput) { 3931 op := &request.Operation{ 3932 Name: opUpdateInput, 3933 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 3934 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 3935 } 3936 3937 if input == nil { 3938 input = &UpdateInputInput{} 3939 } 3940 3941 output = &UpdateInputOutput{} 3942 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3943 return 3944} 3945 3946// UpdateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3947// 3948// Updates an input. 3949// 3950// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3951// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3952// the error. 3953// 3954// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3955// API operation UpdateInput for usage and error information. 3956// 3957// Returned Error Codes: 3958// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 3959// 3960// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 3961// 3962// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 3963// 3964// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 3965// 3966// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 3967// 3968// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 3969// 3970// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 3971// 3972// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput 3973func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInput(input *UpdateInputInput) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) { 3974 req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input) 3975 return out, req.Send() 3976} 3977 3978// UpdateInputWithContext is the same as UpdateInput with the addition of 3979// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3980// 3981// See UpdateInput for details on how to use this API operation. 3982// 3983// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3984// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3985// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3986// for more information on using Contexts. 3987func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) { 3988 req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input) 3989 req.SetContext(ctx) 3990 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3991 return out, req.Send() 3992} 3993 3994const opUpdateInputSecurityGroup = "UpdateInputSecurityGroup" 3995 3996// UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3997// client's request for the UpdateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 3998// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3999// successfully. 4000// 4001// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4002// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4003// 4004// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the UpdateInputSecurityGroup 4005// API call, and error handling. 4006// 4007// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4008// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4009// 4010// 4011// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 4012// req, resp := client.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 4013// 4014// err := req.Send() 4015// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4016// fmt.Println(resp) 4017// } 4018// 4019// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup 4020func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 4021 op := &request.Operation{ 4022 Name: opUpdateInputSecurityGroup, 4023 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4024 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 4025 } 4026 4027 if input == nil { 4028 input = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput{} 4029 } 4030 4031 output = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 4032 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4033 return 4034} 4035 4036// UpdateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4037// 4038// Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists. 4039// 4040// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4041// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4042// the error. 4043// 4044// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4045// API operation UpdateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 4046// 4047// Returned Error Codes: 4048// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 4049// 4050// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 4051// 4052// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 4053// 4054// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 4055// 4056// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 4057// 4058// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 4059// 4060// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 4061// 4062// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup 4063func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 4064 req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 4065 return out, req.Send() 4066} 4067 4068// UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 4069// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4070// 4071// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 4072// 4073// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4074// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4075// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4076// for more information on using Contexts. 4077func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 4078 req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 4079 req.SetContext(ctx) 4080 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4081 return out, req.Send() 4082} 4083 4084const opUpdateMultiplex = "UpdateMultiplex" 4085 4086// UpdateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4087// client's request for the UpdateMultiplex operation. The "output" return 4088// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4089// successfully. 4090// 4091// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4092// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4093// 4094// See UpdateMultiplex for more information on using the UpdateMultiplex 4095// API call, and error handling. 4096// 4097// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4098// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4099// 4100// 4101// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexRequest method. 4102// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexRequest(params) 4103// 4104// err := req.Send() 4105// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4106// fmt.Println(resp) 4107// } 4108// 4109// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex 4110func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexOutput) { 4111 op := &request.Operation{ 4112 Name: opUpdateMultiplex, 4113 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4114 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 4115 } 4116 4117 if input == nil { 4118 input = &UpdateMultiplexInput{} 4119 } 4120 4121 output = &UpdateMultiplexOutput{} 4122 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4123 return 4124} 4125 4126// UpdateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4127// 4128// Updates a multiplex. 4129// 4130// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4131// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4132// the error. 4133// 4134// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4135// API operation UpdateMultiplex for usage and error information. 4136// 4137// Returned Error Codes: 4138// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 4139// 4140// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 4141// 4142// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 4143// 4144// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 4145// 4146// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 4147// 4148// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 4149// 4150// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 4151// 4152// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 4153// 4154// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex 4155func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplex(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) { 4156 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input) 4157 return out, req.Send() 4158} 4159 4160// UpdateMultiplexWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplex with the addition of 4161// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4162// 4163// See UpdateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 4164// 4165// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4166// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4167// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4168// for more information on using Contexts. 4169func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) { 4170 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input) 4171 req.SetContext(ctx) 4172 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4173 return out, req.Send() 4174} 4175 4176const opUpdateMultiplexProgram = "UpdateMultiplexProgram" 4177 4178// UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4179// client's request for the UpdateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 4180// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4181// successfully. 4182// 4183// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4184// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4185// 4186// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the UpdateMultiplexProgram 4187// API call, and error handling. 4188// 4189// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4190// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4191// 4192// 4193// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest method. 4194// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 4195// 4196// err := req.Send() 4197// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4198// fmt.Println(resp) 4199// } 4200// 4201// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram 4202func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) { 4203 op := &request.Operation{ 4204 Name: opUpdateMultiplexProgram, 4205 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4206 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 4207 } 4208 4209 if input == nil { 4210 input = &UpdateMultiplexProgramInput{} 4211 } 4212 4213 output = &UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput{} 4214 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4215 return 4216} 4217 4218// UpdateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4219// 4220// Update a program in a multiplex. 4221// 4222// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4223// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4224// the error. 4225// 4226// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4227// API operation UpdateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 4228// 4229// Returned Error Codes: 4230// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 4231// 4232// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" 4233// 4234// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 4235// 4236// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 4237// 4238// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 4239// 4240// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 4241// 4242// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 4243// 4244// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 4245// 4246// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram 4247func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgram(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 4248 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 4249 return out, req.Send() 4250} 4251 4252// UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplexProgram with the addition of 4253// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4254// 4255// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 4256// 4257// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4258// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4259// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4260// for more information on using Contexts. 4261func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 4262 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 4263 req.SetContext(ctx) 4264 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4265 return out, req.Send() 4266} 4267 4268const opUpdateReservation = "UpdateReservation" 4269 4270// UpdateReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4271// client's request for the UpdateReservation operation. The "output" return 4272// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4273// successfully. 4274// 4275// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4276// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4277// 4278// See UpdateReservation for more information on using the UpdateReservation 4279// API call, and error handling. 4280// 4281// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4282// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4283// 4284// 4285// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReservationRequest method. 4286// req, resp := client.UpdateReservationRequest(params) 4287// 4288// err := req.Send() 4289// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4290// fmt.Println(resp) 4291// } 4292// 4293// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation 4294func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest(input *UpdateReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReservationOutput) { 4295 op := &request.Operation{ 4296 Name: opUpdateReservation, 4297 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4298 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 4299 } 4300 4301 if input == nil { 4302 input = &UpdateReservationInput{} 4303 } 4304 4305 output = &UpdateReservationOutput{} 4306 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4307 return 4308} 4309 4310// UpdateReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4311// 4312// Update reservation. 4313// 4314// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4315// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4316// the error. 4317// 4318// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4319// API operation UpdateReservation for usage and error information. 4320// 4321// Returned Error Codes: 4322// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" 4323// 4324// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" 4325// 4326// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" 4327// 4328// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" 4329// 4330// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" 4331// 4332// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" 4333// 4334// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" 4335// 4336// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" 4337// 4338// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation 4339func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservation(input *UpdateReservationInput) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) { 4340 req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input) 4341 return out, req.Send() 4342} 4343 4344// UpdateReservationWithContext is the same as UpdateReservation with the addition of 4345// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4346// 4347// See UpdateReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 4348// 4349// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4350// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4351// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4352// for more information on using Contexts. 4353func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) { 4354 req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input) 4355 req.SetContext(ctx) 4356 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4357 return out, req.Send() 4358} 4359 4360// Aac Settings 4361type AacSettings struct { 4362 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4363 4364 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode 4365 // and profile. 4366 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 4367 4368 // Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control 4369 // mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description 4370 // plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, 4371 // with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex 4372 // E. 4373 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"` 4374 4375 // Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD 4376 // (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set 4377 // to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster 4378 // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed 4379 // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl 4380 // and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave 4381 // set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD. 4382 InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"` 4383 4384 // AAC Profile. 4385 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"` 4386 4387 // Rate Control Mode. 4388 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"` 4389 4390 // Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers. 4391 RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"` 4392 4393 // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. 4394 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 4395 4396 // Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport 4397 // Stream containers. 4398 Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"` 4399 4400 // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR. 4401 VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"` 4402} 4403 4404// String returns the string representation 4405func (s AacSettings) String() string { 4406 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4407} 4408 4409// GoString returns the string representation 4410func (s AacSettings) GoString() string { 4411 return s.String() 4412} 4413 4414// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 4415func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings { 4416 s.Bitrate = &v 4417 return s 4418} 4419 4420// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 4421func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings { 4422 s.CodingMode = &v 4423 return s 4424} 4425 4426// SetInputType sets the InputType field's value. 4427func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings { 4428 s.InputType = &v 4429 return s 4430} 4431 4432// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 4433func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings { 4434 s.Profile = &v 4435 return s 4436} 4437 4438// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 4439func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings { 4440 s.RateControlMode = &v 4441 return s 4442} 4443 4444// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value. 4445func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings { 4446 s.RawFormat = &v 4447 return s 4448} 4449 4450// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 4451func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings { 4452 s.SampleRate = &v 4453 return s 4454} 4455 4456// SetSpec sets the Spec field's value. 4457func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings { 4458 s.Spec = &v 4459 return s 4460} 4461 4462// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value. 4463func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings { 4464 s.VbrQuality = &v 4465 return s 4466} 4467 4468// Ac3 Settings 4469type Ac3Settings struct { 4470 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4471 4472 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 4473 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 4474 4475 // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC 4476 // A/52-2012 for background on these values. 4477 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"` 4478 4479 // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. 4480 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"` 4481 4482 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital, 4483 // dialnorm will be passed through. 4484 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"` 4485 4486 // If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output 4487 // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. 4488 DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"` 4489 4490 // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior 4491 // to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode. 4492 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"` 4493 4494 // When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, 4495 // DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 4496 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 4497 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"` 4498} 4499 4500// String returns the string representation 4501func (s Ac3Settings) String() string { 4502 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4503} 4504 4505// GoString returns the string representation 4506func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string { 4507 return s.String() 4508} 4509 4510// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4511func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error { 4512 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Ac3Settings"} 4513 if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 { 4514 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1)) 4515 } 4516 4517 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4518 return invalidParams 4519 } 4520 return nil 4521} 4522 4523// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 4524func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings { 4525 s.Bitrate = &v 4526 return s 4527} 4528 4529// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 4530func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4531 s.BitstreamMode = &v 4532 return s 4533} 4534 4535// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 4536func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4537 s.CodingMode = &v 4538 return s 4539} 4540 4541// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 4542func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings { 4543 s.Dialnorm = &v 4544 return s 4545} 4546 4547// SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value. 4548func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4549 s.DrcProfile = &v 4550 return s 4551} 4552 4553// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 4554func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4555 s.LfeFilter = &v 4556 return s 4557} 4558 4559// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 4560func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings { 4561 s.MetadataControl = &v 4562 return s 4563} 4564 4565// Archive Container Settings 4566type ArchiveContainerSettings struct { 4567 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4568 4569 // M2ts Settings 4570 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 4571} 4572 4573// String returns the string representation 4574func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string { 4575 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4576} 4577 4578// GoString returns the string representation 4579func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string { 4580 return s.String() 4581} 4582 4583// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4584func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error { 4585 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveContainerSettings"} 4586 if s.M2tsSettings != nil { 4587 if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 4588 invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4589 } 4590 } 4591 4592 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4593 return invalidParams 4594 } 4595 return nil 4596} 4597 4598// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 4599func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings { 4600 s.M2tsSettings = v 4601 return s 4602} 4603 4604// Archive Group Settings 4605type ArchiveGroupSettings struct { 4606 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4607 4608 // A directory and base filename where archive files should be written. 4609 // 4610 // Destination is a required field 4611 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 4612 4613 // Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a 4614 // new one. 4615 RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"` 4616} 4617 4618// String returns the string representation 4619func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string { 4620 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4621} 4622 4623// GoString returns the string representation 4624func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string { 4625 return s.String() 4626} 4627 4628// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4629func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate() error { 4630 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveGroupSettings"} 4631 if s.Destination == nil { 4632 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 4633 } 4634 if s.RolloverInterval != nil && *s.RolloverInterval < 1 { 4635 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RolloverInterval", 1)) 4636 } 4637 4638 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4639 return invalidParams 4640 } 4641 return nil 4642} 4643 4644// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 4645func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings { 4646 s.Destination = v 4647 return s 4648} 4649 4650// SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value. 4651func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings { 4652 s.RolloverInterval = &v 4653 return s 4654} 4655 4656// Archive Output Settings 4657type ArchiveOutputSettings struct { 4658 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4659 4660 // Settings specific to the container type of the file. 4661 // 4662 // ContainerSettings is a required field 4663 ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 4664 4665 // Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container 4666 // type. 4667 Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` 4668 4669 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for 4670 // multiple outputs of the same type. 4671 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 4672} 4673 4674// String returns the string representation 4675func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string { 4676 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4677} 4678 4679// GoString returns the string representation 4680func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string { 4681 return s.String() 4682} 4683 4684// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4685func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error { 4686 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveOutputSettings"} 4687 if s.ContainerSettings == nil { 4688 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings")) 4689 } 4690 if s.ContainerSettings != nil { 4691 if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 4692 invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4693 } 4694 } 4695 4696 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4697 return invalidParams 4698 } 4699 return nil 4700} 4701 4702// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 4703func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 4704 s.ContainerSettings = v 4705 return s 4706} 4707 4708// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value. 4709func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 4710 s.Extension = &v 4711 return s 4712} 4713 4714// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 4715func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 4716 s.NameModifier = &v 4717 return s 4718} 4719 4720// Arib Destination Settings 4721type AribDestinationSettings struct { 4722 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4723} 4724 4725// String returns the string representation 4726func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string { 4727 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4728} 4729 4730// GoString returns the string representation 4731func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 4732 return s.String() 4733} 4734 4735// Arib Source Settings 4736type AribSourceSettings struct { 4737 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4738} 4739 4740// String returns the string representation 4741func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string { 4742 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4743} 4744 4745// GoString returns the string representation 4746func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string { 4747 return s.String() 4748} 4749 4750// Audio Channel Mapping 4751type AudioChannelMapping struct { 4752 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4753 4754 // Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into 4755 // this output channel. 4756 // 4757 // InputChannelLevels is a required field 4758 InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list" required:"true"` 4759 4760 // The index of the output channel being produced. 4761 // 4762 // OutputChannel is a required field 4763 OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"` 4764} 4765 4766// String returns the string representation 4767func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string { 4768 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4769} 4770 4771// GoString returns the string representation 4772func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string { 4773 return s.String() 4774} 4775 4776// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4777func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error { 4778 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioChannelMapping"} 4779 if s.InputChannelLevels == nil { 4780 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannelLevels")) 4781 } 4782 if s.OutputChannel == nil { 4783 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputChannel")) 4784 } 4785 if s.InputChannelLevels != nil { 4786 for i, v := range s.InputChannelLevels { 4787 if v == nil { 4788 continue 4789 } 4790 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 4791 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputChannelLevels", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4792 } 4793 } 4794 } 4795 4796 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4797 return invalidParams 4798 } 4799 return nil 4800} 4801 4802// SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value. 4803func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping { 4804 s.InputChannelLevels = v 4805 return s 4806} 4807 4808// SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value. 4809func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping { 4810 s.OutputChannel = &v 4811 return s 4812} 4813 4814// Audio Codec Settings 4815type AudioCodecSettings struct { 4816 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4817 4818 // Aac Settings 4819 AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` 4820 4821 // Ac3 Settings 4822 Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` 4823 4824 // Eac3 Settings 4825 Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` 4826 4827 // Mp2 Settings 4828 Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` 4829 4830 // Pass Through Settings 4831 PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"` 4832} 4833 4834// String returns the string representation 4835func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string { 4836 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4837} 4838 4839// GoString returns the string representation 4840func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string { 4841 return s.String() 4842} 4843 4844// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4845func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error { 4846 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioCodecSettings"} 4847 if s.Ac3Settings != nil { 4848 if err := s.Ac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 4849 invalidParams.AddNested("Ac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4850 } 4851 } 4852 if s.Eac3Settings != nil { 4853 if err := s.Eac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 4854 invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4855 } 4856 } 4857 4858 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4859 return invalidParams 4860 } 4861 return nil 4862} 4863 4864// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value. 4865func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 4866 s.AacSettings = v 4867 return s 4868} 4869 4870// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value. 4871func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 4872 s.Ac3Settings = v 4873 return s 4874} 4875 4876// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value. 4877func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 4878 s.Eac3Settings = v 4879 return s 4880} 4881 4882// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value. 4883func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 4884 s.Mp2Settings = v 4885 return s 4886} 4887 4888// SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value. 4889func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 4890 s.PassThroughSettings = v 4891 return s 4892} 4893 4894// Audio Description 4895type AudioDescription struct { 4896 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 4897 4898 // Advanced audio normalization settings. 4899 AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` 4900 4901 // The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription. 4902 // 4903 // AudioSelectorName is a required field 4904 AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 4905 4906 // Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType 4907 // are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1. 4908 AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"` 4909 4910 // Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains 4911 // an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If 4912 // the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included 4913 // in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the 4914 // output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is 4915 // broadcasterMixedAd. 4916 AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"` 4917 4918 // Audio codec settings. 4919 CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 4920 4921 // Indicates the language of the audio output track. Only used if languageControlMode 4922 // is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 language code specified in the input. 4923 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string"` 4924 4925 // Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to 4926 // follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used 4927 // when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no 4928 // ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 4929 LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"` 4930 4931 // The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely 4932 // identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within 4933 // this Live Event. 4934 // 4935 // Name is a required field 4936 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 4937 4938 // Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output 4939 // audio channels. 4940 RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` 4941 4942 // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by 4943 // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). 4944 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 4945} 4946 4947// String returns the string representation 4948func (s AudioDescription) String() string { 4949 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 4950} 4951 4952// GoString returns the string representation 4953func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string { 4954 return s.String() 4955} 4956 4957// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 4958func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error { 4959 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioDescription"} 4960 if s.AudioSelectorName == nil { 4961 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName")) 4962 } 4963 if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 { 4964 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3)) 4965 } 4966 if s.Name == nil { 4967 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 4968 } 4969 if s.CodecSettings != nil { 4970 if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 4971 invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4972 } 4973 } 4974 if s.RemixSettings != nil { 4975 if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 4976 invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 4977 } 4978 } 4979 4980 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 4981 return invalidParams 4982 } 4983 return nil 4984} 4985 4986// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value. 4987func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription { 4988 s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v 4989 return s 4990} 4991 4992// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value. 4993func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription { 4994 s.AudioSelectorName = &v 4995 return s 4996} 4997 4998// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value. 4999func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription { 5000 s.AudioType = &v 5001 return s 5002} 5003 5004// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value. 5005func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 5006 s.AudioTypeControl = &v 5007 return s 5008} 5009 5010// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 5011func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription { 5012 s.CodecSettings = v 5013 return s 5014} 5015 5016// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 5017func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription { 5018 s.LanguageCode = &v 5019 return s 5020} 5021 5022// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value. 5023func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 5024 s.LanguageCodeControl = &v 5025 return s 5026} 5027 5028// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5029func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription { 5030 s.Name = &v 5031 return s 5032} 5033 5034// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. 5035func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription { 5036 s.RemixSettings = v 5037 return s 5038} 5039 5040// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 5041func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription { 5042 s.StreamName = &v 5043 return s 5044} 5045 5046// Audio Language Selection 5047type AudioLanguageSelection struct { 5048 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5049 5050 // Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source. 5051 // 5052 // LanguageCode is a required field 5053 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" required:"true"` 5054 5055 // When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio 5056 // streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an 5057 // audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present 5058 // then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on 5059 // a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with 5060 // the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language. 5061 LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"` 5062} 5063 5064// String returns the string representation 5065func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string { 5066 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5067} 5068 5069// GoString returns the string representation 5070func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string { 5071 return s.String() 5072} 5073 5074// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5075func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error { 5076 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioLanguageSelection"} 5077 if s.LanguageCode == nil { 5078 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode")) 5079 } 5080 5081 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5082 return invalidParams 5083 } 5084 return nil 5085} 5086 5087// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 5088func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { 5089 s.LanguageCode = &v 5090 return s 5091} 5092 5093// SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value. 5094func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { 5095 s.LanguageSelectionPolicy = &v 5096 return s 5097} 5098 5099// Audio Normalization Settings 5100type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { 5101 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5102 5103 // Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification, 5104 // itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. 5105 Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"` 5106 5107 // When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. 5108 // If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. 5109 AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"` 5110 5111 // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default 5112 // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) 5113 // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends 5114 // a target of -23 LKFS. 5115 TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` 5116} 5117 5118// String returns the string representation 5119func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string { 5120 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5121} 5122 5123// GoString returns the string representation 5124func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string { 5125 return s.String() 5126} 5127 5128// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. 5129func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 5130 s.Algorithm = &v 5131 return s 5132} 5133 5134// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value. 5135func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 5136 s.AlgorithmControl = &v 5137 return s 5138} 5139 5140// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value. 5141func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 5142 s.TargetLkfs = &v 5143 return s 5144} 5145 5146// Audio Only Hls Settings 5147type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct { 5148 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5149 5150 // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. 5151 AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` 5152 5153 // Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an 5154 // audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases 5155 // the output audio bandwidth.The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag, 5156 // frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native 5157 // Frames" standard. 5158 AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"` 5159 5160 // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe 5161 // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth 5162 // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate 5163 // Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try 5164 // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest 5165 // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate 5166 // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as 5167 // an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate 5168 // Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to 5169 // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with 5170 // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO 5171 AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"` 5172 5173 // Specifies the segment type. 5174 SegmentType *string `locationName:"segmentType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType"` 5175} 5176 5177// String returns the string representation 5178func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string { 5179 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5180} 5181 5182// GoString returns the string representation 5183func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string { 5184 return s.String() 5185} 5186 5187// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5188func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate() error { 5189 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioOnlyHlsSettings"} 5190 if s.AudioOnlyImage != nil { 5191 if err := s.AudioOnlyImage.Validate(); err != nil { 5192 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5193 } 5194 } 5195 5196 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5197 return invalidParams 5198 } 5199 return nil 5200} 5201 5202// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value. 5203func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5204 s.AudioGroupId = &v 5205 return s 5206} 5207 5208// SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value. 5209func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5210 s.AudioOnlyImage = v 5211 return s 5212} 5213 5214// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value. 5215func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5216 s.AudioTrackType = &v 5217 return s 5218} 5219 5220// SetSegmentType sets the SegmentType field's value. 5221func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetSegmentType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 5222 s.SegmentType = &v 5223 return s 5224} 5225 5226// Audio Pid Selection 5227type AudioPidSelection struct { 5228 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5229 5230 // Selects a specific PID from within a source. 5231 // 5232 // Pid is a required field 5233 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer" required:"true"` 5234} 5235 5236// String returns the string representation 5237func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string { 5238 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5239} 5240 5241// GoString returns the string representation 5242func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string { 5243 return s.String() 5244} 5245 5246// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5247func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error { 5248 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioPidSelection"} 5249 if s.Pid == nil { 5250 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pid")) 5251 } 5252 5253 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5254 return invalidParams 5255 } 5256 return nil 5257} 5258 5259// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 5260func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection { 5261 s.Pid = &v 5262 return s 5263} 5264 5265// Audio Selector 5266type AudioSelector struct { 5267 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5268 5269 // The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely 5270 // identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input. 5271 // 5272 // Name is a required field 5273 Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 5274 5275 // The audio selector settings. 5276 SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 5277} 5278 5279// String returns the string representation 5280func (s AudioSelector) String() string { 5281 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5282} 5283 5284// GoString returns the string representation 5285func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string { 5286 return s.String() 5287} 5288 5289// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5290func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error { 5291 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelector"} 5292 if s.Name == nil { 5293 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 5294 } 5295 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 5296 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 5297 } 5298 if s.SelectorSettings != nil { 5299 if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5300 invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5301 } 5302 } 5303 5304 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5305 return invalidParams 5306 } 5307 return nil 5308} 5309 5310// SetName sets the Name field's value. 5311func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector { 5312 s.Name = &v 5313 return s 5314} 5315 5316// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 5317func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector { 5318 s.SelectorSettings = v 5319 return s 5320} 5321 5322// Audio Selector Settings 5323type AudioSelectorSettings struct { 5324 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5325 5326 // Audio Language Selection 5327 AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"` 5328 5329 // Audio Pid Selection 5330 AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"` 5331} 5332 5333// String returns the string representation 5334func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string { 5335 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5336} 5337 5338// GoString returns the string representation 5339func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 5340 return s.String() 5341} 5342 5343// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5344func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error { 5345 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelectorSettings"} 5346 if s.AudioLanguageSelection != nil { 5347 if err := s.AudioLanguageSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 5348 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioLanguageSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5349 } 5350 } 5351 if s.AudioPidSelection != nil { 5352 if err := s.AudioPidSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 5353 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioPidSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5354 } 5355 } 5356 5357 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5358 return invalidParams 5359 } 5360 return nil 5361} 5362 5363// SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value. 5364func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 5365 s.AudioLanguageSelection = v 5366 return s 5367} 5368 5369// SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value. 5370func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 5371 s.AudioPidSelection = v 5372 return s 5373} 5374 5375// Avail Blanking 5376type AvailBlanking struct { 5377 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5378 5379 // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png 5380 // images are supported. 5381 AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"` 5382 5383 // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when 5384 // insertion metadata is added. 5385 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"` 5386} 5387 5388// String returns the string representation 5389func (s AvailBlanking) String() string { 5390 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5391} 5392 5393// GoString returns the string representation 5394func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string { 5395 return s.String() 5396} 5397 5398// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5399func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error { 5400 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailBlanking"} 5401 if s.AvailBlankingImage != nil { 5402 if err := s.AvailBlankingImage.Validate(); err != nil { 5403 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlankingImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5404 } 5405 } 5406 5407 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5408 return invalidParams 5409 } 5410 return nil 5411} 5412 5413// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value. 5414func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking { 5415 s.AvailBlankingImage = v 5416 return s 5417} 5418 5419// SetState sets the State field's value. 5420func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking { 5421 s.State = &v 5422 return s 5423} 5424 5425// Avail Configuration 5426type AvailConfiguration struct { 5427 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5428 5429 // Ad avail settings. 5430 AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"` 5431} 5432 5433// String returns the string representation 5434func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string { 5435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5436} 5437 5438// GoString returns the string representation 5439func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string { 5440 return s.String() 5441} 5442 5443// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5444func (s *AvailConfiguration) Validate() error { 5445 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailConfiguration"} 5446 if s.AvailSettings != nil { 5447 if err := s.AvailSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5448 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5449 } 5450 } 5451 5452 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5453 return invalidParams 5454 } 5455 return nil 5456} 5457 5458// SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value. 5459func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration { 5460 s.AvailSettings = v 5461 return s 5462} 5463 5464// Avail Settings 5465type AvailSettings struct { 5466 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5467 5468 // Scte35 Splice Insert 5469 Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"` 5470 5471 // Scte35 Time Signal Apos 5472 Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"` 5473} 5474 5475// String returns the string representation 5476func (s AvailSettings) String() string { 5477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5478} 5479 5480// GoString returns the string representation 5481func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string { 5482 return s.String() 5483} 5484 5485// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5486func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error { 5487 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailSettings"} 5488 if s.Scte35SpliceInsert != nil { 5489 if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsert.Validate(); err != nil { 5490 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsert", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5491 } 5492 } 5493 if s.Scte35TimeSignalApos != nil { 5494 if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalApos.Validate(); err != nil { 5495 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalApos", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5496 } 5497 } 5498 5499 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5500 return invalidParams 5501 } 5502 return nil 5503} 5504 5505// SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value. 5506func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings { 5507 s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v 5508 return s 5509} 5510 5511// SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value. 5512func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings { 5513 s.Scte35TimeSignalApos = v 5514 return s 5515} 5516 5517// A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created 5518// (in a response). 5519type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct { 5520 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5521 5522 // A list of schedule actions to create. 5523 // 5524 // ScheduleActions is a required field 5525 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 5526} 5527 5528// String returns the string representation 5529func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String() string { 5530 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5531} 5532 5533// GoString returns the string representation 5534func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString() string { 5535 return s.String() 5536} 5537 5538// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5539func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate() error { 5540 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest"} 5541 if s.ScheduleActions == nil { 5542 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActions")) 5543 } 5544 if s.ScheduleActions != nil { 5545 for i, v := range s.ScheduleActions { 5546 if v == nil { 5547 continue 5548 } 5549 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 5550 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ScheduleActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5551 } 5552 } 5553 } 5554 5555 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5556 return invalidParams 5557 } 5558 return nil 5559} 5560 5561// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 5562func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest { 5563 s.ScheduleActions = v 5564 return s 5565} 5566 5567// List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 5568type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct { 5569 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5570 5571 // List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 5572 // 5573 // ScheduleActions is a required field 5574 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 5575} 5576 5577// String returns the string representation 5578func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String() string { 5579 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5580} 5581 5582// GoString returns the string representation 5583func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString() string { 5584 return s.String() 5585} 5586 5587// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 5588func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult { 5589 s.ScheduleActions = v 5590 return s 5591} 5592 5593// A list of schedule actions to delete. 5594type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct { 5595 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5596 5597 // A list of schedule actions to delete. 5598 // 5599 // ActionNames is a required field 5600 ActionNames []*string `locationName:"actionNames" type:"list" required:"true"` 5601} 5602 5603// String returns the string representation 5604func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String() string { 5605 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5606} 5607 5608// GoString returns the string representation 5609func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString() string { 5610 return s.String() 5611} 5612 5613// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5614func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate() error { 5615 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest"} 5616 if s.ActionNames == nil { 5617 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionNames")) 5618 } 5619 5620 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5621 return invalidParams 5622 } 5623 return nil 5624} 5625 5626// SetActionNames sets the ActionNames field's value. 5627func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames(v []*string) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest { 5628 s.ActionNames = v 5629 return s 5630} 5631 5632// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 5633type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct { 5634 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5635 5636 // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 5637 // 5638 // ScheduleActions is a required field 5639 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 5640} 5641 5642// String returns the string representation 5643func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String() string { 5644 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5645} 5646 5647// GoString returns the string representation 5648func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString() string { 5649 return s.String() 5650} 5651 5652// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 5653func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult { 5654 s.ScheduleActions = v 5655 return s 5656} 5657 5658// A request to create actions (add actions to the schedule), delete actions 5659// (remove actions from the schedule), or both create and delete actions. 5660type BatchUpdateScheduleInput struct { 5661 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5662 5663 // ChannelId is a required field 5664 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 5665 5666 // Schedule actions to create in the schedule. 5667 Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"` 5668 5669 // Schedule actions to delete from the schedule. 5670 Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"` 5671} 5672 5673// String returns the string representation 5674func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String() string { 5675 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5676} 5677 5678// GoString returns the string representation 5679func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString() string { 5680 return s.String() 5681} 5682 5683// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5684func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate() error { 5685 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdateScheduleInput"} 5686 if s.ChannelId == nil { 5687 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 5688 } 5689 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 5690 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 5691 } 5692 if s.Creates != nil { 5693 if err := s.Creates.Validate(); err != nil { 5694 invalidParams.AddNested("Creates", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5695 } 5696 } 5697 if s.Deletes != nil { 5698 if err := s.Deletes.Validate(); err != nil { 5699 invalidParams.AddNested("Deletes", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5700 } 5701 } 5702 5703 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5704 return invalidParams 5705 } 5706 return nil 5707} 5708 5709// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 5710func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 5711 s.ChannelId = &v 5712 return s 5713} 5714 5715// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value. 5716func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 5717 s.Creates = v 5718 return s 5719} 5720 5721// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value. 5722func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 5723 s.Deletes = v 5724 return s 5725} 5726 5727type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput struct { 5728 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5729 5730 // List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 5731 Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"` 5732 5733 // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 5734 Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"` 5735} 5736 5737// String returns the string representation 5738func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String() string { 5739 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5740} 5741 5742// GoString returns the string representation 5743func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 5744 return s.String() 5745} 5746 5747// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value. 5748func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput { 5749 s.Creates = v 5750 return s 5751} 5752 5753// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value. 5754func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput { 5755 s.Deletes = v 5756 return s 5757} 5758 5759// Blackout Slate 5760type BlackoutSlate struct { 5761 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5762 5763 // Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and 5764 // png images are supported. 5765 BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"` 5766 5767 // Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions, 5768 // and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End 5769 // Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when 5770 // the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End 5771 // and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the 5772 // value entered in "Network ID". 5773 NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"` 5774 5775 // Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled 5776 // to fill the entire output raster. 5777 NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"` 5778 5779 // Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C"). 5780 NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" min:"34" type:"string"` 5781 5782 // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when 5783 // indicated by program metadata. 5784 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"` 5785} 5786 5787// String returns the string representation 5788func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string { 5789 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5790} 5791 5792// GoString returns the string representation 5793func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string { 5794 return s.String() 5795} 5796 5797// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5798func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error { 5799 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BlackoutSlate"} 5800 if s.NetworkId != nil && len(*s.NetworkId) < 34 { 5801 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkId", 34)) 5802 } 5803 if s.BlackoutSlateImage != nil { 5804 if err := s.BlackoutSlateImage.Validate(); err != nil { 5805 invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlateImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5806 } 5807 } 5808 if s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage != nil { 5809 if err := s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage.Validate(); err != nil { 5810 invalidParams.AddNested("NetworkEndBlackoutImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5811 } 5812 } 5813 5814 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5815 return invalidParams 5816 } 5817 return nil 5818} 5819 5820// SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value. 5821func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { 5822 s.BlackoutSlateImage = v 5823 return s 5824} 5825 5826// SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value. 5827func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 5828 s.NetworkEndBlackout = &v 5829 return s 5830} 5831 5832// SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value. 5833func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { 5834 s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage = v 5835 return s 5836} 5837 5838// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 5839func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 5840 s.NetworkId = &v 5841 return s 5842} 5843 5844// SetState sets the State field's value. 5845func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 5846 s.State = &v 5847 return s 5848} 5849 5850// Burn In Destination Settings 5851type BurnInDestinationSettings struct { 5852 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5853 5854 // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered 5855 // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting 5856 // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If 5857 // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 5858 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 5859 // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify 5860 // pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5861 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"` 5862 5863 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and 5864 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5865 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"` 5866 5867 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 5868 // Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 5869 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5870 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 5871 5872 // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' 5873 // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types 5874 // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. 5875 // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display 5876 // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5877 Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` 5878 5879 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 5880 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 5881 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 5882 // settings must match. 5883 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"` 5884 5885 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 5886 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5887 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 5888 5889 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and 5890 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5891 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"` 5892 5893 // When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. 5894 // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All 5895 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5896 FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` 5897 5898 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 5899 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 5900 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 5901 // must match. 5902 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"` 5903 5904 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 5905 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 5906 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 5907 // settings must match. 5908 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 5909 5910 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub 5911 // font settings must match. 5912 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"` 5913 5914 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 5915 // this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in 5916 // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5917 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 5918 5919 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 5920 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 5921 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5922 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 5923 5924 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 5925 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 5926 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5927 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 5928 5929 // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles 5930 // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 5931 TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"` 5932 5933 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 5934 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 5935 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, 5936 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 5937 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5938 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 5939 5940 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 5941 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 5942 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, 5943 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in 5944 // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 5945 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 5946} 5947 5948// String returns the string representation 5949func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string { 5950 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5951} 5952 5953// GoString returns the string representation 5954func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 5955 return s.String() 5956} 5957 5958// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5959func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 5960 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BurnInDestinationSettings"} 5961 if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 { 5962 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96)) 5963 } 5964 if s.Font != nil { 5965 if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil { 5966 invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5967 } 5968 } 5969 5970 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5971 return invalidParams 5972 } 5973 return nil 5974} 5975 5976// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 5977func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 5978 s.Alignment = &v 5979 return s 5980} 5981 5982// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 5983func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 5984 s.BackgroundColor = &v 5985 return s 5986} 5987 5988// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 5989func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 5990 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 5991 return s 5992} 5993 5994// SetFont sets the Font field's value. 5995func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 5996 s.Font = v 5997 return s 5998} 5999 6000// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 6001func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6002 s.FontColor = &v 6003 return s 6004} 6005 6006// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 6007func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6008 s.FontOpacity = &v 6009 return s 6010} 6011 6012// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 6013func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6014 s.FontResolution = &v 6015 return s 6016} 6017 6018// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 6019func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6020 s.FontSize = &v 6021 return s 6022} 6023 6024// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 6025func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6026 s.OutlineColor = &v 6027 return s 6028} 6029 6030// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 6031func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6032 s.OutlineSize = &v 6033 return s 6034} 6035 6036// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 6037func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6038 s.ShadowColor = &v 6039 return s 6040} 6041 6042// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 6043func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6044 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 6045 return s 6046} 6047 6048// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 6049func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6050 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 6051 return s 6052} 6053 6054// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 6055func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6056 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 6057 return s 6058} 6059 6060// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. 6061func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6062 s.TeletextGridControl = &v 6063 return s 6064} 6065 6066// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 6067func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6068 s.XPosition = &v 6069 return s 6070} 6071 6072// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 6073func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 6074 s.YPosition = &v 6075 return s 6076} 6077 6078// Caption Description 6079type CaptionDescription struct { 6080 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6081 6082 // Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating 6083 // output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name. 6084 // 6085 // CaptionSelectorName is a required field 6086 CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 6087 6088 // Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination 6089 // type. 6090 DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6091 6092 // ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ 6093 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` 6094 6095 // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. 6096 // English, or Spanish). 6097 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` 6098 6099 // Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description 6100 // with an output. Names must be unique within an event. 6101 // 6102 // Name is a required field 6103 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 6104} 6105 6106// String returns the string representation 6107func (s CaptionDescription) String() string { 6108 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6109} 6110 6111// GoString returns the string representation 6112func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string { 6113 return s.String() 6114} 6115 6116// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6117func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error { 6118 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescription"} 6119 if s.CaptionSelectorName == nil { 6120 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionSelectorName")) 6121 } 6122 if s.Name == nil { 6123 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6124 } 6125 if s.DestinationSettings != nil { 6126 if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6127 invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6128 } 6129 } 6130 6131 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6132 return invalidParams 6133 } 6134 return nil 6135} 6136 6137// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value. 6138func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6139 s.CaptionSelectorName = &v 6140 return s 6141} 6142 6143// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. 6144func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription { 6145 s.DestinationSettings = v 6146 return s 6147} 6148 6149// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6150func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6151 s.LanguageCode = &v 6152 return s 6153} 6154 6155// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 6156func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6157 s.LanguageDescription = &v 6158 return s 6159} 6160 6161// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6162func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 6163 s.Name = &v 6164 return s 6165} 6166 6167// Caption Destination Settings 6168type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { 6169 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6170 6171 // Arib Destination Settings 6172 AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6173 6174 // Burn In Destination Settings 6175 BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6176 6177 // Dvb Sub Destination Settings 6178 DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6179 6180 // Embedded Destination Settings 6181 EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6182 6183 // Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings 6184 EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6185 6186 // Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings 6187 RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings `locationName:"rtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6188 6189 // Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings 6190 Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6191 6192 // Scte27 Destination Settings 6193 Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6194 6195 // Smpte Tt Destination Settings 6196 SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6197 6198 // Teletext Destination Settings 6199 TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6200 6201 // Ttml Destination Settings 6202 TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6203 6204 // Webvtt Destination Settings 6205 WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 6206} 6207 6208// String returns the string representation 6209func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string { 6210 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6211} 6212 6213// GoString returns the string representation 6214func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 6215 return s.String() 6216} 6217 6218// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6219func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 6220 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDestinationSettings"} 6221 if s.BurnInDestinationSettings != nil { 6222 if err := s.BurnInDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6223 invalidParams.AddNested("BurnInDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6224 } 6225 } 6226 if s.DvbSubDestinationSettings != nil { 6227 if err := s.DvbSubDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6228 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6229 } 6230 } 6231 6232 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6233 return invalidParams 6234 } 6235 return nil 6236} 6237 6238// SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value. 6239func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6240 s.AribDestinationSettings = v 6241 return s 6242} 6243 6244// SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value. 6245func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6246 s.BurnInDestinationSettings = v 6247 return s 6248} 6249 6250// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value. 6251func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6252 s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v 6253 return s 6254} 6255 6256// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. 6257func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6258 s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v 6259 return s 6260} 6261 6262// SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value. 6263func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6264 s.EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings = v 6265 return s 6266} 6267 6268// SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings sets the RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings field's value. 6269func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings(v *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6270 s.RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings = v 6271 return s 6272} 6273 6274// SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. 6275func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6276 s.Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings = v 6277 return s 6278} 6279 6280// SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value. 6281func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6282 s.Scte27DestinationSettings = v 6283 return s 6284} 6285 6286// SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value. 6287func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6288 s.SmpteTtDestinationSettings = v 6289 return s 6290} 6291 6292// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value. 6293func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6294 s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v 6295 return s 6296} 6297 6298// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value. 6299func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6300 s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v 6301 return s 6302} 6303 6304// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value. 6305func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 6306 s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v 6307 return s 6308} 6309 6310// Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2), 6311// with an optional description. 6312type CaptionLanguageMapping struct { 6313 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6314 6315 // The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping. 6316 // Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4) 6317 // 6318 // CaptionChannel is a required field 6319 CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 6320 6321 // Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2) 6322 // 6323 // LanguageCode is a required field 6324 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` 6325 6326 // Textual description of language 6327 // 6328 // LanguageDescription is a required field 6329 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6330} 6331 6332// String returns the string representation 6333func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string { 6334 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6335} 6336 6337// GoString returns the string representation 6338func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string { 6339 return s.String() 6340} 6341 6342// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6343func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error { 6344 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionLanguageMapping"} 6345 if s.CaptionChannel == nil { 6346 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionChannel")) 6347 } 6348 if s.CaptionChannel != nil && *s.CaptionChannel < 1 { 6349 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptionChannel", 1)) 6350 } 6351 if s.LanguageCode == nil { 6352 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode")) 6353 } 6354 if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 { 6355 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3)) 6356 } 6357 if s.LanguageDescription == nil { 6358 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageDescription")) 6359 } 6360 if s.LanguageDescription != nil && len(*s.LanguageDescription) < 1 { 6361 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageDescription", 1)) 6362 } 6363 6364 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6365 return invalidParams 6366 } 6367 return nil 6368} 6369 6370// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value. 6371func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 6372 s.CaptionChannel = &v 6373 return s 6374} 6375 6376// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6377func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 6378 s.LanguageCode = &v 6379 return s 6380} 6381 6382// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 6383func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 6384 s.LanguageDescription = &v 6385 return s 6386} 6387 6388// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about 6389// where streams should be distributed. 6390type CaptionSelector struct { 6391 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6392 6393 // When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the 6394 // caption track to extract from the source. 6395 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` 6396 6397 // Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this 6398 // caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique 6399 // within an event. 6400 // 6401 // Name is a required field 6402 Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6403 6404 // Caption selector settings. 6405 SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 6406} 6407 6408// String returns the string representation 6409func (s CaptionSelector) String() string { 6410 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6411} 6412 6413// GoString returns the string representation 6414func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string { 6415 return s.String() 6416} 6417 6418// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6419func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error { 6420 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelector"} 6421 if s.Name == nil { 6422 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6423 } 6424 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 6425 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 6426 } 6427 if s.SelectorSettings != nil { 6428 if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6429 invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6430 } 6431 } 6432 6433 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6434 return invalidParams 6435 } 6436 return nil 6437} 6438 6439// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6440func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector { 6441 s.LanguageCode = &v 6442 return s 6443} 6444 6445// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6446func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector { 6447 s.Name = &v 6448 return s 6449} 6450 6451// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 6452func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector { 6453 s.SelectorSettings = v 6454 return s 6455} 6456 6457// Caption Selector Settings 6458type CaptionSelectorSettings struct { 6459 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6460 6461 // Arib Source Settings 6462 AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 6463 6464 // Dvb Sub Source Settings 6465 DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 6466 6467 // Embedded Source Settings 6468 EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 6469 6470 // Scte20 Source Settings 6471 Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"` 6472 6473 // Scte27 Source Settings 6474 Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"` 6475 6476 // Teletext Source Settings 6477 TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 6478} 6479 6480// String returns the string representation 6481func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string { 6482 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6483} 6484 6485// GoString returns the string representation 6486func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 6487 return s.String() 6488} 6489 6490// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6491func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error { 6492 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelectorSettings"} 6493 if s.DvbSubSourceSettings != nil { 6494 if err := s.DvbSubSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6495 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6496 } 6497 } 6498 if s.EmbeddedSourceSettings != nil { 6499 if err := s.EmbeddedSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6500 invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6501 } 6502 } 6503 if s.Scte20SourceSettings != nil { 6504 if err := s.Scte20SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6505 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte20SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6506 } 6507 } 6508 if s.Scte27SourceSettings != nil { 6509 if err := s.Scte27SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6510 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte27SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6511 } 6512 } 6513 6514 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6515 return invalidParams 6516 } 6517 return nil 6518} 6519 6520// SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value. 6521func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 6522 s.AribSourceSettings = v 6523 return s 6524} 6525 6526// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value. 6527func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 6528 s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v 6529 return s 6530} 6531 6532// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value. 6533func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 6534 s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v 6535 return s 6536} 6537 6538// SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value. 6539func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 6540 s.Scte20SourceSettings = v 6541 return s 6542} 6543 6544// SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value. 6545func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 6546 s.Scte27SourceSettings = v 6547 return s 6548} 6549 6550// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value. 6551func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 6552 s.TeletextSourceSettings = v 6553 return s 6554} 6555 6556type Channel struct { 6557 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6558 6559 // The unique arn of the channel. 6560 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 6561 6562 // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or 6563 // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline. 6564 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 6565 6566 // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination 6567 // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per 6568 // packager. 6569 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 6570 6571 // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from 6572 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 6573 6574 // Encoder Settings 6575 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 6576 6577 // The unique id of the channel. 6578 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 6579 6580 // List of input attachments for channel. 6581 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 6582 6583 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 6584 6585 // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs. 6586 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 6587 6588 // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) 6589 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 6590 6591 // Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel. 6592 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 6593 6594 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 6595 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 6596 6597 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. 6598 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 6599 6600 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 6601 6602 // A collection of key-value pairs. 6603 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 6604} 6605 6606// String returns the string representation 6607func (s Channel) String() string { 6608 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6609} 6610 6611// GoString returns the string representation 6612func (s Channel) GoString() string { 6613 return s.String() 6614} 6615 6616// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 6617func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel { 6618 s.Arn = &v 6619 return s 6620} 6621 6622// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 6623func (s *Channel) SetChannelClass(v string) *Channel { 6624 s.ChannelClass = &v 6625 return s 6626} 6627 6628// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 6629func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel { 6630 s.Destinations = v 6631 return s 6632} 6633 6634// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 6635func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel { 6636 s.EgressEndpoints = v 6637 return s 6638} 6639 6640// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 6641func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel { 6642 s.EncoderSettings = v 6643 return s 6644} 6645 6646// SetId sets the Id field's value. 6647func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel { 6648 s.Id = &v 6649 return s 6650} 6651 6652// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 6653func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel { 6654 s.InputAttachments = v 6655 return s 6656} 6657 6658// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 6659func (s *Channel) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *Channel { 6660 s.InputSpecification = v 6661 return s 6662} 6663 6664// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 6665func (s *Channel) SetLogLevel(v string) *Channel { 6666 s.LogLevel = &v 6667 return s 6668} 6669 6670// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6671func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel { 6672 s.Name = &v 6673 return s 6674} 6675 6676// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 6677func (s *Channel) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *Channel { 6678 s.PipelineDetails = v 6679 return s 6680} 6681 6682// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 6683func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel { 6684 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 6685 return s 6686} 6687 6688// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 6689func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel { 6690 s.RoleArn = &v 6691 return s 6692} 6693 6694// SetState sets the State field's value. 6695func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel { 6696 s.State = &v 6697 return s 6698} 6699 6700// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6701func (s *Channel) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Channel { 6702 s.Tags = v 6703 return s 6704} 6705 6706type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct { 6707 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6708 6709 // Public IP of where a channel's output comes from 6710 SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"` 6711} 6712 6713// String returns the string representation 6714func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string { 6715 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6716} 6717 6718// GoString returns the string representation 6719func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string { 6720 return s.String() 6721} 6722 6723// SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value. 6724func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint { 6725 s.SourceIp = &v 6726 return s 6727} 6728 6729type ChannelSummary struct { 6730 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6731 6732 // The unique arn of the channel. 6733 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 6734 6735 // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or 6736 // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline. 6737 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 6738 6739 // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination 6740 // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per 6741 // packager. 6742 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 6743 6744 // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from 6745 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 6746 6747 // The unique id of the channel. 6748 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 6749 6750 // List of input attachments for channel. 6751 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 6752 6753 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 6754 6755 // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs. 6756 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 6757 6758 // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) 6759 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 6760 6761 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 6762 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 6763 6764 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. 6765 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 6766 6767 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 6768 6769 // A collection of key-value pairs. 6770 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 6771} 6772 6773// String returns the string representation 6774func (s ChannelSummary) String() string { 6775 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6776} 6777 6778// GoString returns the string representation 6779func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string { 6780 return s.String() 6781} 6782 6783// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 6784func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6785 s.Arn = &v 6786 return s 6787} 6788 6789// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 6790func (s *ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6791 s.ChannelClass = &v 6792 return s 6793} 6794 6795// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 6796func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary { 6797 s.Destinations = v 6798 return s 6799} 6800 6801// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 6802func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary { 6803 s.EgressEndpoints = v 6804 return s 6805} 6806 6807// SetId sets the Id field's value. 6808func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6809 s.Id = &v 6810 return s 6811} 6812 6813// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 6814func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary { 6815 s.InputAttachments = v 6816 return s 6817} 6818 6819// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 6820func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *ChannelSummary { 6821 s.InputSpecification = v 6822 return s 6823} 6824 6825// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 6826func (s *ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6827 s.LogLevel = &v 6828 return s 6829} 6830 6831// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6832func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6833 s.Name = &v 6834 return s 6835} 6836 6837// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 6838func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary { 6839 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 6840 return s 6841} 6842 6843// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 6844func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6845 s.RoleArn = &v 6846 return s 6847} 6848 6849// SetState sets the State field's value. 6850func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary { 6851 s.State = &v 6852 return s 6853} 6854 6855// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 6856func (s *ChannelSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ChannelSummary { 6857 s.Tags = v 6858 return s 6859} 6860 6861// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 6862type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct { 6863 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6864} 6865 6866// String returns the string representation 6867func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String() string { 6868 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6869} 6870 6871// GoString returns the string representation 6872func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString() string { 6873 return s.String() 6874} 6875 6876type CreateChannelInput struct { 6877 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6878 6879 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 6880 // only has one. 6881 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 6882 6883 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 6884 6885 // Encoder Settings 6886 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 6887 6888 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 6889 6890 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 6891 6892 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 6893 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 6894 6895 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 6896 6897 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 6898 6899 Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" deprecated:"true" type:"string"` 6900 6901 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 6902 6903 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 6904} 6905 6906// String returns the string representation 6907func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string { 6908 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6909} 6910 6911// GoString returns the string representation 6912func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string { 6913 return s.String() 6914} 6915 6916// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6917func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error { 6918 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateChannelInput"} 6919 if s.Destinations != nil { 6920 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 6921 if v == nil { 6922 continue 6923 } 6924 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6925 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6926 } 6927 } 6928 } 6929 if s.EncoderSettings != nil { 6930 if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6931 invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6932 } 6933 } 6934 if s.InputAttachments != nil { 6935 for i, v := range s.InputAttachments { 6936 if v == nil { 6937 continue 6938 } 6939 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6940 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6941 } 6942 } 6943 } 6944 6945 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6946 return invalidParams 6947 } 6948 return nil 6949} 6950 6951// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 6952func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 6953 s.ChannelClass = &v 6954 return s 6955} 6956 6957// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 6958func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput { 6959 s.Destinations = v 6960 return s 6961} 6962 6963// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 6964func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput { 6965 s.EncoderSettings = v 6966 return s 6967} 6968 6969// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 6970func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput { 6971 s.InputAttachments = v 6972 return s 6973} 6974 6975// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 6976func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput { 6977 s.InputSpecification = v 6978 return s 6979} 6980 6981// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 6982func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 6983 s.LogLevel = &v 6984 return s 6985} 6986 6987// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6988func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 6989 s.Name = &v 6990 return s 6991} 6992 6993// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 6994func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 6995 s.RequestId = &v 6996 return s 6997} 6998 6999// SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value. 7000func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7001 s.Reserved = &v 7002 return s 7003} 7004 7005// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7006func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 7007 s.RoleArn = &v 7008 return s 7009} 7010 7011// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7012func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateChannelInput { 7013 s.Tags = v 7014 return s 7015} 7016 7017type CreateChannelOutput struct { 7018 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7019 7020 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 7021} 7022 7023// String returns the string representation 7024func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string { 7025 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7026} 7027 7028// GoString returns the string representation 7029func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string { 7030 return s.String() 7031} 7032 7033// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 7034func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput { 7035 s.Channel = v 7036 return s 7037} 7038 7039type CreateInputInput struct { 7040 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7041 7042 Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7043 7044 InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 7045 7046 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 7047 7048 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7049 7050 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 7051 7052 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 7053 7054 Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 7055 7056 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7057 7058 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 7059 7060 // Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input 7061 // destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet 7062 // addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not 7063 // compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property. 7064 Vpc *InputVpcRequest `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"` 7065} 7066 7067// String returns the string representation 7068func (s CreateInputInput) String() string { 7069 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7070} 7071 7072// GoString returns the string representation 7073func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string { 7074 return s.String() 7075} 7076 7077// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7078func (s *CreateInputInput) Validate() error { 7079 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateInputInput"} 7080 if s.Vpc != nil { 7081 if err := s.Vpc.Validate(); err != nil { 7082 invalidParams.AddNested("Vpc", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7083 } 7084 } 7085 7086 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7087 return invalidParams 7088 } 7089 return nil 7090} 7091 7092// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7093func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7094 s.Destinations = v 7095 return s 7096} 7097 7098// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 7099func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput { 7100 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 7101 return s 7102} 7103 7104// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 7105func (s *CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7106 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 7107 return s 7108} 7109 7110// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7111func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7112 s.Name = &v 7113 return s 7114} 7115 7116// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 7117func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7118 s.RequestId = &v 7119 return s 7120} 7121 7122// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7123func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7124 s.RoleArn = &v 7125 return s 7126} 7127 7128// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 7129func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7130 s.Sources = v 7131 return s 7132} 7133 7134// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7135func (s *CreateInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputInput { 7136 s.Tags = v 7137 return s 7138} 7139 7140// SetType sets the Type field's value. 7141func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput { 7142 s.Type = &v 7143 return s 7144} 7145 7146// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 7147func (s *CreateInputInput) SetVpc(v *InputVpcRequest) *CreateInputInput { 7148 s.Vpc = v 7149 return s 7150} 7151 7152type CreateInputOutput struct { 7153 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7154 7155 Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` 7156} 7157 7158// String returns the string representation 7159func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string { 7160 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7161} 7162 7163// GoString returns the string representation 7164func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string { 7165 return s.String() 7166} 7167 7168// SetInput sets the Input field's value. 7169func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput { 7170 s.Input = v 7171 return s 7172} 7173 7174type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 7175 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7176 7177 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7178 7179 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 7180} 7181 7182// String returns the string representation 7183func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 7184 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7185} 7186 7187// GoString returns the string representation 7188func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 7189 return s.String() 7190} 7191 7192// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7193func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { 7194 s.Tags = v 7195 return s 7196} 7197 7198// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 7199func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { 7200 s.WhitelistRules = v 7201 return s 7202} 7203 7204type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 7205 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7206 7207 // An Input Security Group 7208 SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` 7209} 7210 7211// String returns the string representation 7212func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 7213 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7214} 7215 7216// GoString returns the string representation 7217func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 7218 return s.String() 7219} 7220 7221// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. 7222func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput { 7223 s.SecurityGroup = v 7224 return s 7225} 7226 7227type CreateMultiplexInput struct { 7228 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7229 7230 // AvailabilityZones is a required field 7231 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list" required:"true"` 7232 7233 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 7234 // 7235 // MultiplexSettings is a required field 7236 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 7237 7238 // Name is a required field 7239 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 7240 7241 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 7242 7243 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7244} 7245 7246// String returns the string representation 7247func (s CreateMultiplexInput) String() string { 7248 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7249} 7250 7251// GoString returns the string representation 7252func (s CreateMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 7253 return s.String() 7254} 7255 7256// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7257func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 7258 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexInput"} 7259 if s.AvailabilityZones == nil { 7260 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones")) 7261 } 7262 if s.MultiplexSettings == nil { 7263 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexSettings")) 7264 } 7265 if s.Name == nil { 7266 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 7267 } 7268 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 7269 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7270 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7271 } 7272 } 7273 7274 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7275 return invalidParams 7276 } 7277 return nil 7278} 7279 7280// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7281func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7282 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7283 return s 7284} 7285 7286// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 7287func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7288 s.MultiplexSettings = v 7289 return s 7290} 7291 7292// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7293func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7294 s.Name = &v 7295 return s 7296} 7297 7298// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 7299func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7300 s.RequestId = &v 7301 return s 7302} 7303 7304// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7305func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 7306 s.Tags = v 7307 return s 7308} 7309 7310type CreateMultiplexOutput struct { 7311 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7312 7313 // The multiplex object. 7314 Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"` 7315} 7316 7317// String returns the string representation 7318func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) String() string { 7319 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7320} 7321 7322// GoString returns the string representation 7323func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 7324 return s.String() 7325} 7326 7327// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value. 7328func (s *CreateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *CreateMultiplexOutput { 7329 s.Multiplex = v 7330 return s 7331} 7332 7333type CreateMultiplexProgramInput struct { 7334 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7335 7336 // MultiplexId is a required field 7337 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7338 7339 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 7340 // 7341 // MultiplexProgramSettings is a required field 7342 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 7343 7344 // ProgramName is a required field 7345 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 7346 7347 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 7348} 7349 7350// String returns the string representation 7351func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 7352 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7353} 7354 7355// GoString returns the string representation 7356func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 7357 return s.String() 7358} 7359 7360// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7361func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 7362 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexProgramInput"} 7363 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 7364 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 7365 } 7366 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 7367 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 7368 } 7369 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings == nil { 7370 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexProgramSettings")) 7371 } 7372 if s.ProgramName == nil { 7373 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 7374 } 7375 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil { 7376 if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7377 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7378 } 7379 } 7380 7381 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7382 return invalidParams 7383 } 7384 return nil 7385} 7386 7387// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 7388func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 7389 s.MultiplexId = &v 7390 return s 7391} 7392 7393// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 7394func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 7395 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 7396 return s 7397} 7398 7399// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 7400func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 7401 s.ProgramName = &v 7402 return s 7403} 7404 7405// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 7406func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 7407 s.RequestId = &v 7408 return s 7409} 7410 7411type CreateMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 7412 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7413 7414 // The multiplex program object. 7415 MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"` 7416} 7417 7418// String returns the string representation 7419func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 7420 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7421} 7422 7423// GoString returns the string representation 7424func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 7425 return s.String() 7426} 7427 7428// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value. 7429func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput { 7430 s.MultiplexProgram = v 7431 return s 7432} 7433 7434type CreateTagsInput struct { 7435 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7436 7437 // ResourceArn is a required field 7438 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 7439 7440 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7441} 7442 7443// String returns the string representation 7444func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string { 7445 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7446} 7447 7448// GoString returns the string representation 7449func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string { 7450 return s.String() 7451} 7452 7453// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7454func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error { 7455 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"} 7456 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 7457 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 7458 } 7459 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 7460 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 7461 } 7462 7463 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7464 return invalidParams 7465 } 7466 return nil 7467} 7468 7469// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 7470func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *CreateTagsInput { 7471 s.ResourceArn = &v 7472 return s 7473} 7474 7475// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7476func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTagsInput { 7477 s.Tags = v 7478 return s 7479} 7480 7481type CreateTagsOutput struct { 7482 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7483} 7484 7485// String returns the string representation 7486func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string { 7487 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7488} 7489 7490// GoString returns the string representation 7491func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string { 7492 return s.String() 7493} 7494 7495type DeleteChannelInput struct { 7496 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7497 7498 // ChannelId is a required field 7499 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7500} 7501 7502// String returns the string representation 7503func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string { 7504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7505} 7506 7507// GoString returns the string representation 7508func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string { 7509 return s.String() 7510} 7511 7512// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7513func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error { 7514 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"} 7515 if s.ChannelId == nil { 7516 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 7517 } 7518 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 7519 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 7520 } 7521 7522 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7523 return invalidParams 7524 } 7525 return nil 7526} 7527 7528// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 7529func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput { 7530 s.ChannelId = &v 7531 return s 7532} 7533 7534type DeleteChannelOutput struct { 7535 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7536 7537 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7538 7539 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 7540 // only has one. 7541 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 7542 7543 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7544 7545 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 7546 7547 // Encoder Settings 7548 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 7549 7550 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7551 7552 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 7553 7554 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 7555 7556 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 7557 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 7558 7559 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7560 7561 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 7562 7563 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 7564 7565 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 7566 7567 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 7568 7569 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7570} 7571 7572// String returns the string representation 7573func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string { 7574 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7575} 7576 7577// GoString returns the string representation 7578func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string { 7579 return s.String() 7580} 7581 7582// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7583func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7584 s.Arn = &v 7585 return s 7586} 7587 7588// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 7589func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7590 s.ChannelClass = &v 7591 return s 7592} 7593 7594// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7595func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7596 s.Destinations = v 7597 return s 7598} 7599 7600// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 7601func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7602 s.EgressEndpoints = v 7603 return s 7604} 7605 7606// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 7607func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7608 s.EncoderSettings = v 7609 return s 7610} 7611 7612// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7613func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7614 s.Id = &v 7615 return s 7616} 7617 7618// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 7619func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7620 s.InputAttachments = v 7621 return s 7622} 7623 7624// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 7625func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7626 s.InputSpecification = v 7627 return s 7628} 7629 7630// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 7631func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7632 s.LogLevel = &v 7633 return s 7634} 7635 7636// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7637func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7638 s.Name = &v 7639 return s 7640} 7641 7642// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 7643func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7644 s.PipelineDetails = v 7645 return s 7646} 7647 7648// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 7649func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7650 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 7651 return s 7652} 7653 7654// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 7655func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7656 s.RoleArn = &v 7657 return s 7658} 7659 7660// SetState sets the State field's value. 7661func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7662 s.State = &v 7663 return s 7664} 7665 7666// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7667func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 7668 s.Tags = v 7669 return s 7670} 7671 7672type DeleteInputInput struct { 7673 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7674 7675 // InputId is a required field 7676 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7677} 7678 7679// String returns the string representation 7680func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string { 7681 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7682} 7683 7684// GoString returns the string representation 7685func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string { 7686 return s.String() 7687} 7688 7689// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7690func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error { 7691 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputInput"} 7692 if s.InputId == nil { 7693 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 7694 } 7695 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 7696 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 7697 } 7698 7699 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7700 return invalidParams 7701 } 7702 return nil 7703} 7704 7705// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 7706func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput { 7707 s.InputId = &v 7708 return s 7709} 7710 7711type DeleteInputOutput struct { 7712 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7713} 7714 7715// String returns the string representation 7716func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string { 7717 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7718} 7719 7720// GoString returns the string representation 7721func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string { 7722 return s.String() 7723} 7724 7725type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 7726 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7727 7728 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 7729 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7730} 7731 7732// String returns the string representation 7733func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 7734 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7735} 7736 7737// GoString returns the string representation 7738func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 7739 return s.String() 7740} 7741 7742// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7743func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 7744 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput"} 7745 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 7746 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 7747 } 7748 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 7749 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 7750 } 7751 7752 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7753 return invalidParams 7754 } 7755 return nil 7756} 7757 7758// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 7759func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput { 7760 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 7761 return s 7762} 7763 7764type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 7765 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7766} 7767 7768// String returns the string representation 7769func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 7770 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7771} 7772 7773// GoString returns the string representation 7774func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 7775 return s.String() 7776} 7777 7778type DeleteMultiplexInput struct { 7779 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7780 7781 // MultiplexId is a required field 7782 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7783} 7784 7785// String returns the string representation 7786func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) String() string { 7787 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7788} 7789 7790// GoString returns the string representation 7791func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 7792 return s.String() 7793} 7794 7795// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7796func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 7797 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexInput"} 7798 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 7799 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 7800 } 7801 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 7802 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 7803 } 7804 7805 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7806 return invalidParams 7807 } 7808 return nil 7809} 7810 7811// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 7812func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexInput { 7813 s.MultiplexId = &v 7814 return s 7815} 7816 7817type DeleteMultiplexOutput struct { 7818 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7819 7820 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7821 7822 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 7823 7824 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 7825 7826 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7827 7828 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 7829 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 7830 7831 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 7832 7833 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 7834 7835 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 7836 7837 // The current state of the multiplex. 7838 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 7839 7840 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 7841} 7842 7843// String returns the string representation 7844func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) String() string { 7845 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7846} 7847 7848// GoString returns the string representation 7849func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 7850 return s.String() 7851} 7852 7853// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7854func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7855 s.Arn = &v 7856 return s 7857} 7858 7859// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 7860func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7861 s.AvailabilityZones = v 7862 return s 7863} 7864 7865// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 7866func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7867 s.Destinations = v 7868 return s 7869} 7870 7871// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7872func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7873 s.Id = &v 7874 return s 7875} 7876 7877// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 7878func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7879 s.MultiplexSettings = v 7880 return s 7881} 7882 7883// SetName sets the Name field's value. 7884func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7885 s.Name = &v 7886 return s 7887} 7888 7889// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 7890func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7891 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 7892 return s 7893} 7894 7895// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 7896func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7897 s.ProgramCount = &v 7898 return s 7899} 7900 7901// SetState sets the State field's value. 7902func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7903 s.State = &v 7904 return s 7905} 7906 7907// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 7908func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 7909 s.Tags = v 7910 return s 7911} 7912 7913type DeleteMultiplexProgramInput struct { 7914 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7915 7916 // MultiplexId is a required field 7917 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7918 7919 // ProgramName is a required field 7920 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 7921} 7922 7923// String returns the string representation 7924func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 7925 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7926} 7927 7928// GoString returns the string representation 7929func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 7930 return s.String() 7931} 7932 7933// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7934func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 7935 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexProgramInput"} 7936 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 7937 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 7938 } 7939 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 7940 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 7941 } 7942 if s.ProgramName == nil { 7943 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 7944 } 7945 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 7946 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 7947 } 7948 7949 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7950 return invalidParams 7951 } 7952 return nil 7953} 7954 7955// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 7956func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput { 7957 s.MultiplexId = &v 7958 return s 7959} 7960 7961// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 7962func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput { 7963 s.ProgramName = &v 7964 return s 7965} 7966 7967type DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 7968 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7969 7970 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 7971 7972 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 7973 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 7974 7975 // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 7976 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 7977 7978 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 7979} 7980 7981// String returns the string representation 7982func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 7983 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7984} 7985 7986// GoString returns the string representation 7987func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 7988 return s.String() 7989} 7990 7991// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 7992func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 7993 s.ChannelId = &v 7994 return s 7995} 7996 7997// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 7998func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 7999 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 8000 return s 8001} 8002 8003// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 8004func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 8005 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 8006 return s 8007} 8008 8009// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 8010func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 8011 s.ProgramName = &v 8012 return s 8013} 8014 8015type DeleteReservationInput struct { 8016 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8017 8018 // ReservationId is a required field 8019 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8020} 8021 8022// String returns the string representation 8023func (s DeleteReservationInput) String() string { 8024 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8025} 8026 8027// GoString returns the string representation 8028func (s DeleteReservationInput) GoString() string { 8029 return s.String() 8030} 8031 8032// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8033func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error { 8034 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReservationInput"} 8035 if s.ReservationId == nil { 8036 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 8037 } 8038 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 8039 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 8040 } 8041 8042 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8043 return invalidParams 8044 } 8045 return nil 8046} 8047 8048// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 8049func (s *DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationInput { 8050 s.ReservationId = &v 8051 return s 8052} 8053 8054type DeleteReservationOutput struct { 8055 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8056 8057 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8058 8059 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 8060 8061 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 8062 8063 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 8064 8065 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 8066 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 8067 8068 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 8069 8070 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 8071 8072 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8073 8074 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 8075 8076 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 8077 8078 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 8079 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 8080 8081 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 8082 8083 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 8084 8085 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 8086 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 8087 8088 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 8089 8090 // Current reservation state 8091 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 8092 8093 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8094 8095 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 8096} 8097 8098// String returns the string representation 8099func (s DeleteReservationOutput) String() string { 8100 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8101} 8102 8103// GoString returns the string representation 8104func (s DeleteReservationOutput) GoString() string { 8105 return s.String() 8106} 8107 8108// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8109func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8110 s.Arn = &v 8111 return s 8112} 8113 8114// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 8115func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8116 s.Count = &v 8117 return s 8118} 8119 8120// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 8121func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8122 s.CurrencyCode = &v 8123 return s 8124} 8125 8126// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 8127func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8128 s.Duration = &v 8129 return s 8130} 8131 8132// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 8133func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8134 s.DurationUnits = &v 8135 return s 8136} 8137 8138// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 8139func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8140 s.End = &v 8141 return s 8142} 8143 8144// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 8145func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8146 s.FixedPrice = &v 8147 return s 8148} 8149 8150// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8151func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8152 s.Name = &v 8153 return s 8154} 8155 8156// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 8157func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8158 s.OfferingDescription = &v 8159 return s 8160} 8161 8162// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 8163func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8164 s.OfferingId = &v 8165 return s 8166} 8167 8168// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 8169func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8170 s.OfferingType = &v 8171 return s 8172} 8173 8174// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 8175func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8176 s.Region = &v 8177 return s 8178} 8179 8180// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 8181func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8182 s.ReservationId = &v 8183 return s 8184} 8185 8186// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 8187func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8188 s.ResourceSpecification = v 8189 return s 8190} 8191 8192// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 8193func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8194 s.Start = &v 8195 return s 8196} 8197 8198// SetState sets the State field's value. 8199func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8200 s.State = &v 8201 return s 8202} 8203 8204// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8205func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8206 s.Tags = v 8207 return s 8208} 8209 8210// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 8211func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 8212 s.UsagePrice = &v 8213 return s 8214} 8215 8216type DeleteScheduleInput struct { 8217 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8218 8219 // ChannelId is a required field 8220 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8221} 8222 8223// String returns the string representation 8224func (s DeleteScheduleInput) String() string { 8225 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8226} 8227 8228// GoString returns the string representation 8229func (s DeleteScheduleInput) GoString() string { 8230 return s.String() 8231} 8232 8233// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8234func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error { 8235 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteScheduleInput"} 8236 if s.ChannelId == nil { 8237 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 8238 } 8239 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 8240 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 8241 } 8242 8243 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8244 return invalidParams 8245 } 8246 return nil 8247} 8248 8249// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 8250func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteScheduleInput { 8251 s.ChannelId = &v 8252 return s 8253} 8254 8255type DeleteScheduleOutput struct { 8256 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8257} 8258 8259// String returns the string representation 8260func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) String() string { 8261 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8262} 8263 8264// GoString returns the string representation 8265func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 8266 return s.String() 8267} 8268 8269type DeleteTagsInput struct { 8270 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8271 8272 // ResourceArn is a required field 8273 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 8274 8275 // TagKeys is a required field 8276 TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"` 8277} 8278 8279// String returns the string representation 8280func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string { 8281 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8282} 8283 8284// GoString returns the string representation 8285func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string { 8286 return s.String() 8287} 8288 8289// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8290func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error { 8291 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"} 8292 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 8293 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 8294 } 8295 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 8296 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 8297 } 8298 if s.TagKeys == nil { 8299 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 8300 } 8301 8302 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8303 return invalidParams 8304 } 8305 return nil 8306} 8307 8308// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 8309func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteTagsInput { 8310 s.ResourceArn = &v 8311 return s 8312} 8313 8314// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 8315func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput { 8316 s.TagKeys = v 8317 return s 8318} 8319 8320type DeleteTagsOutput struct { 8321 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8322} 8323 8324// String returns the string representation 8325func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string { 8326 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8327} 8328 8329// GoString returns the string representation 8330func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string { 8331 return s.String() 8332} 8333 8334type DescribeChannelInput struct { 8335 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8336 8337 // ChannelId is a required field 8338 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8339} 8340 8341// String returns the string representation 8342func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string { 8343 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8344} 8345 8346// GoString returns the string representation 8347func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string { 8348 return s.String() 8349} 8350 8351// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8352func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error { 8353 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"} 8354 if s.ChannelId == nil { 8355 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 8356 } 8357 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 8358 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 8359 } 8360 8361 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8362 return invalidParams 8363 } 8364 return nil 8365} 8366 8367// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 8368func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput { 8369 s.ChannelId = &v 8370 return s 8371} 8372 8373type DescribeChannelOutput struct { 8374 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8375 8376 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8377 8378 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 8379 // only has one. 8380 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 8381 8382 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8383 8384 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 8385 8386 // Encoder Settings 8387 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 8388 8389 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8390 8391 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 8392 8393 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 8394 8395 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 8396 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 8397 8398 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8399 8400 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 8401 8402 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 8403 8404 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 8405 8406 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 8407 8408 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8409} 8410 8411// String returns the string representation 8412func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string { 8413 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8414} 8415 8416// GoString returns the string representation 8417func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string { 8418 return s.String() 8419} 8420 8421// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8422func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8423 s.Arn = &v 8424 return s 8425} 8426 8427// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 8428func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8429 s.ChannelClass = &v 8430 return s 8431} 8432 8433// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8434func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8435 s.Destinations = v 8436 return s 8437} 8438 8439// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 8440func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8441 s.EgressEndpoints = v 8442 return s 8443} 8444 8445// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 8446func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8447 s.EncoderSettings = v 8448 return s 8449} 8450 8451// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8452func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8453 s.Id = &v 8454 return s 8455} 8456 8457// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 8458func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8459 s.InputAttachments = v 8460 return s 8461} 8462 8463// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 8464func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8465 s.InputSpecification = v 8466 return s 8467} 8468 8469// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 8470func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8471 s.LogLevel = &v 8472 return s 8473} 8474 8475// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8476func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8477 s.Name = &v 8478 return s 8479} 8480 8481// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 8482func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8483 s.PipelineDetails = v 8484 return s 8485} 8486 8487// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 8488func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8489 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 8490 return s 8491} 8492 8493// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 8494func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8495 s.RoleArn = &v 8496 return s 8497} 8498 8499// SetState sets the State field's value. 8500func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8501 s.State = &v 8502 return s 8503} 8504 8505// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8506func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 8507 s.Tags = v 8508 return s 8509} 8510 8511type DescribeInputInput struct { 8512 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8513 8514 // InputId is a required field 8515 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8516} 8517 8518// String returns the string representation 8519func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string { 8520 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8521} 8522 8523// GoString returns the string representation 8524func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string { 8525 return s.String() 8526} 8527 8528// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8529func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error { 8530 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputInput"} 8531 if s.InputId == nil { 8532 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 8533 } 8534 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 8535 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 8536 } 8537 8538 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8539 return invalidParams 8540 } 8541 return nil 8542} 8543 8544// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 8545func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput { 8546 s.InputId = &v 8547 return s 8548} 8549 8550type DescribeInputOutput struct { 8551 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8552 8553 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8554 8555 AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` 8556 8557 Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8558 8559 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8560 8561 // A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one. 8562 InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"` 8563 8564 // There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source 8565 // is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an 8566 // input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url 8567 // at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static. 8568 InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"` 8569 8570 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 8571 8572 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8573 8574 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 8575 8576 SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` 8577 8578 Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 8579 8580 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` 8581 8582 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8583 8584 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 8585} 8586 8587// String returns the string representation 8588func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string { 8589 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8590} 8591 8592// GoString returns the string representation 8593func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string { 8594 return s.String() 8595} 8596 8597// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8598func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8599 s.Arn = &v 8600 return s 8601} 8602 8603// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. 8604func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8605 s.AttachedChannels = v 8606 return s 8607} 8608 8609// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8610func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput { 8611 s.Destinations = v 8612 return s 8613} 8614 8615// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8616func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8617 s.Id = &v 8618 return s 8619} 8620 8621// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value. 8622func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8623 s.InputClass = &v 8624 return s 8625} 8626 8627// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value. 8628func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8629 s.InputSourceType = &v 8630 return s 8631} 8632 8633// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 8634func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *DescribeInputOutput { 8635 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 8636 return s 8637} 8638 8639// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8640func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8641 s.Name = &v 8642 return s 8643} 8644 8645// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 8646func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8647 s.RoleArn = &v 8648 return s 8649} 8650 8651// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 8652func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8653 s.SecurityGroups = v 8654 return s 8655} 8656 8657// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 8658func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput { 8659 s.Sources = v 8660 return s 8661} 8662 8663// SetState sets the State field's value. 8664func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8665 s.State = &v 8666 return s 8667} 8668 8669// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8670func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8671 s.Tags = v 8672 return s 8673} 8674 8675// SetType sets the Type field's value. 8676func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 8677 s.Type = &v 8678 return s 8679} 8680 8681type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 8682 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8683 8684 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 8685 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8686} 8687 8688// String returns the string representation 8689func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 8690 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8691} 8692 8693// GoString returns the string representation 8694func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 8695 return s.String() 8696} 8697 8698// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8699func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 8700 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput"} 8701 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 8702 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 8703 } 8704 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 8705 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 8706 } 8707 8708 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8709 return invalidParams 8710 } 8711 return nil 8712} 8713 8714// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 8715func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput { 8716 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 8717 return s 8718} 8719 8720type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 8721 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8722 8723 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8724 8725 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8726 8727 Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 8728 8729 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"` 8730 8731 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8732 8733 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 8734} 8735 8736// String returns the string representation 8737func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 8738 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8739} 8740 8741// GoString returns the string representation 8742func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 8743 return s.String() 8744} 8745 8746// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8747func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 8748 s.Arn = &v 8749 return s 8750} 8751 8752// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8753func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 8754 s.Id = &v 8755 return s 8756} 8757 8758// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 8759func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs(v []*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 8760 s.Inputs = v 8761 return s 8762} 8763 8764// SetState sets the State field's value. 8765func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 8766 s.State = &v 8767 return s 8768} 8769 8770// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8771func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 8772 s.Tags = v 8773 return s 8774} 8775 8776// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 8777func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 8778 s.WhitelistRules = v 8779 return s 8780} 8781 8782type DescribeMultiplexInput struct { 8783 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8784 8785 // MultiplexId is a required field 8786 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8787} 8788 8789// String returns the string representation 8790func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) String() string { 8791 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8792} 8793 8794// GoString returns the string representation 8795func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 8796 return s.String() 8797} 8798 8799// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8800func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 8801 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexInput"} 8802 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 8803 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 8804 } 8805 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 8806 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 8807 } 8808 8809 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8810 return invalidParams 8811 } 8812 return nil 8813} 8814 8815// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 8816func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexInput { 8817 s.MultiplexId = &v 8818 return s 8819} 8820 8821type DescribeMultiplexOutput struct { 8822 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8823 8824 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8825 8826 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 8827 8828 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8829 8830 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8831 8832 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 8833 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 8834 8835 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8836 8837 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 8838 8839 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 8840 8841 // The current state of the multiplex. 8842 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 8843 8844 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8845} 8846 8847// String returns the string representation 8848func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) String() string { 8849 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8850} 8851 8852// GoString returns the string representation 8853func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 8854 return s.String() 8855} 8856 8857// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8858func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8859 s.Arn = &v 8860 return s 8861} 8862 8863// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 8864func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8865 s.AvailabilityZones = v 8866 return s 8867} 8868 8869// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8870func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8871 s.Destinations = v 8872 return s 8873} 8874 8875// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8876func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8877 s.Id = &v 8878 return s 8879} 8880 8881// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 8882func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8883 s.MultiplexSettings = v 8884 return s 8885} 8886 8887// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8888func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8889 s.Name = &v 8890 return s 8891} 8892 8893// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 8894func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8895 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 8896 return s 8897} 8898 8899// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 8900func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8901 s.ProgramCount = &v 8902 return s 8903} 8904 8905// SetState sets the State field's value. 8906func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8907 s.State = &v 8908 return s 8909} 8910 8911// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8912func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 8913 s.Tags = v 8914 return s 8915} 8916 8917type DescribeMultiplexProgramInput struct { 8918 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8919 8920 // MultiplexId is a required field 8921 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8922 8923 // ProgramName is a required field 8924 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 8925} 8926 8927// String returns the string representation 8928func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 8929 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8930} 8931 8932// GoString returns the string representation 8933func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 8934 return s.String() 8935} 8936 8937// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8938func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 8939 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexProgramInput"} 8940 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 8941 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 8942 } 8943 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 8944 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 8945 } 8946 if s.ProgramName == nil { 8947 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 8948 } 8949 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 8950 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 8951 } 8952 8953 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8954 return invalidParams 8955 } 8956 return nil 8957} 8958 8959// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 8960func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput { 8961 s.MultiplexId = &v 8962 return s 8963} 8964 8965// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 8966func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput { 8967 s.ProgramName = &v 8968 return s 8969} 8970 8971type DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 8972 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8973 8974 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 8975 8976 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 8977 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 8978 8979 // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 8980 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 8981 8982 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 8983} 8984 8985// String returns the string representation 8986func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 8987 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8988} 8989 8990// GoString returns the string representation 8991func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 8992 return s.String() 8993} 8994 8995// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 8996func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 8997 s.ChannelId = &v 8998 return s 8999} 9000 9001// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 9002func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9003 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 9004 return s 9005} 9006 9007// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 9008func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9009 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 9010 return s 9011} 9012 9013// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 9014func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 9015 s.ProgramName = &v 9016 return s 9017} 9018 9019type DescribeOfferingInput struct { 9020 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9021 9022 // OfferingId is a required field 9023 OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9024} 9025 9026// String returns the string representation 9027func (s DescribeOfferingInput) String() string { 9028 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9029} 9030 9031// GoString returns the string representation 9032func (s DescribeOfferingInput) GoString() string { 9033 return s.String() 9034} 9035 9036// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9037func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error { 9038 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOfferingInput"} 9039 if s.OfferingId == nil { 9040 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId")) 9041 } 9042 if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 { 9043 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1)) 9044 } 9045 9046 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9047 return invalidParams 9048 } 9049 return nil 9050} 9051 9052// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 9053func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingInput { 9054 s.OfferingId = &v 9055 return s 9056} 9057 9058type DescribeOfferingOutput struct { 9059 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9060 9061 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9062 9063 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 9064 9065 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 9066 9067 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 9068 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 9069 9070 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 9071 9072 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 9073 9074 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 9075 9076 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 9077 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 9078 9079 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 9080 9081 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 9082 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 9083 9084 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 9085} 9086 9087// String returns the string representation 9088func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) String() string { 9089 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9090} 9091 9092// GoString returns the string representation 9093func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 9094 return s.String() 9095} 9096 9097// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9098func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9099 s.Arn = &v 9100 return s 9101} 9102 9103// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 9104func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9105 s.CurrencyCode = &v 9106 return s 9107} 9108 9109// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 9110func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9111 s.Duration = &v 9112 return s 9113} 9114 9115// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 9116func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9117 s.DurationUnits = &v 9118 return s 9119} 9120 9121// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 9122func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9123 s.FixedPrice = &v 9124 return s 9125} 9126 9127// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 9128func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9129 s.OfferingDescription = &v 9130 return s 9131} 9132 9133// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 9134func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9135 s.OfferingId = &v 9136 return s 9137} 9138 9139// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 9140func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9141 s.OfferingType = &v 9142 return s 9143} 9144 9145// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 9146func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9147 s.Region = &v 9148 return s 9149} 9150 9151// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 9152func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9153 s.ResourceSpecification = v 9154 return s 9155} 9156 9157// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 9158func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 9159 s.UsagePrice = &v 9160 return s 9161} 9162 9163type DescribeReservationInput struct { 9164 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9165 9166 // ReservationId is a required field 9167 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9168} 9169 9170// String returns the string representation 9171func (s DescribeReservationInput) String() string { 9172 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9173} 9174 9175// GoString returns the string representation 9176func (s DescribeReservationInput) GoString() string { 9177 return s.String() 9178} 9179 9180// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9181func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error { 9182 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservationInput"} 9183 if s.ReservationId == nil { 9184 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 9185 } 9186 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 9187 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 9188 } 9189 9190 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9191 return invalidParams 9192 } 9193 return nil 9194} 9195 9196// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 9197func (s *DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationInput { 9198 s.ReservationId = &v 9199 return s 9200} 9201 9202type DescribeReservationOutput struct { 9203 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9204 9205 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9206 9207 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 9208 9209 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 9210 9211 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 9212 9213 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 9214 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 9215 9216 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 9217 9218 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 9219 9220 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9221 9222 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 9223 9224 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 9225 9226 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 9227 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 9228 9229 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 9230 9231 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 9232 9233 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 9234 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 9235 9236 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 9237 9238 // Current reservation state 9239 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 9240 9241 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9242 9243 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 9244} 9245 9246// String returns the string representation 9247func (s DescribeReservationOutput) String() string { 9248 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9249} 9250 9251// GoString returns the string representation 9252func (s DescribeReservationOutput) GoString() string { 9253 return s.String() 9254} 9255 9256// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9257func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9258 s.Arn = &v 9259 return s 9260} 9261 9262// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 9263func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9264 s.Count = &v 9265 return s 9266} 9267 9268// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 9269func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9270 s.CurrencyCode = &v 9271 return s 9272} 9273 9274// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 9275func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9276 s.Duration = &v 9277 return s 9278} 9279 9280// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 9281func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9282 s.DurationUnits = &v 9283 return s 9284} 9285 9286// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 9287func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9288 s.End = &v 9289 return s 9290} 9291 9292// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 9293func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9294 s.FixedPrice = &v 9295 return s 9296} 9297 9298// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9299func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9300 s.Name = &v 9301 return s 9302} 9303 9304// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 9305func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9306 s.OfferingDescription = &v 9307 return s 9308} 9309 9310// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 9311func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9312 s.OfferingId = &v 9313 return s 9314} 9315 9316// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 9317func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9318 s.OfferingType = &v 9319 return s 9320} 9321 9322// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 9323func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9324 s.Region = &v 9325 return s 9326} 9327 9328// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 9329func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9330 s.ReservationId = &v 9331 return s 9332} 9333 9334// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 9335func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9336 s.ResourceSpecification = v 9337 return s 9338} 9339 9340// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 9341func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9342 s.Start = &v 9343 return s 9344} 9345 9346// SetState sets the State field's value. 9347func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9348 s.State = &v 9349 return s 9350} 9351 9352// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9353func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9354 s.Tags = v 9355 return s 9356} 9357 9358// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 9359func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 9360 s.UsagePrice = &v 9361 return s 9362} 9363 9364type DescribeScheduleInput struct { 9365 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9366 9367 // ChannelId is a required field 9368 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9369 9370 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 9371 9372 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 9373} 9374 9375// String returns the string representation 9376func (s DescribeScheduleInput) String() string { 9377 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9378} 9379 9380// GoString returns the string representation 9381func (s DescribeScheduleInput) GoString() string { 9382 return s.String() 9383} 9384 9385// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9386func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) Validate() error { 9387 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduleInput"} 9388 if s.ChannelId == nil { 9389 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 9390 } 9391 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 9392 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 9393 } 9394 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 9395 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 9396 } 9397 9398 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9399 return invalidParams 9400 } 9401 return nil 9402} 9403 9404// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 9405func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput { 9406 s.ChannelId = &v 9407 return s 9408} 9409 9410// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 9411func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduleInput { 9412 s.MaxResults = &v 9413 return s 9414} 9415 9416// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 9417func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput { 9418 s.NextToken = &v 9419 return s 9420} 9421 9422type DescribeScheduleOutput struct { 9423 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9424 9425 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 9426 9427 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list"` 9428} 9429 9430// String returns the string representation 9431func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) String() string { 9432 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9433} 9434 9435// GoString returns the string representation 9436func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 9437 return s.String() 9438} 9439 9440// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 9441func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleOutput { 9442 s.NextToken = &v 9443 return s 9444} 9445 9446// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 9447func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *DescribeScheduleOutput { 9448 s.ScheduleActions = v 9449 return s 9450} 9451 9452// DVB Network Information Table (NIT) 9453type DvbNitSettings struct { 9454 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9455 9456 // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). 9457 // 9458 // NetworkId is a required field 9459 NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer" required:"true"` 9460 9461 // The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network 9462 // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 9463 // 9464 // NetworkName is a required field 9465 NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 9466 9467 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 9468 // transport stream. 9469 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"` 9470} 9471 9472// String returns the string representation 9473func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string { 9474 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9475} 9476 9477// GoString returns the string representation 9478func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string { 9479 return s.String() 9480} 9481 9482// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9483func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error { 9484 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbNitSettings"} 9485 if s.NetworkId == nil { 9486 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkId")) 9487 } 9488 if s.NetworkName == nil { 9489 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkName")) 9490 } 9491 if s.NetworkName != nil && len(*s.NetworkName) < 1 { 9492 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkName", 1)) 9493 } 9494 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 { 9495 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25)) 9496 } 9497 9498 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9499 return invalidParams 9500 } 9501 return nil 9502} 9503 9504// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 9505func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 9506 s.NetworkId = &v 9507 return s 9508} 9509 9510// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value. 9511func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings { 9512 s.NetworkName = &v 9513 return s 9514} 9515 9516// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 9517func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 9518 s.RepInterval = &v 9519 return s 9520} 9521 9522// DVB Service Description Table (SDT) 9523type DvbSdtSettings struct { 9524 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9525 9526 // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow 9527 // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent 9528 // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT 9529 // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined 9530 // values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information. 9531 // The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information. 9532 OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"` 9533 9534 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 9535 // transport stream. 9536 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"` 9537 9538 // The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description 9539 // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 9540 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"` 9541 9542 // The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service 9543 // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 9544 ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"` 9545} 9546 9547// String returns the string representation 9548func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string { 9549 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9550} 9551 9552// GoString returns the string representation 9553func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string { 9554 return s.String() 9555} 9556 9557// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9558func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error { 9559 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSdtSettings"} 9560 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 { 9561 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25)) 9562 } 9563 if s.ServiceName != nil && len(*s.ServiceName) < 1 { 9564 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceName", 1)) 9565 } 9566 if s.ServiceProviderName != nil && len(*s.ServiceProviderName) < 1 { 9567 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceProviderName", 1)) 9568 } 9569 9570 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9571 return invalidParams 9572 } 9573 return nil 9574} 9575 9576// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value. 9577func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 9578 s.OutputSdt = &v 9579 return s 9580} 9581 9582// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 9583func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings { 9584 s.RepInterval = &v 9585 return s 9586} 9587 9588// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 9589func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 9590 s.ServiceName = &v 9591 return s 9592} 9593 9594// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value. 9595func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 9596 s.ServiceProviderName = &v 9597 return s 9598} 9599 9600// Dvb Sub Destination Settings 9601type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { 9602 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9603 9604 // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered 9605 // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting 9606 // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If 9607 // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 9608 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 9609 // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify 9610 // pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that 9611 // are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by 9612 // the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9613 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"` 9614 9615 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and 9616 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9617 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"` 9618 9619 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 9620 // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 9621 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9622 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 9623 9624 // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' 9625 // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types 9626 // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. 9627 // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display 9628 // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9629 Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` 9630 9631 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 9632 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 9633 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 9634 // settings must match. 9635 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"` 9636 9637 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 9638 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9639 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 9640 9641 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and 9642 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9643 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"` 9644 9645 // When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. 9646 // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All 9647 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9648 FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` 9649 9650 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 9651 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 9652 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 9653 // must match. 9654 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"` 9655 9656 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 9657 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 9658 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 9659 // settings must match. 9660 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 9661 9662 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub 9663 // font settings must match. 9664 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"` 9665 9666 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 9667 // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All 9668 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9669 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 9670 9671 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 9672 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 9673 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9674 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 9675 9676 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 9677 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 9678 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9679 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 9680 9681 // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles 9682 // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 9683 TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"` 9684 9685 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 9686 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 9687 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, 9688 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 9689 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 9690 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 9691 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9692 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 9693 9694 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 9695 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 9696 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, 9697 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option 9698 // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. 9699 // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All 9700 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 9701 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 9702} 9703 9704// String returns the string representation 9705func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string { 9706 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9707} 9708 9709// GoString returns the string representation 9710func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 9711 return s.String() 9712} 9713 9714// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9715func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 9716 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubDestinationSettings"} 9717 if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 { 9718 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96)) 9719 } 9720 if s.Font != nil { 9721 if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil { 9722 invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9723 } 9724 } 9725 9726 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9727 return invalidParams 9728 } 9729 return nil 9730} 9731 9732// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 9733func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9734 s.Alignment = &v 9735 return s 9736} 9737 9738// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 9739func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9740 s.BackgroundColor = &v 9741 return s 9742} 9743 9744// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 9745func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9746 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 9747 return s 9748} 9749 9750// SetFont sets the Font field's value. 9751func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9752 s.Font = v 9753 return s 9754} 9755 9756// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 9757func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9758 s.FontColor = &v 9759 return s 9760} 9761 9762// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 9763func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9764 s.FontOpacity = &v 9765 return s 9766} 9767 9768// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 9769func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9770 s.FontResolution = &v 9771 return s 9772} 9773 9774// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 9775func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9776 s.FontSize = &v 9777 return s 9778} 9779 9780// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 9781func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9782 s.OutlineColor = &v 9783 return s 9784} 9785 9786// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 9787func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9788 s.OutlineSize = &v 9789 return s 9790} 9791 9792// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 9793func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9794 s.ShadowColor = &v 9795 return s 9796} 9797 9798// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 9799func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9800 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 9801 return s 9802} 9803 9804// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 9805func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9806 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 9807 return s 9808} 9809 9810// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 9811func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9812 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 9813 return s 9814} 9815 9816// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. 9817func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9818 s.TeletextGridControl = &v 9819 return s 9820} 9821 9822// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 9823func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9824 s.XPosition = &v 9825 return s 9826} 9827 9828// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 9829func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 9830 s.YPosition = &v 9831 return s 9832} 9833 9834// Dvb Sub Source Settings 9835type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { 9836 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9837 9838 // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source 9839 // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, 9840 // regardless of selectors. 9841 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"` 9842} 9843 9844// String returns the string representation 9845func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string { 9846 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9847} 9848 9849// GoString returns the string representation 9850func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string { 9851 return s.String() 9852} 9853 9854// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9855func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error { 9856 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubSourceSettings"} 9857 if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 { 9858 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1)) 9859 } 9860 9861 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9862 return invalidParams 9863 } 9864 return nil 9865} 9866 9867// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 9868func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings { 9869 s.Pid = &v 9870 return s 9871} 9872 9873// DVB Time and Date Table (SDT) 9874type DvbTdtSettings struct { 9875 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9876 9877 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 9878 // transport stream. 9879 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 9880} 9881 9882// String returns the string representation 9883func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string { 9884 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9885} 9886 9887// GoString returns the string representation 9888func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string { 9889 return s.String() 9890} 9891 9892// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9893func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error { 9894 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbTdtSettings"} 9895 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 1000 { 9896 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 1000)) 9897 } 9898 9899 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9900 return invalidParams 9901 } 9902 return nil 9903} 9904 9905// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 9906func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings { 9907 s.RepInterval = &v 9908 return s 9909} 9910 9911// Eac3 Settings 9912type Eac3Settings struct { 9913 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9914 9915 // When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. 9916 // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9917 AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"` 9918 9919 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 9920 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 9921 9922 // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC 9923 // A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. 9924 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"` 9925 9926 // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. 9927 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"` 9928 9929 // When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. 9930 DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"` 9931 9932 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital 9933 // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. 9934 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"` 9935 9936 // Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile. 9937 DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"` 9938 9939 // Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that 9940 // the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels. 9941 DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"` 9942 9943 // When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel 9944 LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"` 9945 9946 // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior 9947 // to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode. 9948 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"` 9949 9950 // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9951 LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 9952 9953 // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9954 LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 9955 9956 // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9957 LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 9958 9959 // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9960 LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 9961 9962 // When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 9963 // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 9964 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 9965 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"` 9966 9967 // When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is 9968 // present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. 9969 // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent 9970 // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. 9971 PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"` 9972 9973 // When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround 9974 // channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9975 PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"` 9976 9977 // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 9978 StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"` 9979 9980 // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel 9981 // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. 9982 SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"` 9983 9984 // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into 9985 // the two channels. 9986 SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"` 9987} 9988 9989// String returns the string representation 9990func (s Eac3Settings) String() string { 9991 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9992} 9993 9994// GoString returns the string representation 9995func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string { 9996 return s.String() 9997} 9998 9999// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10000func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error { 10001 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3Settings"} 10002 if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 { 10003 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1)) 10004 } 10005 10006 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10007 return invalidParams 10008 } 10009 return nil 10010} 10011 10012// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value. 10013func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10014 s.AttenuationControl = &v 10015 return s 10016} 10017 10018// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 10019func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10020 s.Bitrate = &v 10021 return s 10022} 10023 10024// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 10025func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10026 s.BitstreamMode = &v 10027 return s 10028} 10029 10030// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 10031func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10032 s.CodingMode = &v 10033 return s 10034} 10035 10036// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value. 10037func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10038 s.DcFilter = &v 10039 return s 10040} 10041 10042// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 10043func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings { 10044 s.Dialnorm = &v 10045 return s 10046} 10047 10048// SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value. 10049func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10050 s.DrcLine = &v 10051 return s 10052} 10053 10054// SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value. 10055func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10056 s.DrcRf = &v 10057 return s 10058} 10059 10060// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value. 10061func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10062 s.LfeControl = &v 10063 return s 10064} 10065 10066// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 10067func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10068 s.LfeFilter = &v 10069 return s 10070} 10071 10072// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value. 10073func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10074 s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v 10075 return s 10076} 10077 10078// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value. 10079func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10080 s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v 10081 return s 10082} 10083 10084// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value. 10085func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10086 s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v 10087 return s 10088} 10089 10090// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value. 10091func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 10092 s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v 10093 return s 10094} 10095 10096// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 10097func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10098 s.MetadataControl = &v 10099 return s 10100} 10101 10102// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value. 10103func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10104 s.PassthroughControl = &v 10105 return s 10106} 10107 10108// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value. 10109func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10110 s.PhaseControl = &v 10111 return s 10112} 10113 10114// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value. 10115func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10116 s.StereoDownmix = &v 10117 return s 10118} 10119 10120// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value. 10121func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10122 s.SurroundExMode = &v 10123 return s 10124} 10125 10126// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value. 10127func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 10128 s.SurroundMode = &v 10129 return s 10130} 10131 10132// Embedded Destination Settings 10133type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { 10134 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10135} 10136 10137// String returns the string representation 10138func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { 10139 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10140} 10141 10142// GoString returns the string representation 10143func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10144 return s.String() 10145} 10146 10147// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings 10148type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct { 10149 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10150} 10151 10152// String returns the string representation 10153func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string { 10154 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10155} 10156 10157// GoString returns the string representation 10158func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string { 10159 return s.String() 10160} 10161 10162// Embedded Source Settings 10163type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { 10164 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10165 10166 // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 10167 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 10168 // present in the source content will be discarded. 10169 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"` 10170 10171 // Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20 10172 // and Embedded captions. 10173 Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"` 10174 10175 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 10176 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 10177 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10178 10179 // This field is unused and deprecated. 10180 Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10181} 10182 10183// String returns the string representation 10184func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string { 10185 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10186} 10187 10188// GoString returns the string representation 10189func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string { 10190 return s.String() 10191} 10192 10193// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10194func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error { 10195 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedSourceSettings"} 10196 if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 { 10197 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1)) 10198 } 10199 if s.Source608TrackNumber != nil && *s.Source608TrackNumber < 1 { 10200 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608TrackNumber", 1)) 10201 } 10202 10203 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10204 return invalidParams 10205 } 10206 return nil 10207} 10208 10209// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 10210func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 10211 s.Convert608To708 = &v 10212 return s 10213} 10214 10215// SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value. 10216func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 10217 s.Scte20Detection = &v 10218 return s 10219} 10220 10221// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 10222func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 10223 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 10224 return s 10225} 10226 10227// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value. 10228func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 10229 s.Source608TrackNumber = &v 10230 return s 10231} 10232 10233// Encoder Settings 10234type EncoderSettings struct { 10235 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10236 10237 // AudioDescriptions is a required field 10238 AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"` 10239 10240 // Settings for ad avail blanking. 10241 AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` 10242 10243 // Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion. 10244 AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"` 10245 10246 // Settings for blackout slate. 10247 BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"` 10248 10249 // Settings for caption decriptions 10250 CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` 10251 10252 // Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole. 10253 GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"` 10254 10255 // Nielsen configuration settings. 10256 NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` 10257 10258 // OutputGroups is a required field 10259 OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list" required:"true"` 10260 10261 // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. 10262 // 10263 // TimecodeConfig is a required field 10264 TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` 10265 10266 // VideoDescriptions is a required field 10267 VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"` 10268} 10269 10270// String returns the string representation 10271func (s EncoderSettings) String() string { 10272 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10273} 10274 10275// GoString returns the string representation 10276func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string { 10277 return s.String() 10278} 10279 10280// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10281func (s *EncoderSettings) Validate() error { 10282 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncoderSettings"} 10283 if s.AudioDescriptions == nil { 10284 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioDescriptions")) 10285 } 10286 if s.OutputGroups == nil { 10287 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroups")) 10288 } 10289 if s.TimecodeConfig == nil { 10290 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TimecodeConfig")) 10291 } 10292 if s.VideoDescriptions == nil { 10293 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VideoDescriptions")) 10294 } 10295 if s.AudioDescriptions != nil { 10296 for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions { 10297 if v == nil { 10298 continue 10299 } 10300 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 10301 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10302 } 10303 } 10304 } 10305 if s.AvailBlanking != nil { 10306 if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil { 10307 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10308 } 10309 } 10310 if s.AvailConfiguration != nil { 10311 if err := s.AvailConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { 10312 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10313 } 10314 } 10315 if s.BlackoutSlate != nil { 10316 if err := s.BlackoutSlate.Validate(); err != nil { 10317 invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10318 } 10319 } 10320 if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil { 10321 for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions { 10322 if v == nil { 10323 continue 10324 } 10325 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 10326 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10327 } 10328 } 10329 } 10330 if s.GlobalConfiguration != nil { 10331 if err := s.GlobalConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { 10332 invalidParams.AddNested("GlobalConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10333 } 10334 } 10335 if s.OutputGroups != nil { 10336 for i, v := range s.OutputGroups { 10337 if v == nil { 10338 continue 10339 } 10340 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 10341 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10342 } 10343 } 10344 } 10345 if s.TimecodeConfig != nil { 10346 if err := s.TimecodeConfig.Validate(); err != nil { 10347 invalidParams.AddNested("TimecodeConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10348 } 10349 } 10350 if s.VideoDescriptions != nil { 10351 for i, v := range s.VideoDescriptions { 10352 if v == nil { 10353 continue 10354 } 10355 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 10356 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10357 } 10358 } 10359 } 10360 10361 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10362 return invalidParams 10363 } 10364 return nil 10365} 10366 10367// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. 10368func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings { 10369 s.AudioDescriptions = v 10370 return s 10371} 10372 10373// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. 10374func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings { 10375 s.AvailBlanking = v 10376 return s 10377} 10378 10379// SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value. 10380func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 10381 s.AvailConfiguration = v 10382 return s 10383} 10384 10385// SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value. 10386func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings { 10387 s.BlackoutSlate = v 10388 return s 10389} 10390 10391// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. 10392func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings { 10393 s.CaptionDescriptions = v 10394 return s 10395} 10396 10397// SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value. 10398func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 10399 s.GlobalConfiguration = v 10400 return s 10401} 10402 10403// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. 10404func (s *EncoderSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 10405 s.NielsenConfiguration = v 10406 return s 10407} 10408 10409// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. 10410func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings { 10411 s.OutputGroups = v 10412 return s 10413} 10414 10415// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. 10416func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings { 10417 s.TimecodeConfig = v 10418 return s 10419} 10420 10421// SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value. 10422func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings { 10423 s.VideoDescriptions = v 10424 return s 10425} 10426 10427// Fec Output Settings 10428type FecOutputSettings struct { 10429 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10430 10431 // Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The 10432 // number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must 10433 // be between 4 and 20, inclusive. 10434 ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" min:"4" type:"integer"` 10435 10436 // Enables column only or column and row based FEC 10437 IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"` 10438 10439 // Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must 10440 // be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values 10441 // increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport 10442 // stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between 10443 // 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column, 10444 // this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive. 10445 RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10446} 10447 10448// String returns the string representation 10449func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string { 10450 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10451} 10452 10453// GoString returns the string representation 10454func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string { 10455 return s.String() 10456} 10457 10458// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10459func (s *FecOutputSettings) Validate() error { 10460 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FecOutputSettings"} 10461 if s.ColumnDepth != nil && *s.ColumnDepth < 4 { 10462 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ColumnDepth", 4)) 10463 } 10464 if s.RowLength != nil && *s.RowLength < 1 { 10465 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RowLength", 1)) 10466 } 10467 10468 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10469 return invalidParams 10470 } 10471 return nil 10472} 10473 10474// SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value. 10475func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { 10476 s.ColumnDepth = &v 10477 return s 10478} 10479 10480// SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value. 10481func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings { 10482 s.IncludeFec = &v 10483 return s 10484} 10485 10486// SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value. 10487func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { 10488 s.RowLength = &v 10489 return s 10490} 10491 10492// Start time for the action. 10493type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 10494 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10495 10496 // Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the 10497 // action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule 10498 // immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits 10499 // (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and 10500 // "Z" for "UTC format". 10501 // 10502 // Time is a required field 10503 Time *string `locationName:"time" type:"string" required:"true"` 10504} 10505 10506// String returns the string representation 10507func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 10508 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10509} 10510 10511// GoString returns the string representation 10512func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 10513 return s.String() 10514} 10515 10516// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10517func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 10518 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings"} 10519 if s.Time == nil { 10520 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time")) 10521 } 10522 10523 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10524 return invalidParams 10525 } 10526 return nil 10527} 10528 10529// SetTime sets the Time field's value. 10530func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime(v string) *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 10531 s.Time = &v 10532 return s 10533} 10534 10535// Fmp4 Hls Settings 10536type Fmp4HlsSettings struct { 10537 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10538 10539 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 10540 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 10541 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 10542} 10543 10544// String returns the string representation 10545func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) String() string { 10546 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10547} 10548 10549// GoString returns the string representation 10550func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) GoString() string { 10551 return s.String() 10552} 10553 10554// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 10555func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 10556 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 10557 return s 10558} 10559 10560// Settings to specify if an action follows another. 10561type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 10562 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10563 10564 // Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to 10565 // the end of the reference action. 10566 // 10567 // FollowPoint is a required field 10568 FollowPoint *string `locationName:"followPoint" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FollowPoint"` 10569 10570 // The action name of another action that this one refers to. 10571 // 10572 // ReferenceActionName is a required field 10573 ReferenceActionName *string `locationName:"referenceActionName" type:"string" required:"true"` 10574} 10575 10576// String returns the string representation 10577func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 10578 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10579} 10580 10581// GoString returns the string representation 10582func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 10583 return s.String() 10584} 10585 10586// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10587func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 10588 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings"} 10589 if s.FollowPoint == nil { 10590 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FollowPoint")) 10591 } 10592 if s.ReferenceActionName == nil { 10593 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReferenceActionName")) 10594 } 10595 10596 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10597 return invalidParams 10598 } 10599 return nil 10600} 10601 10602// SetFollowPoint sets the FollowPoint field's value. 10603func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 10604 s.FollowPoint = &v 10605 return s 10606} 10607 10608// SetReferenceActionName sets the ReferenceActionName field's value. 10609func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 10610 s.ReferenceActionName = &v 10611 return s 10612} 10613 10614// Frame Capture Group Settings 10615type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct { 10616 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10617 10618 // The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon 10619 // S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling_) 10620 // or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example, 10621 // mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling_). The final file names consist 10622 // of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling_") + name 10623 // modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which 10624 // is always .jpg). For example, curlingLow.00001.jpg 10625 // 10626 // Destination is a required field 10627 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 10628} 10629 10630// String returns the string representation 10631func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String() string { 10632 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10633} 10634 10635// GoString returns the string representation 10636func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString() string { 10637 return s.String() 10638} 10639 10640// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10641func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate() error { 10642 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureGroupSettings"} 10643 if s.Destination == nil { 10644 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 10645 } 10646 10647 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10648 return invalidParams 10649 } 10650 return nil 10651} 10652 10653// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 10654func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings { 10655 s.Destination = v 10656 return s 10657} 10658 10659// Frame Capture Output Settings 10660type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct { 10661 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10662 10663 // Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier 10664 // forms part of the output file name. 10665 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 10666} 10667 10668// String returns the string representation 10669func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String() string { 10670 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10671} 10672 10673// GoString returns the string representation 10674func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString() string { 10675 return s.String() 10676} 10677 10678// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 10679func (s *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *FrameCaptureOutputSettings { 10680 s.NameModifier = &v 10681 return s 10682} 10683 10684// Frame Capture Settings 10685type FrameCaptureSettings struct { 10686 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10687 10688 // The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May 10689 // be specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by captureIntervalUnits. 10690 // 10691 // CaptureInterval is a required field 10692 CaptureInterval *int64 `locationName:"captureInterval" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 10693 10694 // Unit for the frame capture interval. 10695 CaptureIntervalUnits *string `locationName:"captureIntervalUnits" type:"string" enum:"FrameCaptureIntervalUnit"` 10696} 10697 10698// String returns the string representation 10699func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string { 10700 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10701} 10702 10703// GoString returns the string representation 10704func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string { 10705 return s.String() 10706} 10707 10708// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10709func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error { 10710 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureSettings"} 10711 if s.CaptureInterval == nil { 10712 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptureInterval")) 10713 } 10714 if s.CaptureInterval != nil && *s.CaptureInterval < 1 { 10715 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptureInterval", 1)) 10716 } 10717 10718 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10719 return invalidParams 10720 } 10721 return nil 10722} 10723 10724// SetCaptureInterval sets the CaptureInterval field's value. 10725func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 10726 s.CaptureInterval = &v 10727 return s 10728} 10729 10730// SetCaptureIntervalUnits sets the CaptureIntervalUnits field's value. 10731func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureIntervalUnits(v string) *FrameCaptureSettings { 10732 s.CaptureIntervalUnits = &v 10733 return s 10734} 10735 10736// Global Configuration 10737type GlobalConfiguration struct { 10738 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10739 10740 // Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event. 10741 InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"` 10742 10743 // Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file). 10744 // When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning 10745 // of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode 10746 // either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input 10747 // Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is 10748 // controlled through the Channel Schedule API). 10749 InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"` 10750 10751 // Settings for system actions when input is lost. 10752 InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"` 10753 10754 // Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.PIPELINELOCKING - MediaLive 10755 // will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.EPOCHLOCKING 10756 // - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the 10757 // Unix epoch. 10758 OutputLockingMode *string `locationName:"outputLockingMode" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode"` 10759 10760 // Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be 10761 // paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source 10762 // via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing 10763 // the input stream. 10764 OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"` 10765 10766 // Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This 10767 // is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame 10768 // per second. 10769 SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"` 10770} 10771 10772// String returns the string representation 10773func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string { 10774 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10775} 10776 10777// GoString returns the string representation 10778func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string { 10779 return s.String() 10780} 10781 10782// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10783func (s *GlobalConfiguration) Validate() error { 10784 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlobalConfiguration"} 10785 if s.InitialAudioGain != nil && *s.InitialAudioGain < -60 { 10786 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("InitialAudioGain", -60)) 10787 } 10788 if s.InputLossBehavior != nil { 10789 if err := s.InputLossBehavior.Validate(); err != nil { 10790 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossBehavior", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 10791 } 10792 } 10793 10794 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10795 return invalidParams 10796 } 10797 return nil 10798} 10799 10800// SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value. 10801func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration { 10802 s.InitialAudioGain = &v 10803 return s 10804} 10805 10806// SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value. 10807func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 10808 s.InputEndAction = &v 10809 return s 10810} 10811 10812// SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value. 10813func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration { 10814 s.InputLossBehavior = v 10815 return s 10816} 10817 10818// SetOutputLockingMode sets the OutputLockingMode field's value. 10819func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 10820 s.OutputLockingMode = &v 10821 return s 10822} 10823 10824// SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value. 10825func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 10826 s.OutputTimingSource = &v 10827 return s 10828} 10829 10830// SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value. 10831func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 10832 s.SupportLowFramerateInputs = &v 10833 return s 10834} 10835 10836// H264 Color Space Settings 10837type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct { 10838 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10839 10840 // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 10841 ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"` 10842 10843 // Rec601 Settings 10844 Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"` 10845 10846 // Rec709 Settings 10847 Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"` 10848} 10849 10850// String returns the string representation 10851func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) String() string { 10852 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10853} 10854 10855// GoString returns the string representation 10856func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string { 10857 return s.String() 10858} 10859 10860// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value. 10861func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 10862 s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v 10863 return s 10864} 10865 10866// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value. 10867func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 10868 s.Rec601Settings = v 10869 return s 10870} 10871 10872// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value. 10873func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 10874 s.Rec709Settings = v 10875 return s 10876} 10877 10878// H264 Settings 10879type H264Settings struct { 10880 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10881 10882 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 10883 // quality. 10884 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"` 10885 10886 // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling 10887 // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases 10888 // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will 10889 // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. 10890 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 10891 10892 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR 10893 // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must 10894 // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple 10895 // of 1000. 10896 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 10897 10898 // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). 10899 BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"` 10900 10901 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. 10902 BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"` 10903 10904 // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. 10905 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"` 10906 10907 // Color Space settings 10908 ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"` 10909 10910 // Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc. 10911 EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"` 10912 10913 // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. 10914 // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. 10915 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 10916 10917 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker 10918 // or 'pop' on I-frames. 10919 FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"` 10920 10921 // This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified" 10922 // is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator 10923 // and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then 10924 // the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate 10925 // of the first input. 10926 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"` 10927 10928 // Framerate denominator. 10929 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10930 10931 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 10932 // fps. 10933 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10934 10935 // If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames 10936 // > 1. 10937 GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"` 10938 10939 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 10940 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 10941 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 10942 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 10943 10944 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. 10945 GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"` 10946 10947 // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If 10948 // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than 10949 // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, 10950 // but need not be an integer. 10951 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 10952 10953 // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the 10954 // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. 10955 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"` 10956 10957 // H.264 Level. 10958 Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"` 10959 10960 // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, 10961 // while high can produce better quality for certain content. 10962 LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"` 10963 10964 // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality levelFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate 10965 // in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video. 10966 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 10967 10968 // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if 10969 // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) 10970 // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change 10971 // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk 10972 // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling 10973 // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the 10974 // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 10975 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 10976 10977 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested 10978 // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. 10979 NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10980 10981 // This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified" 10982 // is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator 10983 // and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output 10984 // pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio 10985 // of the first input. 10986 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"` 10987 10988 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 10989 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 10990 10991 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 10992 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` 10993 10994 // H.264 Profile. 10995 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"` 10996 10997 // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate 10998 // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max 10999 // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended 11000 // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC 11001 // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality 11002 // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M 11003 QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11004 11005 // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except 11006 // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your 11007 // viewers pay for bandwidth.VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the 11008 // video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBRif you want to maintain a specific 11009 // average bitrate over the duration of the channel.CBR: Quality varies, depending 11010 // on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to 11011 // devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.Multiplex: This rate control 11012 // mode is only supported (and is required) when the video is beingdelivered 11013 // to a MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is 11014 // controlledby the properties within the Multiplex Program. 11015 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"` 11016 11017 // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. 11018 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"` 11019 11020 // Scene change detection.- On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.- 11021 // Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected. 11022 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"` 11023 11024 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 11025 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 11026 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; 11027 // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based 11028 // on encode resolution. 11029 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11030 11031 // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content 11032 // in the encoded image. 11033 Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` 11034 11035 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial 11036 // variation of content complexity. 11037 SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"` 11038 11039 // If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic, 11040 // optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality. 11041 SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"H264SubGopLength"` 11042 11043 // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. 11044 Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"` 11045 11046 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal 11047 // variation of content complexity. 11048 TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"` 11049 11050 // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- 11051 // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture 11052 // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config 11053 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 11054} 11055 11056// String returns the string representation 11057func (s H264Settings) String() string { 11058 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11059} 11060 11061// GoString returns the string representation 11062func (s H264Settings) GoString() string { 11063 return s.String() 11064} 11065 11066// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11067func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error { 11068 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264Settings"} 11069 if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 { 11070 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000)) 11071 } 11072 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 11073 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 11074 } 11075 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 11076 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 11077 } 11078 if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 { 11079 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000)) 11080 } 11081 if s.NumRefFrames != nil && *s.NumRefFrames < 1 { 11082 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumRefFrames", 1)) 11083 } 11084 if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 { 11085 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1)) 11086 } 11087 if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 { 11088 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1)) 11089 } 11090 if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 { 11091 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1)) 11092 } 11093 11094 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11095 return invalidParams 11096 } 11097 return nil 11098} 11099 11100// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 11101func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 11102 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 11103 return s 11104} 11105 11106// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 11107func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings { 11108 s.AfdSignaling = &v 11109 return s 11110} 11111 11112// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 11113func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 11114 s.Bitrate = &v 11115 return s 11116} 11117 11118// SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value. 11119func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings { 11120 s.BufFillPct = &v 11121 return s 11122} 11123 11124// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. 11125func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings { 11126 s.BufSize = &v 11127 return s 11128} 11129 11130// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 11131func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings { 11132 s.ColorMetadata = &v 11133 return s 11134} 11135 11136// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value. 11137func (s *H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H264ColorSpaceSettings) *H264Settings { 11138 s.ColorSpaceSettings = v 11139 return s 11140} 11141 11142// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value. 11143func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { 11144 s.EntropyEncoding = &v 11145 return s 11146} 11147 11148// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 11149func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings { 11150 s.FixedAfd = &v 11151 return s 11152} 11153 11154// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. 11155func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings { 11156 s.FlickerAq = &v 11157 return s 11158} 11159 11160// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 11161func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 11162 s.FramerateControl = &v 11163 return s 11164} 11165 11166// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 11167func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 11168 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 11169 return s 11170} 11171 11172// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 11173func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 11174 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 11175 return s 11176} 11177 11178// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. 11179func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings { 11180 s.GopBReference = &v 11181 return s 11182} 11183 11184// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 11185func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings { 11186 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 11187 return s 11188} 11189 11190// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value. 11191func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 11192 s.GopNumBFrames = &v 11193 return s 11194} 11195 11196// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 11197func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings { 11198 s.GopSize = &v 11199 return s 11200} 11201 11202// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 11203func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings { 11204 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 11205 return s 11206} 11207 11208// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. 11209func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 11210 s.Level = &v 11211 return s 11212} 11213 11214// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. 11215func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 11216 s.LookAheadRateControl = &v 11217 return s 11218} 11219 11220// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 11221func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 11222 s.MaxBitrate = &v 11223 return s 11224} 11225 11226// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 11227func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings { 11228 s.MinIInterval = &v 11229 return s 11230} 11231 11232// SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value. 11233func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 11234 s.NumRefFrames = &v 11235 return s 11236} 11237 11238// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 11239func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings { 11240 s.ParControl = &v 11241 return s 11242} 11243 11244// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 11245func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 11246 s.ParDenominator = &v 11247 return s 11248} 11249 11250// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 11251func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 11252 s.ParNumerator = &v 11253 return s 11254} 11255 11256// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 11257func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings { 11258 s.Profile = &v 11259 return s 11260} 11261 11262// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value. 11263func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264Settings { 11264 s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v 11265 return s 11266} 11267 11268// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 11269func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings { 11270 s.RateControlMode = &v 11271 return s 11272} 11273 11274// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 11275func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings { 11276 s.ScanType = &v 11277 return s 11278} 11279 11280// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 11281func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings { 11282 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 11283 return s 11284} 11285 11286// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 11287func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings { 11288 s.Slices = &v 11289 return s 11290} 11291 11292// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. 11293func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings { 11294 s.Softness = &v 11295 return s 11296} 11297 11298// SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value. 11299func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings { 11300 s.SpatialAq = &v 11301 return s 11302} 11303 11304// SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value. 11305func (s *H264Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *H264Settings { 11306 s.SubgopLength = &v 11307 return s 11308} 11309 11310// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. 11311func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings { 11312 s.Syntax = &v 11313 return s 11314} 11315 11316// SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value. 11317func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings { 11318 s.TemporalAq = &v 11319 return s 11320} 11321 11322// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 11323func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings { 11324 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 11325 return s 11326} 11327 11328// H265 Color Space Settings 11329type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct { 11330 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11331 11332 // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 11333 ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"` 11334 11335 // Hdr10 Settings 11336 Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"` 11337 11338 // Rec601 Settings 11339 Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"` 11340 11341 // Rec709 Settings 11342 Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"` 11343} 11344 11345// String returns the string representation 11346func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) String() string { 11347 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11348} 11349 11350// GoString returns the string representation 11351func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string { 11352 return s.String() 11353} 11354 11355// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value. 11356func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 11357 s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v 11358 return s 11359} 11360 11361// SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value. 11362func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 11363 s.Hdr10Settings = v 11364 return s 11365} 11366 11367// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value. 11368func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 11369 s.Rec601Settings = v 11370 return s 11371} 11372 11373// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value. 11374func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 11375 s.Rec709Settings = v 11376 return s 11377} 11378 11379// H265 Settings 11380type H265Settings struct { 11381 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11382 11383 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 11384 // quality. 11385 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"` 11386 11387 // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling 11388 // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases 11389 // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will 11390 // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. 11391 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 11392 11393 // Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message 11394 // to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays. 11395 AlternativeTransferFunction *string `locationName:"alternativeTransferFunction" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternativeTransferFunction"` 11396 11397 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR 11398 // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must 11399 // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple 11400 // of 1000. 11401 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 11402 11403 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. 11404 BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 11405 11406 // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. 11407 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H265ColorMetadata"` 11408 11409 // Color Space settings 11410 ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"` 11411 11412 // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. 11413 // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. 11414 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 11415 11416 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker 11417 // or 'pop' on I-frames. 11418 FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAq"` 11419 11420 // Framerate denominator. 11421 // 11422 // FramerateDenominator is a required field 11423 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 11424 11425 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 11426 // fps. 11427 // 11428 // FramerateNumerator is a required field 11429 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 11430 11431 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 11432 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 11433 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 11434 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 11435 11436 // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If 11437 // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than 11438 // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, 11439 // but need not be an integer. 11440 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 11441 11442 // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the 11443 // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. 11444 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"` 11445 11446 // H.265 Level. 11447 Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H265Level"` 11448 11449 // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, 11450 // while high can produce better quality for certain content. 11451 LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265LookAheadRateControl"` 11452 11453 // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level 11454 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 11455 11456 // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if 11457 // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) 11458 // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change 11459 // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk 11460 // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling 11461 // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the 11462 // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 11463 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 11464 11465 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 11466 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11467 11468 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 11469 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11470 11471 // H.265 Profile. 11472 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H265Profile"` 11473 11474 // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate 11475 // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max 11476 // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended 11477 // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC 11478 // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality 11479 // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M 11480 QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11481 11482 // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except 11483 // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your 11484 // viewers pay for bandwidth.CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity. 11485 // Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to devices that cannot handle 11486 // variable bitrates. 11487 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"` 11488 11489 // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. 11490 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanType"` 11491 11492 // Scene change detection. 11493 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"` 11494 11495 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 11496 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 11497 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; 11498 // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based 11499 // on encode resolution. 11500 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11501 11502 // H.265 Tier. 11503 Tier *string `locationName:"tier" type:"string" enum:"H265Tier"` 11504 11505 // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- 11506 // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture 11507 // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config 11508 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 11509} 11510 11511// String returns the string representation 11512func (s H265Settings) String() string { 11513 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11514} 11515 11516// GoString returns the string representation 11517func (s H265Settings) GoString() string { 11518 return s.String() 11519} 11520 11521// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11522func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error { 11523 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265Settings"} 11524 if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 100000 { 11525 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 100000)) 11526 } 11527 if s.BufSize != nil && *s.BufSize < 100000 { 11528 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BufSize", 100000)) 11529 } 11530 if s.FramerateDenominator == nil { 11531 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateDenominator")) 11532 } 11533 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 11534 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 11535 } 11536 if s.FramerateNumerator == nil { 11537 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateNumerator")) 11538 } 11539 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 11540 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 11541 } 11542 if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 100000 { 11543 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 100000)) 11544 } 11545 if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 { 11546 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1)) 11547 } 11548 if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 { 11549 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1)) 11550 } 11551 if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 { 11552 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1)) 11553 } 11554 if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 { 11555 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1)) 11556 } 11557 11558 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11559 return invalidParams 11560 } 11561 return nil 11562} 11563 11564// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 11565func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 11566 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 11567 return s 11568} 11569 11570// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 11571func (s *H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H265Settings { 11572 s.AfdSignaling = &v 11573 return s 11574} 11575 11576// SetAlternativeTransferFunction sets the AlternativeTransferFunction field's value. 11577func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction(v string) *H265Settings { 11578 s.AlternativeTransferFunction = &v 11579 return s 11580} 11581 11582// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 11583func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 11584 s.Bitrate = &v 11585 return s 11586} 11587 11588// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. 11589func (s *H265Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H265Settings { 11590 s.BufSize = &v 11591 return s 11592} 11593 11594// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 11595func (s *H265Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H265Settings { 11596 s.ColorMetadata = &v 11597 return s 11598} 11599 11600// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value. 11601func (s *H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H265ColorSpaceSettings) *H265Settings { 11602 s.ColorSpaceSettings = v 11603 return s 11604} 11605 11606// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 11607func (s *H265Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H265Settings { 11608 s.FixedAfd = &v 11609 return s 11610} 11611 11612// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. 11613func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H265Settings { 11614 s.FlickerAq = &v 11615 return s 11616} 11617 11618// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 11619func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 11620 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 11621 return s 11622} 11623 11624// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 11625func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 11626 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 11627 return s 11628} 11629 11630// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 11631func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings { 11632 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 11633 return s 11634} 11635 11636// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 11637func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings { 11638 s.GopSize = &v 11639 return s 11640} 11641 11642// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 11643func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings { 11644 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 11645 return s 11646} 11647 11648// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. 11649func (s *H265Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H265Settings { 11650 s.Level = &v 11651 return s 11652} 11653 11654// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. 11655func (s *H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H265Settings { 11656 s.LookAheadRateControl = &v 11657 return s 11658} 11659 11660// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 11661func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 11662 s.MaxBitrate = &v 11663 return s 11664} 11665 11666// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 11667func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings { 11668 s.MinIInterval = &v 11669 return s 11670} 11671 11672// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 11673func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 11674 s.ParDenominator = &v 11675 return s 11676} 11677 11678// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 11679func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 11680 s.ParNumerator = &v 11681 return s 11682} 11683 11684// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 11685func (s *H265Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H265Settings { 11686 s.Profile = &v 11687 return s 11688} 11689 11690// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value. 11691func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265Settings { 11692 s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v 11693 return s 11694} 11695 11696// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 11697func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings { 11698 s.RateControlMode = &v 11699 return s 11700} 11701 11702// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 11703func (s *H265Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H265Settings { 11704 s.ScanType = &v 11705 return s 11706} 11707 11708// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 11709func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings { 11710 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 11711 return s 11712} 11713 11714// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 11715func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings { 11716 s.Slices = &v 11717 return s 11718} 11719 11720// SetTier sets the Tier field's value. 11721func (s *H265Settings) SetTier(v string) *H265Settings { 11722 s.Tier = &v 11723 return s 11724} 11725 11726// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 11727func (s *H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H265Settings { 11728 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 11729 return s 11730} 11731 11732// Hdr10 Settings 11733type Hdr10Settings struct { 11734 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11735 11736 // Maximum Content Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum 11737 // light level, in nits,of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream 11738 // or file. 11739 MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"` 11740 11741 // Maximum Frame Average Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum 11742 // average light level, in nits,for any single frame within an encoded HDR video 11743 // stream or file. 11744 MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"` 11745} 11746 11747// String returns the string representation 11748func (s Hdr10Settings) String() string { 11749 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11750} 11751 11752// GoString returns the string representation 11753func (s Hdr10Settings) GoString() string { 11754 return s.String() 11755} 11756 11757// SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value. 11758func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll(v int64) *Hdr10Settings { 11759 s.MaxCll = &v 11760 return s 11761} 11762 11763// SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value. 11764func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall(v int64) *Hdr10Settings { 11765 s.MaxFall = &v 11766 return s 11767} 11768 11769// Hls Akamai Settings 11770type HlsAkamaiSettings struct { 11771 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11772 11773 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 11774 // is lost. 11775 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 11776 11777 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 11778 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 11779 11780 // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should 11781 // contact Akamai to enable this feature. 11782 HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"` 11783 11784 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 11785 // an error state. 11786 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 11787 11788 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 11789 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 11790 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 11791 11792 // Salt for authenticated Akamai. 11793 Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"` 11794 11795 // Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used. 11796 Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"` 11797} 11798 11799// String returns the string representation 11800func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string { 11801 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11802} 11803 11804// GoString returns the string representation 11805func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string { 11806 return s.String() 11807} 11808 11809// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 11810func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11811 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 11812 return s 11813} 11814 11815// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 11816func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11817 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 11818 return s 11819} 11820 11821// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. 11822func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11823 s.HttpTransferMode = &v 11824 return s 11825} 11826 11827// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 11828func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11829 s.NumRetries = &v 11830 return s 11831} 11832 11833// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 11834func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11835 s.RestartDelay = &v 11836 return s 11837} 11838 11839// SetSalt sets the Salt field's value. 11840func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11841 s.Salt = &v 11842 return s 11843} 11844 11845// SetToken sets the Token field's value. 11846func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 11847 s.Token = &v 11848 return s 11849} 11850 11851// Hls Basic Put Settings 11852type HlsBasicPutSettings struct { 11853 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11854 11855 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 11856 // is lost. 11857 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 11858 11859 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 11860 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 11861 11862 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 11863 // an error state. 11864 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 11865 11866 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 11867 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 11868 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 11869} 11870 11871// String returns the string representation 11872func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string { 11873 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11874} 11875 11876// GoString returns the string representation 11877func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string { 11878 return s.String() 11879} 11880 11881// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 11882func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 11883 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 11884 return s 11885} 11886 11887// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 11888func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 11889 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 11890 return s 11891} 11892 11893// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 11894func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 11895 s.NumRetries = &v 11896 return s 11897} 11898 11899// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 11900func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 11901 s.RestartDelay = &v 11902 return s 11903} 11904 11905// Hls Cdn Settings 11906type HlsCdnSettings struct { 11907 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11908 11909 // Hls Akamai Settings 11910 HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"` 11911 11912 // Hls Basic Put Settings 11913 HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"` 11914 11915 // Hls Media Store Settings 11916 HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"` 11917 11918 // Hls Webdav Settings 11919 HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"` 11920} 11921 11922// String returns the string representation 11923func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string { 11924 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11925} 11926 11927// GoString returns the string representation 11928func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string { 11929 return s.String() 11930} 11931 11932// SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value. 11933func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 11934 s.HlsAkamaiSettings = v 11935 return s 11936} 11937 11938// SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value. 11939func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 11940 s.HlsBasicPutSettings = v 11941 return s 11942} 11943 11944// SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value. 11945func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 11946 s.HlsMediaStoreSettings = v 11947 return s 11948} 11949 11950// SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value. 11951func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 11952 s.HlsWebdavSettings = v 11953 return s 11954} 11955 11956// Hls Group Settings 11957type HlsGroupSettings struct { 11958 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11959 11960 // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this 11961 // group of Apple HLS outputs. 11962 AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` 11963 11964 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 11965 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 11966 // the main .m3u8 file. 11967 BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"` 11968 11969 // Optional. One value per output group.This field is required only if you are 11970 // completing Base URL content A, and the downstream system has notified you 11971 // that the media files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different 11972 // from the media files for pipeline 0. 11973 BaseUrlContent1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent1" type:"string"` 11974 11975 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 11976 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 11977 // the main .m3u8 file. 11978 BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"` 11979 11980 // Optional. One value per output group.Complete this field only if you are 11981 // completing Base URL manifest A, and the downstream system has notified you 11982 // that the child manifest files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location 11983 // different from the child manifest files for pipeline 0. 11984 BaseUrlManifest1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest1" type:"string"` 11985 11986 // Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful 11987 // if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert". 11988 CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` 11989 11990 // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS 11991 // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language 11992 // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. 11993 // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the 11994 // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption 11995 // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in 11996 // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include 11997 // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS 11998 // line from the manifest. 11999 CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"` 12000 12001 // When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest, 12002 // which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay. 12003 ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"` 12004 12005 // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist 12006 // generation. 12007 CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"` 12008 12009 // For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented 12010 // by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this 12011 // parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption. 12012 ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" min:"32" type:"string"` 12013 12014 // A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and 12015 // encryption keys (if enabled). 12016 // 12017 // Destination is a required field 12018 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 12019 12020 // Place segments in subdirectories. 12021 DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"` 12022 12023 // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter 12024 // if no encryption is desired. 12025 EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"` 12026 12027 // Parameters that control interactions with the CDN. 12028 HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"` 12029 12030 // State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging 12031 HlsId3SegmentTagging *string `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTagging" type:"string" enum:"HlsId3SegmentTaggingState"` 12032 12033 // DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master 12034 // and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).STANDARD: Create 12035 // an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as 12036 // the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame 12037 // manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only, 12038 // and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position. 12039 // For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888" 12040 IFrameOnlyPlaylists *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyPlaylists" type:"string" enum:"IFrameOnlyPlaylistType"` 12041 12042 // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the maximum number of segments 12043 // in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed 12044 // from the media manifest. This number must be less than or equal to the Keep 12045 // Segments field. 12046 IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" min:"3" type:"integer"` 12047 12048 // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. 12049 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"` 12050 12051 // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit 12052 // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to 12053 // "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest. 12054 IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"` 12055 12056 // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit 12057 // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting 12058 // is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to 12059 // match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a 12060 // constantIv value. 12061 IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"` 12062 12063 // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the number of media segments 12064 // (.ts files) to retain in the destination directory. 12065 KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12066 12067 // The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified 12068 // by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used. 12069 // A reverse DNS string can also be given. 12070 KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` 12071 12072 // Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list 12073 // of version values (1/2/3). 12074 KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` 12075 12076 // The key provider settings. 12077 KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"` 12078 12079 // When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist. 12080 ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"` 12081 12082 // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer 12083 // values for segment duration. 12084 ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"` 12085 12086 // When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within 12087 // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if 12088 // needed. 12089 MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` 12090 12091 // If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination 12092 // and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments 12093 // and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which 12094 // may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.VOD 12095 // mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running, 12096 // converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream. 12097 Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"` 12098 12099 // MANIFESTSANDSEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable, 12100 // and media manifests) for this output group.SEGMENTSONLY: Does not generate 12101 // any manifests for this output group. 12102 OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"` 12103 12104 // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. 12105 // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are 12106 // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using 12107 // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset. 12108 ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"` 12109 12110 // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. 12111 ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` 12112 12113 // ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information 12114 // about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of 12115 // the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale 12116 // manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current 12117 // manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master 12118 // manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both 12119 // pipelines.DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes 12120 // information about its own pipeline only.For an HLS output group with MediaPackage 12121 // as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage 12122 // regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from 12123 // MediaLive is irrelevant. 12124 RedundantManifest *string `locationName:"redundantManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsRedundantManifest"` 12125 12126 // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that 12127 // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual 12128 // segment length may be longer. 12129 SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12130 12131 // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is 12132 // always used. 12133 SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"` 12134 12135 // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. 12136 // directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have 12137 // an effect. 12138 SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12139 12140 // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag 12141 // of variant manifest. 12142 StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"` 12143 12144 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 12145 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 12146 12147 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 12148 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 12149 12150 // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. 12151 TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` 12152 12153 // SEGMENTEDFILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.SINGLEFILE: 12154 // Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media 12155 // file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments 12156 // for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to 12157 // AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback 12158 // while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching. 12159 TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"` 12160} 12161 12162// String returns the string representation 12163func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string { 12164 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12165} 12166 12167// GoString returns the string representation 12168func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string { 12169 return s.String() 12170} 12171 12172// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12173func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error { 12174 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsGroupSettings"} 12175 if s.ConstantIv != nil && len(*s.ConstantIv) < 32 { 12176 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantIv", 32)) 12177 } 12178 if s.Destination == nil { 12179 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 12180 } 12181 if s.IndexNSegments != nil && *s.IndexNSegments < 3 { 12182 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("IndexNSegments", 3)) 12183 } 12184 if s.KeepSegments != nil && *s.KeepSegments < 1 { 12185 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("KeepSegments", 1)) 12186 } 12187 if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 { 12188 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1)) 12189 } 12190 if s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory != nil && *s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory < 1 { 12191 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentsPerSubdirectory", 1)) 12192 } 12193 if s.CaptionLanguageMappings != nil { 12194 for i, v := range s.CaptionLanguageMappings { 12195 if v == nil { 12196 continue 12197 } 12198 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12199 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionLanguageMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12200 } 12201 } 12202 } 12203 if s.KeyProviderSettings != nil { 12204 if err := s.KeyProviderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 12205 invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12206 } 12207 } 12208 12209 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12210 return invalidParams 12211 } 12212 return nil 12213} 12214 12215// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. 12216func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12217 s.AdMarkers = v 12218 return s 12219} 12220 12221// SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value. 12222func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12223 s.BaseUrlContent = &v 12224 return s 12225} 12226 12227// SetBaseUrlContent1 sets the BaseUrlContent1 field's value. 12228func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12229 s.BaseUrlContent1 = &v 12230 return s 12231} 12232 12233// SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value. 12234func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12235 s.BaseUrlManifest = &v 12236 return s 12237} 12238 12239// SetBaseUrlManifest1 sets the BaseUrlManifest1 field's value. 12240func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12241 s.BaseUrlManifest1 = &v 12242 return s 12243} 12244 12245// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value. 12246func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings { 12247 s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v 12248 return s 12249} 12250 12251// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value. 12252func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12253 s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v 12254 return s 12255} 12256 12257// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value. 12258func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12259 s.ClientCache = &v 12260 return s 12261} 12262 12263// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value. 12264func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12265 s.CodecSpecification = &v 12266 return s 12267} 12268 12269// SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value. 12270func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12271 s.ConstantIv = &v 12272 return s 12273} 12274 12275// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 12276func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings { 12277 s.Destination = v 12278 return s 12279} 12280 12281// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value. 12282func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12283 s.DirectoryStructure = &v 12284 return s 12285} 12286 12287// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. 12288func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12289 s.EncryptionType = &v 12290 return s 12291} 12292 12293// SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value. 12294func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 12295 s.HlsCdnSettings = v 12296 return s 12297} 12298 12299// SetHlsId3SegmentTagging sets the HlsId3SegmentTagging field's value. 12300func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTagging(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12301 s.HlsId3SegmentTagging = &v 12302 return s 12303} 12304 12305// SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists sets the IFrameOnlyPlaylists field's value. 12306func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12307 s.IFrameOnlyPlaylists = &v 12308 return s 12309} 12310 12311// SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value. 12312func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12313 s.IndexNSegments = &v 12314 return s 12315} 12316 12317// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 12318func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12319 s.InputLossAction = &v 12320 return s 12321} 12322 12323// SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value. 12324func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12325 s.IvInManifest = &v 12326 return s 12327} 12328 12329// SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value. 12330func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12331 s.IvSource = &v 12332 return s 12333} 12334 12335// SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value. 12336func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12337 s.KeepSegments = &v 12338 return s 12339} 12340 12341// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value. 12342func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12343 s.KeyFormat = &v 12344 return s 12345} 12346 12347// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value. 12348func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12349 s.KeyFormatVersions = &v 12350 return s 12351} 12352 12353// SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value. 12354func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 12355 s.KeyProviderSettings = v 12356 return s 12357} 12358 12359// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value. 12360func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12361 s.ManifestCompression = &v 12362 return s 12363} 12364 12365// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value. 12366func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12367 s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v 12368 return s 12369} 12370 12371// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value. 12372func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12373 s.MinSegmentLength = &v 12374 return s 12375} 12376 12377// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. 12378func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12379 s.Mode = &v 12380 return s 12381} 12382 12383// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value. 12384func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12385 s.OutputSelection = &v 12386 return s 12387} 12388 12389// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value. 12390func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12391 s.ProgramDateTime = &v 12392 return s 12393} 12394 12395// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value. 12396func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12397 s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v 12398 return s 12399} 12400 12401// SetRedundantManifest sets the RedundantManifest field's value. 12402func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12403 s.RedundantManifest = &v 12404 return s 12405} 12406 12407// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. 12408func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12409 s.SegmentLength = &v 12410 return s 12411} 12412 12413// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. 12414func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12415 s.SegmentationMode = &v 12416 return s 12417} 12418 12419// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value. 12420func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12421 s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v 12422 return s 12423} 12424 12425// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value. 12426func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12427 s.StreamInfResolution = &v 12428 return s 12429} 12430 12431// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 12432func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12433 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 12434 return s 12435} 12436 12437// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 12438func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12439 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 12440 return s 12441} 12442 12443// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value. 12444func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 12445 s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v 12446 return s 12447} 12448 12449// SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value. 12450func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 12451 s.TsFileMode = &v 12452 return s 12453} 12454 12455// Settings for the action to insert a user-defined ID3 tag in each HLS segment 12456type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings struct { 12457 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12458 12459 // ID3 tag to insert into each segment. Supports special keyword identifiers 12460 // to substitute in segment-related values.\nSupported keyword identifiers: 12461 // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/medialive/latest/ug/variable-data-identifiers.html 12462 // 12463 // Tag is a required field 12464 Tag *string `locationName:"tag" type:"string" required:"true"` 12465} 12466 12467// String returns the string representation 12468func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 12469 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12470} 12471 12472// GoString returns the string representation 12473func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 12474 return s.String() 12475} 12476 12477// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12478func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 12479 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings"} 12480 if s.Tag == nil { 12481 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tag")) 12482 } 12483 12484 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12485 return invalidParams 12486 } 12487 return nil 12488} 12489 12490// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. 12491func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) SetTag(v string) *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings { 12492 s.Tag = &v 12493 return s 12494} 12495 12496// Hls Input Settings 12497type HlsInputSettings struct { 12498 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12499 12500 // When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches 12501 // this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the 12502 // m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an 12503 // HLS manifest. 12504 Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"` 12505 12506 // When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments 12507 // from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS 12508 // input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8. 12509 BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"` 12510 12511 // The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment 12512 // must fail before the input is considered unavailable. 12513 Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"` 12514 12515 // The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest 12516 // or segment fails. 12517 RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"` 12518} 12519 12520// String returns the string representation 12521func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string { 12522 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12523} 12524 12525// GoString returns the string representation 12526func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string { 12527 return s.String() 12528} 12529 12530// SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value. 12531func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 12532 s.Bandwidth = &v 12533 return s 12534} 12535 12536// SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value. 12537func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 12538 s.BufferSegments = &v 12539 return s 12540} 12541 12542// SetRetries sets the Retries field's value. 12543func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 12544 s.Retries = &v 12545 return s 12546} 12547 12548// SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value. 12549func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 12550 s.RetryInterval = &v 12551 return s 12552} 12553 12554// Hls Media Store Settings 12555type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct { 12556 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12557 12558 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 12559 // is lost. 12560 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 12561 12562 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 12563 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 12564 12565 // When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for 12566 // faster reading and writing. 12567 MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"` 12568 12569 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 12570 // an error state. 12571 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 12572 12573 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 12574 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 12575 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 12576} 12577 12578// String returns the string representation 12579func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string { 12580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12581} 12582 12583// GoString returns the string representation 12584func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string { 12585 return s.String() 12586} 12587 12588// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 12589func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 12590 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 12591 return s 12592} 12593 12594// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 12595func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 12596 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 12597 return s 12598} 12599 12600// SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value. 12601func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 12602 s.MediaStoreStorageClass = &v 12603 return s 12604} 12605 12606// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 12607func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 12608 s.NumRetries = &v 12609 return s 12610} 12611 12612// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 12613func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 12614 s.RestartDelay = &v 12615 return s 12616} 12617 12618// Hls Output Settings 12619type HlsOutputSettings struct { 12620 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12621 12622 // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies 12623 // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1. 12624 H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"HlsH265PackagingType"` 12625 12626 // Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for 12627 // audio-only outputs. 12628 // 12629 // HlsSettings is a required field 12630 HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 12631 12632 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format 12633 // Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters. 12634 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"` 12635 12636 // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. 12637 SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` 12638} 12639 12640// String returns the string representation 12641func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string { 12642 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12643} 12644 12645// GoString returns the string representation 12646func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string { 12647 return s.String() 12648} 12649 12650// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12651func (s *HlsOutputSettings) Validate() error { 12652 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsOutputSettings"} 12653 if s.HlsSettings == nil { 12654 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HlsSettings")) 12655 } 12656 if s.NameModifier != nil && len(*s.NameModifier) < 1 { 12657 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NameModifier", 1)) 12658 } 12659 if s.HlsSettings != nil { 12660 if err := s.HlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 12661 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12662 } 12663 } 12664 12665 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12666 return invalidParams 12667 } 12668 return nil 12669} 12670 12671// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value. 12672func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 12673 s.H265PackagingType = &v 12674 return s 12675} 12676 12677// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value. 12678func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings { 12679 s.HlsSettings = v 12680 return s 12681} 12682 12683// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 12684func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 12685 s.NameModifier = &v 12686 return s 12687} 12688 12689// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value. 12690func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 12691 s.SegmentModifier = &v 12692 return s 12693} 12694 12695// Hls Settings 12696type HlsSettings struct { 12697 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12698 12699 // Audio Only Hls Settings 12700 AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"` 12701 12702 // Fmp4 Hls Settings 12703 Fmp4HlsSettings *Fmp4HlsSettings `locationName:"fmp4HlsSettings" type:"structure"` 12704 12705 // Standard Hls Settings 12706 StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"` 12707} 12708 12709// String returns the string representation 12710func (s HlsSettings) String() string { 12711 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12712} 12713 12714// GoString returns the string representation 12715func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string { 12716 return s.String() 12717} 12718 12719// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12720func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error { 12721 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsSettings"} 12722 if s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings != nil { 12723 if err := s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 12724 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12725 } 12726 } 12727 if s.StandardHlsSettings != nil { 12728 if err := s.StandardHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 12729 invalidParams.AddNested("StandardHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12730 } 12731 } 12732 12733 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12734 return invalidParams 12735 } 12736 return nil 12737} 12738 12739// SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value. 12740func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 12741 s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings = v 12742 return s 12743} 12744 12745// SetFmp4HlsSettings sets the Fmp4HlsSettings field's value. 12746func (s *HlsSettings) SetFmp4HlsSettings(v *Fmp4HlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 12747 s.Fmp4HlsSettings = v 12748 return s 12749} 12750 12751// SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value. 12752func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 12753 s.StandardHlsSettings = v 12754 return s 12755} 12756 12757// Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata 12758type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct { 12759 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12760 12761 // Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure 12762 // 12763 // Id3 is a required field 12764 Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string" required:"true"` 12765} 12766 12767// String returns the string representation 12768func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 12769 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12770} 12771 12772// GoString returns the string representation 12773func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 12774 return s.String() 12775} 12776 12777// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12778func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 12779 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings"} 12780 if s.Id3 == nil { 12781 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id3")) 12782 } 12783 12784 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12785 return invalidParams 12786 } 12787 return nil 12788} 12789 12790// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value. 12791func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3(v string) *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings { 12792 s.Id3 = &v 12793 return s 12794} 12795 12796// Hls Webdav Settings 12797type HlsWebdavSettings struct { 12798 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12799 12800 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 12801 // is lost. 12802 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 12803 12804 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 12805 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 12806 12807 // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV. 12808 HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"` 12809 12810 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 12811 // an error state. 12812 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 12813 12814 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 12815 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 12816 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 12817} 12818 12819// String returns the string representation 12820func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string { 12821 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12822} 12823 12824// GoString returns the string representation 12825func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string { 12826 return s.String() 12827} 12828 12829// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 12830func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 12831 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 12832 return s 12833} 12834 12835// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 12836func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 12837 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 12838 return s 12839} 12840 12841// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. 12842func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings { 12843 s.HttpTransferMode = &v 12844 return s 12845} 12846 12847// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 12848func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 12849 s.NumRetries = &v 12850 return s 12851} 12852 12853// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 12854func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 12855 s.RestartDelay = &v 12856 return s 12857} 12858 12859// Settings to configure an action so that it occurs immediately. This is only 12860// supported for input switch actions currently. 12861type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 12862 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12863} 12864 12865// String returns the string representation 12866func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 12867 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12868} 12869 12870// GoString returns the string representation 12871func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 12872 return s.String() 12873} 12874 12875type Input struct { 12876 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12877 12878 // The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable). 12879 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 12880 12881 // A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input 12882 // can only be attached to one channel). 12883 AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` 12884 12885 // A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type). 12886 Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 12887 12888 // The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable). 12889 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 12890 12891 // STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If 12892 // the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel 12893 // is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source 12894 // will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.SINGLE_PIPELINE - 12895 // You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also 12896 // SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this 12897 // value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input. 12898 InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"` 12899 12900 // Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their 12901 // URL's dynamically changesduring input switch actions. Presently, this functionality 12902 // only works with MP4_FILE inputs. 12903 InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"` 12904 12905 // A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input. 12906 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 12907 12908 // The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value). 12909 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 12910 12911 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and 12912 // after creation. 12913 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 12914 12915 // A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input. 12916 SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` 12917 12918 // A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type). 12919 Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 12920 12921 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` 12922 12923 // A collection of key-value pairs. 12924 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 12925 12926 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 12927} 12928 12929// String returns the string representation 12930func (s Input) String() string { 12931 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12932} 12933 12934// GoString returns the string representation 12935func (s Input) GoString() string { 12936 return s.String() 12937} 12938 12939// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 12940func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input { 12941 s.Arn = &v 12942 return s 12943} 12944 12945// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. 12946func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input { 12947 s.AttachedChannels = v 12948 return s 12949} 12950 12951// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 12952func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input { 12953 s.Destinations = v 12954 return s 12955} 12956 12957// SetId sets the Id field's value. 12958func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input { 12959 s.Id = &v 12960 return s 12961} 12962 12963// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value. 12964func (s *Input) SetInputClass(v string) *Input { 12965 s.InputClass = &v 12966 return s 12967} 12968 12969// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value. 12970func (s *Input) SetInputSourceType(v string) *Input { 12971 s.InputSourceType = &v 12972 return s 12973} 12974 12975// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 12976func (s *Input) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *Input { 12977 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 12978 return s 12979} 12980 12981// SetName sets the Name field's value. 12982func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input { 12983 s.Name = &v 12984 return s 12985} 12986 12987// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 12988func (s *Input) SetRoleArn(v string) *Input { 12989 s.RoleArn = &v 12990 return s 12991} 12992 12993// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 12994func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input { 12995 s.SecurityGroups = v 12996 return s 12997} 12998 12999// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 13000func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input { 13001 s.Sources = v 13002 return s 13003} 13004 13005// SetState sets the State field's value. 13006func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input { 13007 s.State = &v 13008 return s 13009} 13010 13011// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13012func (s *Input) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Input { 13013 s.Tags = v 13014 return s 13015} 13016 13017// SetType sets the Type field's value. 13018func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input { 13019 s.Type = &v 13020 return s 13021} 13022 13023type InputAttachment struct { 13024 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13025 13026 // User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants 13027 // to use this input in an input switch action. 13028 InputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentName" type:"string"` 13029 13030 // The ID of the input 13031 InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"` 13032 13033 // Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.) 13034 InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"` 13035} 13036 13037// String returns the string representation 13038func (s InputAttachment) String() string { 13039 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13040} 13041 13042// GoString returns the string representation 13043func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string { 13044 return s.String() 13045} 13046 13047// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13048func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error { 13049 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputAttachment"} 13050 if s.InputSettings != nil { 13051 if err := s.InputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13052 invalidParams.AddNested("InputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13053 } 13054 } 13055 13056 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13057 return invalidParams 13058 } 13059 return nil 13060} 13061 13062// SetInputAttachmentName sets the InputAttachmentName field's value. 13063func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName(v string) *InputAttachment { 13064 s.InputAttachmentName = &v 13065 return s 13066} 13067 13068// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 13069func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment { 13070 s.InputId = &v 13071 return s 13072} 13073 13074// SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value. 13075func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment { 13076 s.InputSettings = v 13077 return s 13078} 13079 13080// Input Channel Level 13081type InputChannelLevel struct { 13082 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13083 13084 // Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range 13085 // from -60 (mute) and 6 dB. 13086 // 13087 // Gain is a required field 13088 Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer" required:"true"` 13089 13090 // The index of the input channel used as a source. 13091 // 13092 // InputChannel is a required field 13093 InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"` 13094} 13095 13096// String returns the string representation 13097func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string { 13098 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13099} 13100 13101// GoString returns the string representation 13102func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string { 13103 return s.String() 13104} 13105 13106// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13107func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error { 13108 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputChannelLevel"} 13109 if s.Gain == nil { 13110 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Gain")) 13111 } 13112 if s.Gain != nil && *s.Gain < -60 { 13113 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Gain", -60)) 13114 } 13115 if s.InputChannel == nil { 13116 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannel")) 13117 } 13118 13119 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13120 return invalidParams 13121 } 13122 return nil 13123} 13124 13125// SetGain sets the Gain field's value. 13126func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { 13127 s.Gain = &v 13128 return s 13129} 13130 13131// SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value. 13132func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { 13133 s.InputChannel = &v 13134 return s 13135} 13136 13137// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 13138// input to ingest only a portion of the file. 13139type InputClippingSettings struct { 13140 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13141 13142 // The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped. 13143 // 13144 // InputTimecodeSource is a required field 13145 InputTimecodeSource *string `locationName:"inputTimecodeSource" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` 13146 13147 // Settings to identify the start of the clip. 13148 StartTimecode *StartTimecode `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"structure"` 13149 13150 // Settings to identify the end of the clip. 13151 StopTimecode *StopTimecode `locationName:"stopTimecode" type:"structure"` 13152} 13153 13154// String returns the string representation 13155func (s InputClippingSettings) String() string { 13156 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13157} 13158 13159// GoString returns the string representation 13160func (s InputClippingSettings) GoString() string { 13161 return s.String() 13162} 13163 13164// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13165func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error { 13166 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputClippingSettings"} 13167 if s.InputTimecodeSource == nil { 13168 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputTimecodeSource")) 13169 } 13170 13171 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13172 return invalidParams 13173 } 13174 return nil 13175} 13176 13177// SetInputTimecodeSource sets the InputTimecodeSource field's value. 13178func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource(v string) *InputClippingSettings { 13179 s.InputTimecodeSource = &v 13180 return s 13181} 13182 13183// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value. 13184func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode(v *StartTimecode) *InputClippingSettings { 13185 s.StartTimecode = v 13186 return s 13187} 13188 13189// SetStopTimecode sets the StopTimecode field's value. 13190func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode(v *StopTimecode) *InputClippingSettings { 13191 s.StopTimecode = v 13192 return s 13193} 13194 13195// The settings for a PUSH type input. 13196type InputDestination struct { 13197 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13198 13199 // The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.It remains fixed for the 13200 // lifetime of the input. 13201 Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"` 13202 13203 // The port number for the input. 13204 Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"` 13205 13206 // This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to. 13207 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 13208 13209 // The properties for a VPC type input destination. 13210 Vpc *InputDestinationVpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"` 13211} 13212 13213// String returns the string representation 13214func (s InputDestination) String() string { 13215 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13216} 13217 13218// GoString returns the string representation 13219func (s InputDestination) GoString() string { 13220 return s.String() 13221} 13222 13223// SetIp sets the Ip field's value. 13224func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination { 13225 s.Ip = &v 13226 return s 13227} 13228 13229// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 13230func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination { 13231 s.Port = &v 13232 return s 13233} 13234 13235// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 13236func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination { 13237 s.Url = &v 13238 return s 13239} 13240 13241// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 13242func (s *InputDestination) SetVpc(v *InputDestinationVpc) *InputDestination { 13243 s.Vpc = v 13244 return s 13245} 13246 13247// Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input. 13248type InputDestinationRequest struct { 13249 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13250 13251 // A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto. 13252 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 13253} 13254 13255// String returns the string representation 13256func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string { 13257 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13258} 13259 13260// GoString returns the string representation 13261func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string { 13262 return s.String() 13263} 13264 13265// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 13266func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest { 13267 s.StreamName = &v 13268 return s 13269} 13270 13271// The properties for a VPC type input destination. 13272type InputDestinationVpc struct { 13273 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13274 13275 // The availability zone of the Input destination. 13276 AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"` 13277 13278 // The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC. 13279 NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"` 13280} 13281 13282// String returns the string representation 13283func (s InputDestinationVpc) String() string { 13284 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13285} 13286 13287// GoString returns the string representation 13288func (s InputDestinationVpc) GoString() string { 13289 return s.String() 13290} 13291 13292// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 13293func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InputDestinationVpc { 13294 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 13295 return s 13296} 13297 13298// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value. 13299func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InputDestinationVpc { 13300 s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v 13301 return s 13302} 13303 13304// Input Location 13305type InputLocation struct { 13306 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13307 13308 // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store 13309 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 13310 13311 // Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible 13312 // to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For 13313 // example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live". 13314 // 13315 // Uri is a required field 13316 Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string" required:"true"` 13317 13318 // Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point. 13319 // This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter 13320 // store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store 13321 // format: "ssm://" 13322 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 13323} 13324 13325// String returns the string representation 13326func (s InputLocation) String() string { 13327 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13328} 13329 13330// GoString returns the string representation 13331func (s InputLocation) GoString() string { 13332 return s.String() 13333} 13334 13335// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13336func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error { 13337 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLocation"} 13338 if s.Uri == nil { 13339 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Uri")) 13340 } 13341 13342 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13343 return invalidParams 13344 } 13345 return nil 13346} 13347 13348// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 13349func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation { 13350 s.PasswordParam = &v 13351 return s 13352} 13353 13354// SetUri sets the Uri field's value. 13355func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation { 13356 s.Uri = &v 13357 return s 13358} 13359 13360// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 13361func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation { 13362 s.Username = &v 13363 return s 13364} 13365 13366// Input Loss Behavior 13367type InputLossBehavior struct { 13368 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13369 13370 // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output 13371 // before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x, 13372 // where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as 13373 // infinite. 13374 BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"` 13375 13376 // When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use. 13377 // Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB. 13378 InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" min:"6" type:"string"` 13379 13380 // When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters 13381 // for accessing the slate. 13382 InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"` 13383 13384 // Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output 13385 // after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec. 13386 InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"` 13387 13388 // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture 13389 // before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 13390 // and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite. 13391 RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"` 13392} 13393 13394// String returns the string representation 13395func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string { 13396 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13397} 13398 13399// GoString returns the string representation 13400func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string { 13401 return s.String() 13402} 13403 13404// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13405func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error { 13406 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLossBehavior"} 13407 if s.InputLossImageColor != nil && len(*s.InputLossImageColor) < 6 { 13408 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputLossImageColor", 6)) 13409 } 13410 if s.InputLossImageSlate != nil { 13411 if err := s.InputLossImageSlate.Validate(); err != nil { 13412 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossImageSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13413 } 13414 } 13415 13416 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13417 return invalidParams 13418 } 13419 return nil 13420} 13421 13422// SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value. 13423func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { 13424 s.BlackFrameMsec = &v 13425 return s 13426} 13427 13428// SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value. 13429func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior { 13430 s.InputLossImageColor = &v 13431 return s 13432} 13433 13434// SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value. 13435func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior { 13436 s.InputLossImageSlate = v 13437 return s 13438} 13439 13440// SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value. 13441func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior { 13442 s.InputLossImageType = &v 13443 return s 13444} 13445 13446// SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value. 13447func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { 13448 s.RepeatFrameMsec = &v 13449 return s 13450} 13451 13452// An Input Security Group 13453type InputSecurityGroup struct { 13454 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13455 13456 // Unique ARN of Input Security Group 13457 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 13458 13459 // The Id of the Input Security Group 13460 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 13461 13462 // The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group. 13463 Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 13464 13465 // The current state of the Input Security Group. 13466 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"` 13467 13468 // A collection of key-value pairs. 13469 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 13470 13471 // Whitelist rules and their sync status 13472 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 13473} 13474 13475// String returns the string representation 13476func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string { 13477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13478} 13479 13480// GoString returns the string representation 13481func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string { 13482 return s.String() 13483} 13484 13485// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 13486func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 13487 s.Arn = &v 13488 return s 13489} 13490 13491// SetId sets the Id field's value. 13492func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 13493 s.Id = &v 13494 return s 13495} 13496 13497// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 13498func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs(v []*string) *InputSecurityGroup { 13499 s.Inputs = v 13500 return s 13501} 13502 13503// SetState sets the State field's value. 13504func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetState(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 13505 s.State = &v 13506 return s 13507} 13508 13509// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13510func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *InputSecurityGroup { 13511 s.Tags = v 13512 return s 13513} 13514 13515// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 13516func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup { 13517 s.WhitelistRules = v 13518 return s 13519} 13520 13521// Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live 13522// Event. 13523type InputSettings struct { 13524 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13525 13526 // Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available. 13527 AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"` 13528 13529 // Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available. 13530 CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"` 13531 13532 // Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering. 13533 DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` 13534 13535 // Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering. 13536 DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` 13537 13538 // Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest). 13539 FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13540 13541 // Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter 13542 // enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input 13543 // type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced 13544 // - filtering will be applied regardless of input type 13545 InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"` 13546 13547 // Input settings. 13548 NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"` 13549 13550 // Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely. 13551 SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"` 13552 13553 // Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have 13554 // multiple available. 13555 VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` 13556} 13557 13558// String returns the string representation 13559func (s InputSettings) String() string { 13560 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13561} 13562 13563// GoString returns the string representation 13564func (s InputSettings) GoString() string { 13565 return s.String() 13566} 13567 13568// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13569func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error { 13570 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSettings"} 13571 if s.FilterStrength != nil && *s.FilterStrength < 1 { 13572 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FilterStrength", 1)) 13573 } 13574 if s.AudioSelectors != nil { 13575 for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors { 13576 if v == nil { 13577 continue 13578 } 13579 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13580 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13581 } 13582 } 13583 } 13584 if s.CaptionSelectors != nil { 13585 for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors { 13586 if v == nil { 13587 continue 13588 } 13589 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 13590 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13591 } 13592 } 13593 } 13594 13595 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13596 return invalidParams 13597 } 13598 return nil 13599} 13600 13601// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. 13602func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings { 13603 s.AudioSelectors = v 13604 return s 13605} 13606 13607// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. 13608func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings { 13609 s.CaptionSelectors = v 13610 return s 13611} 13612 13613// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. 13614func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 13615 s.DeblockFilter = &v 13616 return s 13617} 13618 13619// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. 13620func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 13621 s.DenoiseFilter = &v 13622 return s 13623} 13624 13625// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. 13626func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings { 13627 s.FilterStrength = &v 13628 return s 13629} 13630 13631// SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value. 13632func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 13633 s.InputFilter = &v 13634 return s 13635} 13636 13637// SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value. 13638func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings { 13639 s.NetworkInputSettings = v 13640 return s 13641} 13642 13643// SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value. 13644func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings { 13645 s.SourceEndBehavior = &v 13646 return s 13647} 13648 13649// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. 13650func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings { 13651 s.VideoSelector = v 13652 return s 13653} 13654 13655// The settings for a PULL type input. 13656type InputSource struct { 13657 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13658 13659 // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store. 13660 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 13661 13662 // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. 13663 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 13664 13665 // The username for the input source. 13666 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 13667} 13668 13669// String returns the string representation 13670func (s InputSource) String() string { 13671 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13672} 13673 13674// GoString returns the string representation 13675func (s InputSource) GoString() string { 13676 return s.String() 13677} 13678 13679// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 13680func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource { 13681 s.PasswordParam = &v 13682 return s 13683} 13684 13685// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 13686func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource { 13687 s.Url = &v 13688 return s 13689} 13690 13691// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 13692func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource { 13693 s.Username = &v 13694 return s 13695} 13696 13697// Settings for for a PULL type input. 13698type InputSourceRequest struct { 13699 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13700 13701 // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store. 13702 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 13703 13704 // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. 13705 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 13706 13707 // The username for the input source. 13708 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 13709} 13710 13711// String returns the string representation 13712func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string { 13713 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13714} 13715 13716// GoString returns the string representation 13717func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string { 13718 return s.String() 13719} 13720 13721// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 13722func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 13723 s.PasswordParam = &v 13724 return s 13725} 13726 13727// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 13728func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 13729 s.Url = &v 13730 return s 13731} 13732 13733// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 13734func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 13735 s.Username = &v 13736 return s 13737} 13738 13739type InputSpecification struct { 13740 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13741 13742 // Input codec 13743 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"InputCodec"` 13744 13745 // Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely 13746 MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"InputMaximumBitrate"` 13747 13748 // Input resolution, categorized coarsely 13749 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"InputResolution"` 13750} 13751 13752// String returns the string representation 13753func (s InputSpecification) String() string { 13754 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13755} 13756 13757// GoString returns the string representation 13758func (s InputSpecification) GoString() string { 13759 return s.String() 13760} 13761 13762// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 13763func (s *InputSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *InputSpecification { 13764 s.Codec = &v 13765 return s 13766} 13767 13768// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 13769func (s *InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *InputSpecification { 13770 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 13771 return s 13772} 13773 13774// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 13775func (s *InputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *InputSpecification { 13776 s.Resolution = &v 13777 return s 13778} 13779 13780// Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input 13781// to ingesting another input. 13782type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct { 13783 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13784 13785 // The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to. 13786 // The name is specified in the channel configuration. 13787 // 13788 // InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field 13789 InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"` 13790 13791 // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 13792 // input to ingest only a portion of the file. 13793 InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"` 13794 13795 // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for 13796 // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an 13797 // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect 13798 // the input to a different content source. 13799 UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"` 13800} 13801 13802// String returns the string representation 13803func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 13804 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13805} 13806 13807// GoString returns the string representation 13808func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 13809 return s.String() 13810} 13811 13812// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13813func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 13814 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings"} 13815 if s.InputAttachmentNameReference == nil { 13816 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputAttachmentNameReference")) 13817 } 13818 if s.InputClippingSettings != nil { 13819 if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13820 invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13821 } 13822 } 13823 13824 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13825 return invalidParams 13826 } 13827 return nil 13828} 13829 13830// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value. 13831func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 13832 s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v 13833 return s 13834} 13835 13836// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value. 13837func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 13838 s.InputClippingSettings = v 13839 return s 13840} 13841 13842// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value. 13843func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 13844 s.UrlPath = v 13845 return s 13846} 13847 13848// Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input 13849// destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet 13850// addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not 13851// compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property. 13852type InputVpcRequest struct { 13853 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13854 13855 // A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network 13856 // interfaces.Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default 13857 // security group will be used. 13858 SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"` 13859 13860 // A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.Subnet IDs must be mapped to 13861 // two unique availability zones (AZ). 13862 // 13863 // SubnetIds is a required field 13864 SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"` 13865} 13866 13867// String returns the string representation 13868func (s InputVpcRequest) String() string { 13869 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13870} 13871 13872// GoString returns the string representation 13873func (s InputVpcRequest) GoString() string { 13874 return s.String() 13875} 13876 13877// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13878func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error { 13879 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputVpcRequest"} 13880 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 13881 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 13882 } 13883 13884 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13885 return invalidParams 13886 } 13887 return nil 13888} 13889 13890// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. 13891func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest { 13892 s.SecurityGroupIds = v 13893 return s 13894} 13895 13896// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 13897func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest { 13898 s.SubnetIds = v 13899 return s 13900} 13901 13902// Whitelist rule 13903type InputWhitelistRule struct { 13904 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13905 13906 // The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted. 13907 Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` 13908} 13909 13910// String returns the string representation 13911func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string { 13912 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13913} 13914 13915// GoString returns the string representation 13916func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string { 13917 return s.String() 13918} 13919 13920// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. 13921func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule { 13922 s.Cidr = &v 13923 return s 13924} 13925 13926// An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. 13927type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct { 13928 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13929 13930 // The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. 13931 Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` 13932} 13933 13934// String returns the string representation 13935func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string { 13936 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13937} 13938 13939// GoString returns the string representation 13940func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string { 13941 return s.String() 13942} 13943 13944// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. 13945func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr { 13946 s.Cidr = &v 13947 return s 13948} 13949 13950// Key Provider Settings 13951type KeyProviderSettings struct { 13952 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13953 13954 // Static Key Settings 13955 StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"` 13956} 13957 13958// String returns the string representation 13959func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string { 13960 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13961} 13962 13963// GoString returns the string representation 13964func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string { 13965 return s.String() 13966} 13967 13968// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13969func (s *KeyProviderSettings) Validate() error { 13970 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "KeyProviderSettings"} 13971 if s.StaticKeySettings != nil { 13972 if err := s.StaticKeySettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13973 invalidParams.AddNested("StaticKeySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13974 } 13975 } 13976 13977 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13978 return invalidParams 13979 } 13980 return nil 13981} 13982 13983// SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value. 13984func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings { 13985 s.StaticKeySettings = v 13986 return s 13987} 13988 13989type ListChannelsInput struct { 13990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13991 13992 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13993 13994 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 13995} 13996 13997// String returns the string representation 13998func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string { 13999 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14000} 14001 14002// GoString returns the string representation 14003func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string { 14004 return s.String() 14005} 14006 14007// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14008func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error { 14009 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"} 14010 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14011 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14012 } 14013 14014 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14015 return invalidParams 14016 } 14017 return nil 14018} 14019 14020// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14021func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput { 14022 s.MaxResults = &v 14023 return s 14024} 14025 14026// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14027func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput { 14028 s.NextToken = &v 14029 return s 14030} 14031 14032type ListChannelsOutput struct { 14033 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14034 14035 Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"` 14036 14037 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14038} 14039 14040// String returns the string representation 14041func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string { 14042 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14043} 14044 14045// GoString returns the string representation 14046func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string { 14047 return s.String() 14048} 14049 14050// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. 14051func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput { 14052 s.Channels = v 14053 return s 14054} 14055 14056// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14057func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput { 14058 s.NextToken = &v 14059 return s 14060} 14061 14062type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct { 14063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14064 14065 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14066 14067 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14068} 14069 14070// String returns the string representation 14071func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { 14072 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14073} 14074 14075// GoString returns the string representation 14076func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { 14077 return s.String() 14078} 14079 14080// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14081func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { 14082 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputSecurityGroupsInput"} 14083 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14084 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14085 } 14086 14087 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14088 return invalidParams 14089 } 14090 return nil 14091} 14092 14093// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14094func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { 14095 s.MaxResults = &v 14096 return s 14097} 14098 14099// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14100func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { 14101 s.NextToken = &v 14102 return s 14103} 14104 14105type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct { 14106 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14107 14108 InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 14109 14110 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14111} 14112 14113// String returns the string representation 14114func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { 14115 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14116} 14117 14118// GoString returns the string representation 14119func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 14120 return s.String() 14121} 14122 14123// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 14124func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { 14125 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 14126 return s 14127} 14128 14129// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14130func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { 14131 s.NextToken = &v 14132 return s 14133} 14134 14135type ListInputsInput struct { 14136 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14137 14138 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14139 14140 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14141} 14142 14143// String returns the string representation 14144func (s ListInputsInput) String() string { 14145 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14146} 14147 14148// GoString returns the string representation 14149func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string { 14150 return s.String() 14151} 14152 14153// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14154func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error { 14155 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputsInput"} 14156 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14157 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14158 } 14159 14160 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14161 return invalidParams 14162 } 14163 return nil 14164} 14165 14166// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14167func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput { 14168 s.MaxResults = &v 14169 return s 14170} 14171 14172// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14173func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput { 14174 s.NextToken = &v 14175 return s 14176} 14177 14178type ListInputsOutput struct { 14179 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14180 14181 Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 14182 14183 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14184} 14185 14186// String returns the string representation 14187func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string { 14188 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14189} 14190 14191// GoString returns the string representation 14192func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string { 14193 return s.String() 14194} 14195 14196// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 14197func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput { 14198 s.Inputs = v 14199 return s 14200} 14201 14202// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14203func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput { 14204 s.NextToken = &v 14205 return s 14206} 14207 14208type ListMultiplexProgramsInput struct { 14209 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14210 14211 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14212 14213 // MultiplexId is a required field 14214 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 14215 14216 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14217} 14218 14219// String returns the string representation 14220func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) String() string { 14221 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14222} 14223 14224// GoString returns the string representation 14225func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) GoString() string { 14226 return s.String() 14227} 14228 14229// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14230func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) Validate() error { 14231 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexProgramsInput"} 14232 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14233 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14234 } 14235 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 14236 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 14237 } 14238 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 14239 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 14240 } 14241 14242 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14243 return invalidParams 14244 } 14245 return nil 14246} 14247 14248// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14249func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 14250 s.MaxResults = &v 14251 return s 14252} 14253 14254// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 14255func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 14256 s.MultiplexId = &v 14257 return s 14258} 14259 14260// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14261func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 14262 s.NextToken = &v 14263 return s 14264} 14265 14266type ListMultiplexProgramsOutput struct { 14267 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14268 14269 MultiplexPrograms []*MultiplexProgramSummary `locationName:"multiplexPrograms" type:"list"` 14270 14271 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14272} 14273 14274// String returns the string representation 14275func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) String() string { 14276 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14277} 14278 14279// GoString returns the string representation 14280func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) GoString() string { 14281 return s.String() 14282} 14283 14284// SetMultiplexPrograms sets the MultiplexPrograms field's value. 14285func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetMultiplexPrograms(v []*MultiplexProgramSummary) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput { 14286 s.MultiplexPrograms = v 14287 return s 14288} 14289 14290// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14291func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput { 14292 s.NextToken = &v 14293 return s 14294} 14295 14296type ListMultiplexesInput struct { 14297 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14298 14299 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14300 14301 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14302} 14303 14304// String returns the string representation 14305func (s ListMultiplexesInput) String() string { 14306 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14307} 14308 14309// GoString returns the string representation 14310func (s ListMultiplexesInput) GoString() string { 14311 return s.String() 14312} 14313 14314// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14315func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) Validate() error { 14316 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexesInput"} 14317 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14318 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14319 } 14320 14321 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14322 return invalidParams 14323 } 14324 return nil 14325} 14326 14327// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14328func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexesInput { 14329 s.MaxResults = &v 14330 return s 14331} 14332 14333// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14334func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesInput { 14335 s.NextToken = &v 14336 return s 14337} 14338 14339type ListMultiplexesOutput struct { 14340 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14341 14342 Multiplexes []*MultiplexSummary `locationName:"multiplexes" type:"list"` 14343 14344 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14345} 14346 14347// String returns the string representation 14348func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) String() string { 14349 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14350} 14351 14352// GoString returns the string representation 14353func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) GoString() string { 14354 return s.String() 14355} 14356 14357// SetMultiplexes sets the Multiplexes field's value. 14358func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetMultiplexes(v []*MultiplexSummary) *ListMultiplexesOutput { 14359 s.Multiplexes = v 14360 return s 14361} 14362 14363// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14364func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesOutput { 14365 s.NextToken = &v 14366 return s 14367} 14368 14369type ListOfferingsInput struct { 14370 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14371 14372 ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"` 14373 14374 ChannelConfiguration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelConfiguration" type:"string"` 14375 14376 Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"` 14377 14378 Duration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"duration" type:"string"` 14379 14380 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14381 14382 MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"` 14383 14384 MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"` 14385 14386 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14387 14388 Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"` 14389 14390 ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"` 14391 14392 SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"` 14393 14394 VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"` 14395} 14396 14397// String returns the string representation 14398func (s ListOfferingsInput) String() string { 14399 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14400} 14401 14402// GoString returns the string representation 14403func (s ListOfferingsInput) GoString() string { 14404 return s.String() 14405} 14406 14407// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14408func (s *ListOfferingsInput) Validate() error { 14409 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOfferingsInput"} 14410 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14411 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14412 } 14413 14414 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14415 return invalidParams 14416 } 14417 return nil 14418} 14419 14420// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 14421func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14422 s.ChannelClass = &v 14423 return s 14424} 14425 14426// SetChannelConfiguration sets the ChannelConfiguration field's value. 14427func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14428 s.ChannelConfiguration = &v 14429 return s 14430} 14431 14432// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 14433func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14434 s.Codec = &v 14435 return s 14436} 14437 14438// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 14439func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14440 s.Duration = &v 14441 return s 14442} 14443 14444// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14445func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOfferingsInput { 14446 s.MaxResults = &v 14447 return s 14448} 14449 14450// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 14451func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14452 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 14453 return s 14454} 14455 14456// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 14457func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14458 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 14459 return s 14460} 14461 14462// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14463func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14464 s.NextToken = &v 14465 return s 14466} 14467 14468// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 14469func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14470 s.Resolution = &v 14471 return s 14472} 14473 14474// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 14475func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14476 s.ResourceType = &v 14477 return s 14478} 14479 14480// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 14481func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14482 s.SpecialFeature = &v 14483 return s 14484} 14485 14486// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 14487func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 14488 s.VideoQuality = &v 14489 return s 14490} 14491 14492type ListOfferingsOutput struct { 14493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14494 14495 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14496 14497 Offerings []*Offering `locationName:"offerings" type:"list"` 14498} 14499 14500// String returns the string representation 14501func (s ListOfferingsOutput) String() string { 14502 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14503} 14504 14505// GoString returns the string representation 14506func (s ListOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { 14507 return s.String() 14508} 14509 14510// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14511func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsOutput { 14512 s.NextToken = &v 14513 return s 14514} 14515 14516// SetOfferings sets the Offerings field's value. 14517func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings(v []*Offering) *ListOfferingsOutput { 14518 s.Offerings = v 14519 return s 14520} 14521 14522type ListReservationsInput struct { 14523 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14524 14525 ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"` 14526 14527 Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"` 14528 14529 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14530 14531 MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"` 14532 14533 MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"` 14534 14535 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14536 14537 Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"` 14538 14539 ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"` 14540 14541 SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"` 14542 14543 VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"` 14544} 14545 14546// String returns the string representation 14547func (s ListReservationsInput) String() string { 14548 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14549} 14550 14551// GoString returns the string representation 14552func (s ListReservationsInput) GoString() string { 14553 return s.String() 14554} 14555 14556// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14557func (s *ListReservationsInput) Validate() error { 14558 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReservationsInput"} 14559 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 14560 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 14561 } 14562 14563 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14564 return invalidParams 14565 } 14566 return nil 14567} 14568 14569// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 14570func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14571 s.ChannelClass = &v 14572 return s 14573} 14574 14575// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 14576func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14577 s.Codec = &v 14578 return s 14579} 14580 14581// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 14582func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReservationsInput { 14583 s.MaxResults = &v 14584 return s 14585} 14586 14587// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 14588func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14589 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 14590 return s 14591} 14592 14593// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 14594func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14595 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 14596 return s 14597} 14598 14599// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14600func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14601 s.NextToken = &v 14602 return s 14603} 14604 14605// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 14606func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14607 s.Resolution = &v 14608 return s 14609} 14610 14611// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 14612func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14613 s.ResourceType = &v 14614 return s 14615} 14616 14617// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 14618func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14619 s.SpecialFeature = &v 14620 return s 14621} 14622 14623// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 14624func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 14625 s.VideoQuality = &v 14626 return s 14627} 14628 14629type ListReservationsOutput struct { 14630 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14631 14632 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 14633 14634 Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservations" type:"list"` 14635} 14636 14637// String returns the string representation 14638func (s ListReservationsOutput) String() string { 14639 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14640} 14641 14642// GoString returns the string representation 14643func (s ListReservationsOutput) GoString() string { 14644 return s.String() 14645} 14646 14647// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 14648func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsOutput { 14649 s.NextToken = &v 14650 return s 14651} 14652 14653// SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value. 14654func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *ListReservationsOutput { 14655 s.Reservations = v 14656 return s 14657} 14658 14659type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 14660 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14661 14662 // ResourceArn is a required field 14663 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 14664} 14665 14666// String returns the string representation 14667func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 14668 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14669} 14670 14671// GoString returns the string representation 14672func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 14673 return s.String() 14674} 14675 14676// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14677func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 14678 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 14679 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 14680 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 14681 } 14682 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 14683 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 14684 } 14685 14686 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14687 return invalidParams 14688 } 14689 return nil 14690} 14691 14692// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 14693func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 14694 s.ResourceArn = &v 14695 return s 14696} 14697 14698type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 14699 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14700 14701 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 14702} 14703 14704// String returns the string representation 14705func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 14706 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14707} 14708 14709// GoString returns the string representation 14710func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 14711 return s.String() 14712} 14713 14714// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 14715func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 14716 s.Tags = v 14717 return s 14718} 14719 14720// M2ts Settings 14721type M2tsSettings struct { 14722 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14723 14724 // When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if 14725 // the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the 14726 // output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration. 14727 // If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded 14728 // silence when not connected to an active input stream. 14729 AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"` 14730 14731 // When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor. 14732 Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"` 14733 14734 // Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be 14735 // entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 14736 // (or 0x1ff6). 14737 AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"` 14738 14739 // If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from 14740 // unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured 14741 // pid number. 14742 AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"` 14743 14744 // When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set 14745 // to atsc, the ATSC model is used. 14746 AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"` 14747 14748 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 14749 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 14750 14751 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 14752 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 14753 // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each 14754 // PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14755 AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` 14756 14757 // When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87 14758 // for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06. 14759 AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"` 14760 14761 // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to 14762 // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. 14763 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 14764 14765 // If set to multiplex, use multiplex buffer model for accurate interleaving. 14766 // Setting to bufferModel to none can lead to lower latency, but low-memory 14767 // devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. 14768 BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"` 14769 14770 // When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT. 14771 CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"` 14772 14773 // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 14774 // interval. 14775 DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` 14776 14777 // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition 14778 // interval. 14779 DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` 14780 14781 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. 14782 // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma 14783 // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified 14784 // must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14785 DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"` 14786 14787 // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. 14788 DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` 14789 14790 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. 14791 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 14792 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14793 DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"` 14794 14795 // If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this 14796 // output. 14797 Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"` 14798 14799 // When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added 14800 // to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will 14801 // be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. 14802 // Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions 14803 // 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval. 14804 EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"` 14805 14806 // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified 14807 // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP 14808 // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is 14809 // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead 14810 // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured 14811 // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. 14812 EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"` 14813 14814 // Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP 14815 // markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid, 14816 // EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID. 14817 EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"` 14818 14819 // This field is unused and deprecated. 14820 EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` 14821 14822 // Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header. 14823 EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"` 14824 14825 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output. 14826 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 14827 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14828 EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"` 14829 14830 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output. 14831 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 14832 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14833 EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"` 14834 14835 // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. 14836 FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` 14837 14838 // If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this 14839 // output. 14840 Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"` 14841 14842 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple 14843 // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. 14844 // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must 14845 // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14846 KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"` 14847 14848 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 14849 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 14850 // the output. 14851 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3Behavior"` 14852 14853 // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport 14854 // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic 14855 // null packets. 14856 NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` 14857 14858 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 14859 // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. 14860 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 14861 14862 // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 14863 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 14864 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 14865 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"` 14866 14867 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted 14868 // into the transport stream. 14869 PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` 14870 14871 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 14872 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 14873 // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values 14874 // are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14875 PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` 14876 14877 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 14878 // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. 14879 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 14880 14881 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 14882 // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 14883 // 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14884 PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` 14885 14886 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 14887 ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` 14888 14889 // When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified 14890 // bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set. 14891 RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"` 14892 14893 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple 14894 // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. 14895 // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must 14896 // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14897 Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"` 14898 14899 // Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output. 14900 Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"` 14901 14902 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can 14903 // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 14904 // (or 0x1ff6). 14905 Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` 14906 14907 // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart 14908 // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets 14909 // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart 14910 // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary 14911 // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification 14912 // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to 14913 // the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. 14914 SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"` 14915 14916 // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted 14917 // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may 14918 // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When 14919 // a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated 14920 // due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent 14921 // segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation 14922 // style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to 14923 // an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent 14924 // segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that 14925 // will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead 14926 // is a slight exception to this rule. 14927 SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"` 14928 14929 // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to 14930 // None_. 14931 SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` 14932 14933 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input 14934 // to output. 14935 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"` 14936 14937 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 14938 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 14939 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14940 TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` 14941 14942 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 14943 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 14944 14945 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 14946 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 14947 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 14948 VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` 14949} 14950 14951// String returns the string representation 14952func (s M2tsSettings) String() string { 14953 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14954} 14955 14956// GoString returns the string representation 14957func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string { 14958 return s.String() 14959} 14960 14961// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14962func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error { 14963 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsSettings"} 14964 if s.DvbNitSettings != nil { 14965 if err := s.DvbNitSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 14966 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbNitSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14967 } 14968 } 14969 if s.DvbSdtSettings != nil { 14970 if err := s.DvbSdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 14971 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14972 } 14973 } 14974 if s.DvbTdtSettings != nil { 14975 if err := s.DvbTdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 14976 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbTdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 14977 } 14978 } 14979 14980 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14981 return invalidParams 14982 } 14983 return nil 14984} 14985 14986// SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value. 14987func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 14988 s.AbsentInputAudioBehavior = &v 14989 return s 14990} 14991 14992// SetArib sets the Arib field's value. 14993func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings { 14994 s.Arib = &v 14995 return s 14996} 14997 14998// SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value. 14999func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15000 s.AribCaptionsPid = &v 15001 return s 15002} 15003 15004// SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value. 15005func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15006 s.AribCaptionsPidControl = &v 15007 return s 15008} 15009 15010// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value. 15011func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15012 s.AudioBufferModel = &v 15013 return s 15014} 15015 15016// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 15017func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15018 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 15019 return s 15020} 15021 15022// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 15023func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15024 s.AudioPids = &v 15025 return s 15026} 15027 15028// SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value. 15029func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15030 s.AudioStreamType = &v 15031 return s 15032} 15033 15034// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 15035func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15036 s.Bitrate = &v 15037 return s 15038} 15039 15040// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value. 15041func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15042 s.BufferModel = &v 15043 return s 15044} 15045 15046// SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value. 15047func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15048 s.CcDescriptor = &v 15049 return s 15050} 15051 15052// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value. 15053func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings { 15054 s.DvbNitSettings = v 15055 return s 15056} 15057 15058// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value. 15059func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 15060 s.DvbSdtSettings = v 15061 return s 15062} 15063 15064// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 15065func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15066 s.DvbSubPids = &v 15067 return s 15068} 15069 15070// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value. 15071func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 15072 s.DvbTdtSettings = v 15073 return s 15074} 15075 15076// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 15077func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15078 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 15079 return s 15080} 15081 15082// SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value. 15083func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15084 s.Ebif = &v 15085 return s 15086} 15087 15088// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value. 15089func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15090 s.EbpAudioInterval = &v 15091 return s 15092} 15093 15094// SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value. 15095func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15096 s.EbpLookaheadMs = &v 15097 return s 15098} 15099 15100// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value. 15101func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15102 s.EbpPlacement = &v 15103 return s 15104} 15105 15106// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. 15107func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15108 s.EcmPid = &v 15109 return s 15110} 15111 15112// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value. 15113func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15114 s.EsRateInPes = &v 15115 return s 15116} 15117 15118// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. 15119func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15120 s.EtvPlatformPid = &v 15121 return s 15122} 15123 15124// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. 15125func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15126 s.EtvSignalPid = &v 15127 return s 15128} 15129 15130// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value. 15131func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 15132 s.FragmentTime = &v 15133 return s 15134} 15135 15136// SetKlv sets the Klv field's value. 15137func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15138 s.Klv = &v 15139 return s 15140} 15141 15142// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. 15143func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15144 s.KlvDataPids = &v 15145 return s 15146} 15147 15148// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 15149func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15150 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 15151 return s 15152} 15153 15154// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value. 15155func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 15156 s.NullPacketBitrate = &v 15157 return s 15158} 15159 15160// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 15161func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15162 s.PatInterval = &v 15163 return s 15164} 15165 15166// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 15167func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15168 s.PcrControl = &v 15169 return s 15170} 15171 15172// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. 15173func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15174 s.PcrPeriod = &v 15175 return s 15176} 15177 15178// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 15179func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15180 s.PcrPid = &v 15181 return s 15182} 15183 15184// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 15185func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15186 s.PmtInterval = &v 15187 return s 15188} 15189 15190// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 15191func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15192 s.PmtPid = &v 15193 return s 15194} 15195 15196// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. 15197func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15198 s.ProgramNum = &v 15199 return s 15200} 15201 15202// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value. 15203func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15204 s.RateMode = &v 15205 return s 15206} 15207 15208// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. 15209func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15210 s.Scte27Pids = &v 15211 return s 15212} 15213 15214// SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value. 15215func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15216 s.Scte35Control = &v 15217 return s 15218} 15219 15220// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 15221func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15222 s.Scte35Pid = &v 15223 return s 15224} 15225 15226// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value. 15227func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15228 s.SegmentationMarkers = &v 15229 return s 15230} 15231 15232// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value. 15233func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15234 s.SegmentationStyle = &v 15235 return s 15236} 15237 15238// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value. 15239func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 15240 s.SegmentationTime = &v 15241 return s 15242} 15243 15244// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 15245func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15246 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 15247 return s 15248} 15249 15250// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 15251func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15252 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 15253 return s 15254} 15255 15256// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 15257func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 15258 s.TransportStreamId = &v 15259 return s 15260} 15261 15262// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 15263func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 15264 s.VideoPid = &v 15265 return s 15266} 15267 15268// Settings information for the .m3u8 container 15269type M3u8Settings struct { 15270 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15271 15272 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 15273 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 15274 15275 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 15276 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 15277 // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. 15278 AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` 15279 15280 // This parameter is unused and deprecated. 15281 EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` 15282 15283 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 15284 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 15285 // the output. 15286 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3Behavior"` 15287 15288 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 15289 // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. 15290 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 15291 15292 // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 15293 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 15294 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 15295 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"` 15296 15297 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted 15298 // into the transport stream. 15299 PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` 15300 15301 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 15302 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 15303 // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 15304 PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` 15305 15306 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 15307 // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. 15308 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 15309 15310 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 15311 // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 15312 PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` 15313 15314 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 15315 ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` 15316 15317 // If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to 15318 // this output. 15319 Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"` 15320 15321 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can 15322 // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 15323 Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` 15324 15325 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output. 15326 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"` 15327 15328 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 15329 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 15330 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 15331 TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` 15332 15333 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 15334 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 15335 15336 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 15337 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 15338 VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` 15339} 15340 15341// String returns the string representation 15342func (s M3u8Settings) String() string { 15343 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15344} 15345 15346// GoString returns the string representation 15347func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string { 15348 return s.String() 15349} 15350 15351// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 15352func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 15353 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 15354 return s 15355} 15356 15357// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 15358func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15359 s.AudioPids = &v 15360 return s 15361} 15362 15363// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. 15364func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15365 s.EcmPid = &v 15366 return s 15367} 15368 15369// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 15370func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15371 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 15372 return s 15373} 15374 15375// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 15376func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 15377 s.PatInterval = &v 15378 return s 15379} 15380 15381// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 15382func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15383 s.PcrControl = &v 15384 return s 15385} 15386 15387// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. 15388func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 15389 s.PcrPeriod = &v 15390 return s 15391} 15392 15393// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 15394func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15395 s.PcrPid = &v 15396 return s 15397} 15398 15399// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 15400func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 15401 s.PmtInterval = &v 15402 return s 15403} 15404 15405// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 15406func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15407 s.PmtPid = &v 15408 return s 15409} 15410 15411// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. 15412func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 15413 s.ProgramNum = &v 15414 return s 15415} 15416 15417// SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value. 15418func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15419 s.Scte35Behavior = &v 15420 return s 15421} 15422 15423// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 15424func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15425 s.Scte35Pid = &v 15426 return s 15427} 15428 15429// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 15430func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15431 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 15432 return s 15433} 15434 15435// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 15436func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15437 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 15438 return s 15439} 15440 15441// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 15442func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 15443 s.TransportStreamId = &v 15444 return s 15445} 15446 15447// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 15448func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 15449 s.VideoPid = &v 15450 return s 15451} 15452 15453// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow. 15454type MediaConnectFlow struct { 15455 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15456 15457 // The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source. 15458 FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` 15459} 15460 15461// String returns the string representation 15462func (s MediaConnectFlow) String() string { 15463 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15464} 15465 15466// GoString returns the string representation 15467func (s MediaConnectFlow) GoString() string { 15468 return s.String() 15469} 15470 15471// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. 15472func (s *MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlow { 15473 s.FlowArn = &v 15474 return s 15475} 15476 15477// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow. 15478type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct { 15479 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15480 15481 // The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source. 15482 FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` 15483} 15484 15485// String returns the string representation 15486func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) String() string { 15487 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15488} 15489 15490// GoString returns the string representation 15491func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString() string { 15492 return s.String() 15493} 15494 15495// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. 15496func (s *MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlowRequest { 15497 s.FlowArn = &v 15498 return s 15499} 15500 15501// Media Package Group Settings 15502type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct { 15503 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15504 15505 // MediaPackage channel destination. 15506 // 15507 // Destination is a required field 15508 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 15509} 15510 15511// String returns the string representation 15512func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) String() string { 15513 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15514} 15515 15516// GoString returns the string representation 15517func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString() string { 15518 return s.String() 15519} 15520 15521// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15522func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error { 15523 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageGroupSettings"} 15524 if s.Destination == nil { 15525 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 15526 } 15527 15528 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15529 return invalidParams 15530 } 15531 return nil 15532} 15533 15534// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 15535func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MediaPackageGroupSettings { 15536 s.Destination = v 15537 return s 15538} 15539 15540// MediaPackage Output Destination Settings 15541type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct { 15542 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15543 15544 // ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output 15545 // group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage; 15546 // MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the 15547 // two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must 15548 // be in the same region. 15549 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" min:"1" type:"string"` 15550} 15551 15552// String returns the string representation 15553func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 15554 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15555} 15556 15557// GoString returns the string representation 15558func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 15559 return s.String() 15560} 15561 15562// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15563func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 15564 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings"} 15565 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 15566 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 15567 } 15568 15569 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15570 return invalidParams 15571 } 15572 return nil 15573} 15574 15575// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 15576func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId(v string) *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings { 15577 s.ChannelId = &v 15578 return s 15579} 15580 15581// Media Package Output Settings 15582type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct { 15583 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15584} 15585 15586// String returns the string representation 15587func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) String() string { 15588 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15589} 15590 15591// GoString returns the string representation 15592func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString() string { 15593 return s.String() 15594} 15595 15596// Mp2 Settings 15597type Mp2Settings struct { 15598 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15599 15600 // Average bitrate in bits/second. 15601 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 15602 15603 // The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or 15604 // codingMode20 (for stereo). 15605 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"` 15606 15607 // Sample rate in Hz. 15608 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 15609} 15610 15611// String returns the string representation 15612func (s Mp2Settings) String() string { 15613 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15614} 15615 15616// GoString returns the string representation 15617func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string { 15618 return s.String() 15619} 15620 15621// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 15622func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { 15623 s.Bitrate = &v 15624 return s 15625} 15626 15627// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 15628func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings { 15629 s.CodingMode = &v 15630 return s 15631} 15632 15633// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 15634func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { 15635 s.SampleRate = &v 15636 return s 15637} 15638 15639// Ms Smooth Group Settings 15640type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { 15641 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15642 15643 // The value of the "Acquisition Point Identity" element used in each message 15644 // placed in the sparse track. Only enabled if sparseTrackType is not "none". 15645 AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"` 15646 15647 // If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute 15648 // time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes 15649 // to the audio elementary stream. 15650 AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"` 15651 15652 // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted 15653 // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed 15654 // certificates to fail. 15655 CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"` 15656 15657 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if 15658 // the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache 15659 // will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established. 15660 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 15661 15662 // Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a 15663 // "Push" encoder to IIS. 15664 // 15665 // Destination is a required field 15666 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 15667 15668 // MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified 15669 // if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured. 15670 EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"` 15671 15672 // Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event 15673 // ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing 15674 // point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured" 15675 // - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an 15676 // event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event 15677 // ID to the IIS server. 15678 EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"` 15679 15680 // When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event 15681 EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"` 15682 15683 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 15684 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 15685 15686 // Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be 15687 // compatible with GOP size and framerate. 15688 FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15689 15690 // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. 15691 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"` 15692 15693 // Number of retry attempts. 15694 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 15695 15696 // Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due 15697 // to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration. 15698 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 15699 15700 // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is 15701 // always used. 15702 SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"` 15703 15704 // Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline. 15705 SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"` 15706 15707 // If set to scte35, use incoming SCTE-35 messages to generate a sparse track 15708 // in this group of MS-Smooth outputs. 15709 SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"` 15710 15711 // When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start 15712 // until all streams start. 15713 StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"` 15714 15715 // Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to 15716 // useConfiguredOffset. 15717 TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` 15718 15719 // Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the 15720 // event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured 15721 // date as the offset 15722 TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"` 15723} 15724 15725// String returns the string representation 15726func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string { 15727 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15728} 15729 15730// GoString returns the string representation 15731func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string { 15732 return s.String() 15733} 15734 15735// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15736func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error { 15737 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothGroupSettings"} 15738 if s.Destination == nil { 15739 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 15740 } 15741 if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 { 15742 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1)) 15743 } 15744 15745 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15746 return invalidParams 15747 } 15748 return nil 15749} 15750 15751// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value. 15752func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15753 s.AcquisitionPointId = &v 15754 return s 15755} 15756 15757// SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value. 15758func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15759 s.AudioOnlyTimecodeControl = &v 15760 return s 15761} 15762 15763// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. 15764func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15765 s.CertificateMode = &v 15766 return s 15767} 15768 15769// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 15770func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15771 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 15772 return s 15773} 15774 15775// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 15776func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15777 s.Destination = v 15778 return s 15779} 15780 15781// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value. 15782func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15783 s.EventId = &v 15784 return s 15785} 15786 15787// SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value. 15788func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15789 s.EventIdMode = &v 15790 return s 15791} 15792 15793// SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value. 15794func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15795 s.EventStopBehavior = &v 15796 return s 15797} 15798 15799// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 15800func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15801 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 15802 return s 15803} 15804 15805// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. 15806func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15807 s.FragmentLength = &v 15808 return s 15809} 15810 15811// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 15812func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15813 s.InputLossAction = &v 15814 return s 15815} 15816 15817// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 15818func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15819 s.NumRetries = &v 15820 return s 15821} 15822 15823// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 15824func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15825 s.RestartDelay = &v 15826 return s 15827} 15828 15829// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. 15830func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15831 s.SegmentationMode = &v 15832 return s 15833} 15834 15835// SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value. 15836func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15837 s.SendDelayMs = &v 15838 return s 15839} 15840 15841// SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value. 15842func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15843 s.SparseTrackType = &v 15844 return s 15845} 15846 15847// SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value. 15848func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15849 s.StreamManifestBehavior = &v 15850 return s 15851} 15852 15853// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value. 15854func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15855 s.TimestampOffset = &v 15856 return s 15857} 15858 15859// SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value. 15860func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 15861 s.TimestampOffsetMode = &v 15862 return s 15863} 15864 15865// Ms Smooth Output Settings 15866type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct { 15867 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15868 15869 // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies 15870 // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1. 15871 H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothH265PackagingType"` 15872 15873 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for 15874 // multiple outputs of the same type. 15875 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 15876} 15877 15878// String returns the string representation 15879func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string { 15880 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15881} 15882 15883// GoString returns the string representation 15884func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string { 15885 return s.String() 15886} 15887 15888// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value. 15889func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { 15890 s.H265PackagingType = &v 15891 return s 15892} 15893 15894// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 15895func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { 15896 s.NameModifier = &v 15897 return s 15898} 15899 15900// The multiplex object. 15901type Multiplex struct { 15902 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15903 15904 // The unique arn of the multiplex. 15905 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 15906 15907 // A list of availability zones for the multiplex. 15908 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 15909 15910 // A list of the multiplex output destinations. 15911 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 15912 15913 // The unique id of the multiplex. 15914 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 15915 15916 // Configuration for a multiplex event. 15917 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 15918 15919 // The name of the multiplex. 15920 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 15921 15922 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 15923 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 15924 15925 // The number of programs in the multiplex. 15926 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 15927 15928 // The current state of the multiplex. 15929 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 15930 15931 // A collection of key-value pairs. 15932 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 15933} 15934 15935// String returns the string representation 15936func (s Multiplex) String() string { 15937 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15938} 15939 15940// GoString returns the string representation 15941func (s Multiplex) GoString() string { 15942 return s.String() 15943} 15944 15945// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 15946func (s *Multiplex) SetArn(v string) *Multiplex { 15947 s.Arn = &v 15948 return s 15949} 15950 15951// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 15952func (s *Multiplex) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *Multiplex { 15953 s.AvailabilityZones = v 15954 return s 15955} 15956 15957// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 15958func (s *Multiplex) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *Multiplex { 15959 s.Destinations = v 15960 return s 15961} 15962 15963// SetId sets the Id field's value. 15964func (s *Multiplex) SetId(v string) *Multiplex { 15965 s.Id = &v 15966 return s 15967} 15968 15969// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 15970func (s *Multiplex) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *Multiplex { 15971 s.MultiplexSettings = v 15972 return s 15973} 15974 15975// SetName sets the Name field's value. 15976func (s *Multiplex) SetName(v string) *Multiplex { 15977 s.Name = &v 15978 return s 15979} 15980 15981// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 15982func (s *Multiplex) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Multiplex { 15983 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 15984 return s 15985} 15986 15987// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 15988func (s *Multiplex) SetProgramCount(v int64) *Multiplex { 15989 s.ProgramCount = &v 15990 return s 15991} 15992 15993// SetState sets the State field's value. 15994func (s *Multiplex) SetState(v string) *Multiplex { 15995 s.State = &v 15996 return s 15997} 15998 15999// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 16000func (s *Multiplex) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Multiplex { 16001 s.Tags = v 16002 return s 16003} 16004 16005// Multiplex Group Settings 16006type MultiplexGroupSettings struct { 16007 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16008} 16009 16010// String returns the string representation 16011func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) String() string { 16012 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16013} 16014 16015// GoString returns the string representation 16016func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) GoString() string { 16017 return s.String() 16018} 16019 16020// Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings. 16021type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings struct { 16022 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16023 16024 // The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source. 16025 EntitlementArn *string `locationName:"entitlementArn" min:"1" type:"string"` 16026} 16027 16028// String returns the string representation 16029func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 16030 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16031} 16032 16033// GoString returns the string representation 16034func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 16035 return s.String() 16036} 16037 16038// SetEntitlementArn sets the EntitlementArn field's value. 16039func (s *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) SetEntitlementArn(v string) *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings { 16040 s.EntitlementArn = &v 16041 return s 16042} 16043 16044// Multiplex output destination settings 16045type MultiplexOutputDestination struct { 16046 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16047 16048 // Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings. 16049 MediaConnectSettings *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaConnectSettings" type:"structure"` 16050} 16051 16052// String returns the string representation 16053func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) String() string { 16054 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16055} 16056 16057// GoString returns the string representation 16058func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) GoString() string { 16059 return s.String() 16060} 16061 16062// SetMediaConnectSettings sets the MediaConnectSettings field's value. 16063func (s *MultiplexOutputDestination) SetMediaConnectSettings(v *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) *MultiplexOutputDestination { 16064 s.MediaConnectSettings = v 16065 return s 16066} 16067 16068// Multiplex Output Settings 16069type MultiplexOutputSettings struct { 16070 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16071 16072 // Destination is a Multiplex. 16073 // 16074 // Destination is a required field 16075 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 16076} 16077 16078// String returns the string representation 16079func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) String() string { 16080 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16081} 16082 16083// GoString returns the string representation 16084func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) GoString() string { 16085 return s.String() 16086} 16087 16088// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16089func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) Validate() error { 16090 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexOutputSettings"} 16091 if s.Destination == nil { 16092 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 16093 } 16094 16095 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16096 return invalidParams 16097 } 16098 return nil 16099} 16100 16101// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 16102func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MultiplexOutputSettings { 16103 s.Destination = v 16104 return s 16105} 16106 16107// The multiplex program object. 16108type MultiplexProgram struct { 16109 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16110 16111 // The MediaLive channel associated with the program. 16112 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 16113 16114 // The settings for this multiplex program. 16115 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 16116 16117 // The packet identifier map for this multiplex program. 16118 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 16119 16120 // The name of the multiplex program. 16121 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 16122} 16123 16124// String returns the string representation 16125func (s MultiplexProgram) String() string { 16126 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16127} 16128 16129// GoString returns the string representation 16130func (s MultiplexProgram) GoString() string { 16131 return s.String() 16132} 16133 16134// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 16135func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgram { 16136 s.ChannelId = &v 16137 return s 16138} 16139 16140// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 16141func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *MultiplexProgram { 16142 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 16143 return s 16144} 16145 16146// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 16147func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *MultiplexProgram { 16148 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 16149 return s 16150} 16151 16152// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 16153func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgram { 16154 s.ProgramName = &v 16155 return s 16156} 16157 16158// Multiplex Program Input Destination Settings for outputting a Channel to 16159// a Multiplex 16160type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings struct { 16161 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16162 16163 // The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not 16164 // need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle 16165 // the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.The 16166 // Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel. 16167 MultiplexId *string `locationName:"multiplexId" min:"1" type:"string"` 16168 16169 // The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output 16170 // to. 16171 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" min:"1" type:"string"` 16172} 16173 16174// String returns the string representation 16175func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) String() string { 16176 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16177} 16178 16179// GoString returns the string representation 16180func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 16181 return s.String() 16182} 16183 16184// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16185func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 16186 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings"} 16187 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 16188 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 16189 } 16190 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 16191 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 16192 } 16193 16194 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16195 return invalidParams 16196 } 16197 return nil 16198} 16199 16200// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 16201func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetMultiplexId(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings { 16202 s.MultiplexId = &v 16203 return s 16204} 16205 16206// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 16207func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings { 16208 s.ProgramName = &v 16209 return s 16210} 16211 16212// Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 16213type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap struct { 16214 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16215 16216 AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` 16217 16218 DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"` 16219 16220 DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"` 16221 16222 EtvPlatformPid *int64 `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"integer"` 16223 16224 EtvSignalPid *int64 `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"integer"` 16225 16226 KlvDataPids []*int64 `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"list"` 16227 16228 PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` 16229 16230 PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` 16231 16232 PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 16233 16234 Scte27Pids []*int64 `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"list"` 16235 16236 Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` 16237 16238 TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 16239 16240 VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` 16241} 16242 16243// String returns the string representation 16244func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) String() string { 16245 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16246} 16247 16248// GoString returns the string representation 16249func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) GoString() string { 16250 return s.String() 16251} 16252 16253// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 16254func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16255 s.AudioPids = v 16256 return s 16257} 16258 16259// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 16260func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16261 s.DvbSubPids = v 16262 return s 16263} 16264 16265// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 16266func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16267 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 16268 return s 16269} 16270 16271// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. 16272func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvPlatformPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16273 s.EtvPlatformPid = &v 16274 return s 16275} 16276 16277// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. 16278func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvSignalPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16279 s.EtvSignalPid = &v 16280 return s 16281} 16282 16283// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. 16284func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetKlvDataPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16285 s.KlvDataPids = v 16286 return s 16287} 16288 16289// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 16290func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPcrPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16291 s.PcrPid = &v 16292 return s 16293} 16294 16295// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 16296func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPmtPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16297 s.PmtPid = &v 16298 return s 16299} 16300 16301// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. 16302func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16303 s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v 16304 return s 16305} 16306 16307// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. 16308func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte27Pids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16309 s.Scte27Pids = v 16310 return s 16311} 16312 16313// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 16314func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16315 s.Scte35Pid = &v 16316 return s 16317} 16318 16319// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 16320func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16321 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 16322 return s 16323} 16324 16325// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 16326func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetVideoPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 16327 s.VideoPid = &v 16328 return s 16329} 16330 16331// Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program. 16332type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor struct { 16333 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16334 16335 // Name of the provider. 16336 // 16337 // ProviderName is a required field 16338 ProviderName *string `locationName:"providerName" type:"string" required:"true"` 16339 16340 // Name of the service. 16341 // 16342 // ServiceName is a required field 16343 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string" required:"true"` 16344} 16345 16346// String returns the string representation 16347func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) String() string { 16348 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16349} 16350 16351// GoString returns the string representation 16352func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) GoString() string { 16353 return s.String() 16354} 16355 16356// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16357func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) Validate() error { 16358 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor"} 16359 if s.ProviderName == nil { 16360 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProviderName")) 16361 } 16362 if s.ServiceName == nil { 16363 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceName")) 16364 } 16365 16366 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16367 return invalidParams 16368 } 16369 return nil 16370} 16371 16372// SetProviderName sets the ProviderName field's value. 16373func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetProviderName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor { 16374 s.ProviderName = &v 16375 return s 16376} 16377 16378// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 16379func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetServiceName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor { 16380 s.ServiceName = &v 16381 return s 16382} 16383 16384// Multiplex Program settings configuration. 16385type MultiplexProgramSettings struct { 16386 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16387 16388 // Unique program number. 16389 // 16390 // ProgramNumber is a required field 16391 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` 16392 16393 // Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program. 16394 ServiceDescriptor *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor `locationName:"serviceDescriptor" type:"structure"` 16395 16396 // Program video settings configuration. 16397 VideoSettings *MultiplexVideoSettings `locationName:"videoSettings" type:"structure"` 16398} 16399 16400// String returns the string representation 16401func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) String() string { 16402 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16403} 16404 16405// GoString returns the string representation 16406func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) GoString() string { 16407 return s.String() 16408} 16409 16410// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16411func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) Validate() error { 16412 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramSettings"} 16413 if s.ProgramNumber == nil { 16414 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramNumber")) 16415 } 16416 if s.ServiceDescriptor != nil { 16417 if err := s.ServiceDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil { 16418 invalidParams.AddNested("ServiceDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16419 } 16420 } 16421 if s.VideoSettings != nil { 16422 if err := s.VideoSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16423 invalidParams.AddNested("VideoSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16424 } 16425 } 16426 16427 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16428 return invalidParams 16429 } 16430 return nil 16431} 16432 16433// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 16434func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 16435 s.ProgramNumber = &v 16436 return s 16437} 16438 16439// SetServiceDescriptor sets the ServiceDescriptor field's value. 16440func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetServiceDescriptor(v *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 16441 s.ServiceDescriptor = v 16442 return s 16443} 16444 16445// SetVideoSettings sets the VideoSettings field's value. 16446func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetVideoSettings(v *MultiplexVideoSettings) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 16447 s.VideoSettings = v 16448 return s 16449} 16450 16451type MultiplexProgramSummary struct { 16452 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16453 16454 // The MediaLive Channel associated with the program. 16455 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 16456 16457 // The name of the multiplex program. 16458 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 16459} 16460 16461// String returns the string representation 16462func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) String() string { 16463 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16464} 16465 16466// GoString returns the string representation 16467func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) GoString() string { 16468 return s.String() 16469} 16470 16471// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 16472func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary { 16473 s.ChannelId = &v 16474 return s 16475} 16476 16477// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 16478func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary { 16479 s.ProgramName = &v 16480 return s 16481} 16482 16483// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 16484type MultiplexSettings struct { 16485 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16486 16487 // Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds. 16488 MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"maximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 16489 16490 // Transport stream bit rate. 16491 // 16492 // TransportStreamBitrate is a required field 16493 TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer" required:"true"` 16494 16495 // Transport stream ID. 16496 // 16497 // TransportStreamId is a required field 16498 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"` 16499 16500 // Transport stream reserved bit rate. 16501 TransportStreamReservedBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamReservedBitrate" type:"integer"` 16502} 16503 16504// String returns the string representation 16505func (s MultiplexSettings) String() string { 16506 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16507} 16508 16509// GoString returns the string representation 16510func (s MultiplexSettings) GoString() string { 16511 return s.String() 16512} 16513 16514// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16515func (s *MultiplexSettings) Validate() error { 16516 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexSettings"} 16517 if s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds != nil && *s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds < 1000 { 16518 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds", 1000)) 16519 } 16520 if s.TransportStreamBitrate == nil { 16521 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamBitrate")) 16522 } 16523 if s.TransportStreamBitrate != nil && *s.TransportStreamBitrate < 1e+06 { 16524 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TransportStreamBitrate", 1e+06)) 16525 } 16526 if s.TransportStreamId == nil { 16527 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamId")) 16528 } 16529 16530 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16531 return invalidParams 16532 } 16533 return nil 16534} 16535 16536// SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds sets the MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds field's value. 16537func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 16538 s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds = &v 16539 return s 16540} 16541 16542// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value. 16543func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 16544 s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v 16545 return s 16546} 16547 16548// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 16549func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 16550 s.TransportStreamId = &v 16551 return s 16552} 16553 16554// SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate sets the TransportStreamReservedBitrate field's value. 16555func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 16556 s.TransportStreamReservedBitrate = &v 16557 return s 16558} 16559 16560// Contains summary configuration for a Multiplex event. 16561type MultiplexSettingsSummary struct { 16562 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16563 16564 // Transport stream bit rate. 16565 TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer"` 16566} 16567 16568// String returns the string representation 16569func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) String() string { 16570 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16571} 16572 16573// GoString returns the string representation 16574func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) GoString() string { 16575 return s.String() 16576} 16577 16578// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value. 16579func (s *MultiplexSettingsSummary) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettingsSummary { 16580 s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v 16581 return s 16582} 16583 16584// Statmux rate control settings 16585type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings struct { 16586 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16587 16588 // Maximum statmux bitrate. 16589 MaximumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maximumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 16590 16591 // Minimum statmux bitrate. 16592 MinimumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"minimumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 16593} 16594 16595// String returns the string representation 16596func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) String() string { 16597 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16598} 16599 16600// GoString returns the string representation 16601func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) GoString() string { 16602 return s.String() 16603} 16604 16605// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16606func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) Validate() error { 16607 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings"} 16608 if s.MaximumBitrate != nil && *s.MaximumBitrate < 100000 { 16609 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumBitrate", 100000)) 16610 } 16611 if s.MinimumBitrate != nil && *s.MinimumBitrate < 100000 { 16612 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MinimumBitrate", 100000)) 16613 } 16614 16615 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16616 return invalidParams 16617 } 16618 return nil 16619} 16620 16621// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 16622func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMaximumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 16623 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 16624 return s 16625} 16626 16627// SetMinimumBitrate sets the MinimumBitrate field's value. 16628func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMinimumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 16629 s.MinimumBitrate = &v 16630 return s 16631} 16632 16633type MultiplexSummary struct { 16634 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16635 16636 // The unique arn of the multiplex. 16637 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 16638 16639 // A list of availability zones for the multiplex. 16640 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 16641 16642 // The unique id of the multiplex. 16643 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 16644 16645 // Configuration for a multiplex event. 16646 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettingsSummary `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 16647 16648 // The name of the multiplex. 16649 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 16650 16651 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 16652 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 16653 16654 // The number of programs in the multiplex. 16655 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 16656 16657 // The current state of the multiplex. 16658 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 16659 16660 // A collection of key-value pairs. 16661 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 16662} 16663 16664// String returns the string representation 16665func (s MultiplexSummary) String() string { 16666 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16667} 16668 16669// GoString returns the string representation 16670func (s MultiplexSummary) GoString() string { 16671 return s.String() 16672} 16673 16674// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 16675func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetArn(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 16676 s.Arn = &v 16677 return s 16678} 16679 16680// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 16681func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *MultiplexSummary { 16682 s.AvailabilityZones = v 16683 return s 16684} 16685 16686// SetId sets the Id field's value. 16687func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetId(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 16688 s.Id = &v 16689 return s 16690} 16691 16692// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 16693func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettingsSummary) *MultiplexSummary { 16694 s.MultiplexSettings = v 16695 return s 16696} 16697 16698// SetName sets the Name field's value. 16699func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetName(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 16700 s.Name = &v 16701 return s 16702} 16703 16704// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 16705func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary { 16706 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 16707 return s 16708} 16709 16710// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 16711func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetProgramCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary { 16712 s.ProgramCount = &v 16713 return s 16714} 16715 16716// SetState sets the State field's value. 16717func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetState(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 16718 s.State = &v 16719 return s 16720} 16721 16722// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 16723func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *MultiplexSummary { 16724 s.Tags = v 16725 return s 16726} 16727 16728// The video configuration for each program in a multiplex. 16729type MultiplexVideoSettings struct { 16730 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16731 16732 // The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode.When this field is 16733 // defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined. 16734 ConstantBitrate *int64 `locationName:"constantBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 16735 16736 // Statmux rate control settings.When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate 16737 // must be undefined. 16738 StatmuxSettings *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings `locationName:"statmuxSettings" type:"structure"` 16739} 16740 16741// String returns the string representation 16742func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) String() string { 16743 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16744} 16745 16746// GoString returns the string representation 16747func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) GoString() string { 16748 return s.String() 16749} 16750 16751// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16752func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) Validate() error { 16753 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexVideoSettings"} 16754 if s.ConstantBitrate != nil && *s.ConstantBitrate < 100000 { 16755 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConstantBitrate", 100000)) 16756 } 16757 if s.StatmuxSettings != nil { 16758 if err := s.StatmuxSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16759 invalidParams.AddNested("StatmuxSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16760 } 16761 } 16762 16763 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16764 return invalidParams 16765 } 16766 return nil 16767} 16768 16769// SetConstantBitrate sets the ConstantBitrate field's value. 16770func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetConstantBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexVideoSettings { 16771 s.ConstantBitrate = &v 16772 return s 16773} 16774 16775// SetStatmuxSettings sets the StatmuxSettings field's value. 16776func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetStatmuxSettings(v *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) *MultiplexVideoSettings { 16777 s.StatmuxSettings = v 16778 return s 16779} 16780 16781// Network source to transcode. Must be accessible to the Elemental Live node 16782// that is running the live event through a network connection. 16783type NetworkInputSettings struct { 16784 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16785 16786 // Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest. 16787 HlsInputSettings *HlsInputSettings `locationName:"hlsInputSettings" type:"structure"` 16788 16789 // Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly, cryptography 16790 // in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name. Certain subdomains 16791 // (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not strictly match 16792 // the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would otherwise cause 16793 // the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that do not use 16794 // https. 16795 ServerValidation *string `locationName:"serverValidation" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInputServerValidation"` 16796} 16797 16798// String returns the string representation 16799func (s NetworkInputSettings) String() string { 16800 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16801} 16802 16803// GoString returns the string representation 16804func (s NetworkInputSettings) GoString() string { 16805 return s.String() 16806} 16807 16808// SetHlsInputSettings sets the HlsInputSettings field's value. 16809func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetHlsInputSettings(v *HlsInputSettings) *NetworkInputSettings { 16810 s.HlsInputSettings = v 16811 return s 16812} 16813 16814// SetServerValidation sets the ServerValidation field's value. 16815func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation(v string) *NetworkInputSettings { 16816 s.ServerValidation = &v 16817 return s 16818} 16819 16820// Nielsen Configuration 16821type NielsenConfiguration struct { 16822 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16823 16824 // Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen. 16825 DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"` 16826 16827 // Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging 16828 NielsenPcmToId3Tagging *string `locationName:"nielsenPcmToId3Tagging" type:"string" enum:"NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState"` 16829} 16830 16831// String returns the string representation 16832func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string { 16833 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16834} 16835 16836// GoString returns the string representation 16837func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string { 16838 return s.String() 16839} 16840 16841// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value. 16842func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 16843 s.DistributorId = &v 16844 return s 16845} 16846 16847// SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging sets the NielsenPcmToId3Tagging field's value. 16848func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 16849 s.NielsenPcmToId3Tagging = &v 16850 return s 16851} 16852 16853// Reserved resources available for purchase 16854type Offering struct { 16855 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16856 16857 // Unique offering ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321' 16858 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 16859 16860 // Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD' 16861 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 16862 16863 // Lease duration, e.g. '12' 16864 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 16865 16866 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 16867 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 16868 16869 // One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering 16870 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 16871 16872 // Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard 16873 // VQ in US West (Oregon)' 16874 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 16875 16876 // Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321' 16877 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 16878 16879 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 16880 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 16881 16882 // AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2' 16883 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 16884 16885 // Resource configuration details 16886 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 16887 16888 // Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0' 16889 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 16890} 16891 16892// String returns the string representation 16893func (s Offering) String() string { 16894 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16895} 16896 16897// GoString returns the string representation 16898func (s Offering) GoString() string { 16899 return s.String() 16900} 16901 16902// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 16903func (s *Offering) SetArn(v string) *Offering { 16904 s.Arn = &v 16905 return s 16906} 16907 16908// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 16909func (s *Offering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Offering { 16910 s.CurrencyCode = &v 16911 return s 16912} 16913 16914// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 16915func (s *Offering) SetDuration(v int64) *Offering { 16916 s.Duration = &v 16917 return s 16918} 16919 16920// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 16921func (s *Offering) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Offering { 16922 s.DurationUnits = &v 16923 return s 16924} 16925 16926// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 16927func (s *Offering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Offering { 16928 s.FixedPrice = &v 16929 return s 16930} 16931 16932// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 16933func (s *Offering) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Offering { 16934 s.OfferingDescription = &v 16935 return s 16936} 16937 16938// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 16939func (s *Offering) SetOfferingId(v string) *Offering { 16940 s.OfferingId = &v 16941 return s 16942} 16943 16944// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 16945func (s *Offering) SetOfferingType(v string) *Offering { 16946 s.OfferingType = &v 16947 return s 16948} 16949 16950// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 16951func (s *Offering) SetRegion(v string) *Offering { 16952 s.Region = &v 16953 return s 16954} 16955 16956// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 16957func (s *Offering) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Offering { 16958 s.ResourceSpecification = v 16959 return s 16960} 16961 16962// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 16963func (s *Offering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Offering { 16964 s.UsagePrice = &v 16965 return s 16966} 16967 16968// Output settings. There can be multiple outputs within a group. 16969type Output struct { 16970 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16971 16972 // The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output. 16973 AudioDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"audioDescriptionNames" type:"list"` 16974 16975 // The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output. 16976 CaptionDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"captionDescriptionNames" type:"list"` 16977 16978 // The name used to identify an output. 16979 OutputName *string `locationName:"outputName" min:"1" type:"string"` 16980 16981 // Output type-specific settings. 16982 // 16983 // OutputSettings is a required field 16984 OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 16985 16986 // The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output. 16987 VideoDescriptionName *string `locationName:"videoDescriptionName" type:"string"` 16988} 16989 16990// String returns the string representation 16991func (s Output) String() string { 16992 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16993} 16994 16995// GoString returns the string representation 16996func (s Output) GoString() string { 16997 return s.String() 16998} 16999 17000// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17001func (s *Output) Validate() error { 17002 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Output"} 17003 if s.OutputName != nil && len(*s.OutputName) < 1 { 17004 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OutputName", 1)) 17005 } 17006 if s.OutputSettings == nil { 17007 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSettings")) 17008 } 17009 if s.OutputSettings != nil { 17010 if err := s.OutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17011 invalidParams.AddNested("OutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17012 } 17013 } 17014 17015 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17016 return invalidParams 17017 } 17018 return nil 17019} 17020 17021// SetAudioDescriptionNames sets the AudioDescriptionNames field's value. 17022func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { 17023 s.AudioDescriptionNames = v 17024 return s 17025} 17026 17027// SetCaptionDescriptionNames sets the CaptionDescriptionNames field's value. 17028func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { 17029 s.CaptionDescriptionNames = v 17030 return s 17031} 17032 17033// SetOutputName sets the OutputName field's value. 17034func (s *Output) SetOutputName(v string) *Output { 17035 s.OutputName = &v 17036 return s 17037} 17038 17039// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value. 17040func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output { 17041 s.OutputSettings = v 17042 return s 17043} 17044 17045// SetVideoDescriptionName sets the VideoDescriptionName field's value. 17046func (s *Output) SetVideoDescriptionName(v string) *Output { 17047 s.VideoDescriptionName = &v 17048 return s 17049} 17050 17051type OutputDestination struct { 17052 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17053 17054 // User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output. 17055 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 17056 17057 // Destination settings for a MediaPackage output; one destination for both 17058 // encoders. 17059 MediaPackageSettings []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageSettings" type:"list"` 17060 17061 // Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders. 17062 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 17063 17064 // Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant 17065 // encoder. 17066 Settings []*OutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"list"` 17067} 17068 17069// String returns the string representation 17070func (s OutputDestination) String() string { 17071 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17072} 17073 17074// GoString returns the string representation 17075func (s OutputDestination) GoString() string { 17076 return s.String() 17077} 17078 17079// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17080func (s *OutputDestination) Validate() error { 17081 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputDestination"} 17082 if s.MediaPackageSettings != nil { 17083 for i, v := range s.MediaPackageSettings { 17084 if v == nil { 17085 continue 17086 } 17087 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17088 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaPackageSettings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17089 } 17090 } 17091 } 17092 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 17093 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17094 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17095 } 17096 } 17097 17098 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17099 return invalidParams 17100 } 17101 return nil 17102} 17103 17104// SetId sets the Id field's value. 17105func (s *OutputDestination) SetId(v string) *OutputDestination { 17106 s.Id = &v 17107 return s 17108} 17109 17110// SetMediaPackageSettings sets the MediaPackageSettings field's value. 17111func (s *OutputDestination) SetMediaPackageSettings(v []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 17112 s.MediaPackageSettings = v 17113 return s 17114} 17115 17116// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 17117func (s *OutputDestination) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 17118 s.MultiplexSettings = v 17119 return s 17120} 17121 17122// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 17123func (s *OutputDestination) SetSettings(v []*OutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 17124 s.Settings = v 17125 return s 17126} 17127 17128type OutputDestinationSettings struct { 17129 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17130 17131 // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store 17132 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 17133 17134 // Stream name for RTMP destinations (URLs of type rtmp://) 17135 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 17136 17137 // A URL specifying a destination 17138 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 17139 17140 // username for destination 17141 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 17142} 17143 17144// String returns the string representation 17145func (s OutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 17146 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17147} 17148 17149// GoString returns the string representation 17150func (s OutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 17151 return s.String() 17152} 17153 17154// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 17155func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetPasswordParam(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 17156 s.PasswordParam = &v 17157 return s 17158} 17159 17160// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 17161func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetStreamName(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 17162 s.StreamName = &v 17163 return s 17164} 17165 17166// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 17167func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUrl(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 17168 s.Url = &v 17169 return s 17170} 17171 17172// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 17173func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUsername(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 17174 s.Username = &v 17175 return s 17176} 17177 17178// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about 17179// where streams should be distributed. 17180type OutputGroup struct { 17181 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17182 17183 // Custom output group name optionally defined by the user. Only letters, numbers, 17184 // and the underscore character allowed; only 32 characters allowed. 17185 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 17186 17187 // Settings associated with the output group. 17188 // 17189 // OutputGroupSettings is a required field 17190 OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 17191 17192 // Outputs is a required field 17193 Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list" required:"true"` 17194} 17195 17196// String returns the string representation 17197func (s OutputGroup) String() string { 17198 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17199} 17200 17201// GoString returns the string representation 17202func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string { 17203 return s.String() 17204} 17205 17206// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17207func (s *OutputGroup) Validate() error { 17208 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroup"} 17209 if s.OutputGroupSettings == nil { 17210 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroupSettings")) 17211 } 17212 if s.Outputs == nil { 17213 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Outputs")) 17214 } 17215 if s.OutputGroupSettings != nil { 17216 if err := s.OutputGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17217 invalidParams.AddNested("OutputGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17218 } 17219 } 17220 if s.Outputs != nil { 17221 for i, v := range s.Outputs { 17222 if v == nil { 17223 continue 17224 } 17225 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17226 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Outputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17227 } 17228 } 17229 } 17230 17231 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17232 return invalidParams 17233 } 17234 return nil 17235} 17236 17237// SetName sets the Name field's value. 17238func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup { 17239 s.Name = &v 17240 return s 17241} 17242 17243// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value. 17244func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup { 17245 s.OutputGroupSettings = v 17246 return s 17247} 17248 17249// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value. 17250func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup { 17251 s.Outputs = v 17252 return s 17253} 17254 17255// Output Group Settings 17256type OutputGroupSettings struct { 17257 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17258 17259 // Archive Group Settings 17260 ArchiveGroupSettings *ArchiveGroupSettings `locationName:"archiveGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17261 17262 // Frame Capture Group Settings 17263 FrameCaptureGroupSettings *FrameCaptureGroupSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17264 17265 // Hls Group Settings 17266 HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17267 17268 // Media Package Group Settings 17269 MediaPackageGroupSettings *MediaPackageGroupSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17270 17271 // Ms Smooth Group Settings 17272 MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17273 17274 // Multiplex Group Settings 17275 MultiplexGroupSettings *MultiplexGroupSettings `locationName:"multiplexGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17276 17277 // Rtmp Group Settings 17278 RtmpGroupSettings *RtmpGroupSettings `locationName:"rtmpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17279 17280 // Udp Group Settings 17281 UdpGroupSettings *UdpGroupSettings `locationName:"udpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 17282} 17283 17284// String returns the string representation 17285func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string { 17286 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17287} 17288 17289// GoString returns the string representation 17290func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string { 17291 return s.String() 17292} 17293 17294// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17295func (s *OutputGroupSettings) Validate() error { 17296 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroupSettings"} 17297 if s.ArchiveGroupSettings != nil { 17298 if err := s.ArchiveGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17299 invalidParams.AddNested("ArchiveGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17300 } 17301 } 17302 if s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings != nil { 17303 if err := s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17304 invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17305 } 17306 } 17307 if s.HlsGroupSettings != nil { 17308 if err := s.HlsGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17309 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17310 } 17311 } 17312 if s.MediaPackageGroupSettings != nil { 17313 if err := s.MediaPackageGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17314 invalidParams.AddNested("MediaPackageGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17315 } 17316 } 17317 if s.MsSmoothGroupSettings != nil { 17318 if err := s.MsSmoothGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17319 invalidParams.AddNested("MsSmoothGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17320 } 17321 } 17322 if s.RtmpGroupSettings != nil { 17323 if err := s.RtmpGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17324 invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17325 } 17326 } 17327 17328 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17329 return invalidParams 17330 } 17331 return nil 17332} 17333 17334// SetArchiveGroupSettings sets the ArchiveGroupSettings field's value. 17335func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetArchiveGroupSettings(v *ArchiveGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17336 s.ArchiveGroupSettings = v 17337 return s 17338} 17339 17340// SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings sets the FrameCaptureGroupSettings field's value. 17341func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings(v *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17342 s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings = v 17343 return s 17344} 17345 17346// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value. 17347func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17348 s.HlsGroupSettings = v 17349 return s 17350} 17351 17352// SetMediaPackageGroupSettings sets the MediaPackageGroupSettings field's value. 17353func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMediaPackageGroupSettings(v *MediaPackageGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17354 s.MediaPackageGroupSettings = v 17355 return s 17356} 17357 17358// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value. 17359func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17360 s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v 17361 return s 17362} 17363 17364// SetMultiplexGroupSettings sets the MultiplexGroupSettings field's value. 17365func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMultiplexGroupSettings(v *MultiplexGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17366 s.MultiplexGroupSettings = v 17367 return s 17368} 17369 17370// SetRtmpGroupSettings sets the RtmpGroupSettings field's value. 17371func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetRtmpGroupSettings(v *RtmpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17372 s.RtmpGroupSettings = v 17373 return s 17374} 17375 17376// SetUdpGroupSettings sets the UdpGroupSettings field's value. 17377func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetUdpGroupSettings(v *UdpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 17378 s.UdpGroupSettings = v 17379 return s 17380} 17381 17382// Reference to an OutputDestination ID defined in the channel 17383type OutputLocationRef struct { 17384 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17385 17386 DestinationRefId *string `locationName:"destinationRefId" type:"string"` 17387} 17388 17389// String returns the string representation 17390func (s OutputLocationRef) String() string { 17391 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17392} 17393 17394// GoString returns the string representation 17395func (s OutputLocationRef) GoString() string { 17396 return s.String() 17397} 17398 17399// SetDestinationRefId sets the DestinationRefId field's value. 17400func (s *OutputLocationRef) SetDestinationRefId(v string) *OutputLocationRef { 17401 s.DestinationRefId = &v 17402 return s 17403} 17404 17405// Output Settings 17406type OutputSettings struct { 17407 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17408 17409 // Archive Output Settings 17410 ArchiveOutputSettings *ArchiveOutputSettings `locationName:"archiveOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17411 17412 // Frame Capture Output Settings 17413 FrameCaptureOutputSettings *FrameCaptureOutputSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17414 17415 // Hls Output Settings 17416 HlsOutputSettings *HlsOutputSettings `locationName:"hlsOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17417 17418 // Media Package Output Settings 17419 MediaPackageOutputSettings *MediaPackageOutputSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17420 17421 // Ms Smooth Output Settings 17422 MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings `locationName:"msSmoothOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17423 17424 // Multiplex Output Settings 17425 MultiplexOutputSettings *MultiplexOutputSettings `locationName:"multiplexOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17426 17427 // Rtmp Output Settings 17428 RtmpOutputSettings *RtmpOutputSettings `locationName:"rtmpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17429 17430 // Udp Output Settings 17431 UdpOutputSettings *UdpOutputSettings `locationName:"udpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 17432} 17433 17434// String returns the string representation 17435func (s OutputSettings) String() string { 17436 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17437} 17438 17439// GoString returns the string representation 17440func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string { 17441 return s.String() 17442} 17443 17444// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17445func (s *OutputSettings) Validate() error { 17446 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputSettings"} 17447 if s.ArchiveOutputSettings != nil { 17448 if err := s.ArchiveOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17449 invalidParams.AddNested("ArchiveOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17450 } 17451 } 17452 if s.HlsOutputSettings != nil { 17453 if err := s.HlsOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17454 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17455 } 17456 } 17457 if s.MultiplexOutputSettings != nil { 17458 if err := s.MultiplexOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17459 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17460 } 17461 } 17462 if s.RtmpOutputSettings != nil { 17463 if err := s.RtmpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17464 invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17465 } 17466 } 17467 if s.UdpOutputSettings != nil { 17468 if err := s.UdpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17469 invalidParams.AddNested("UdpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17470 } 17471 } 17472 17473 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17474 return invalidParams 17475 } 17476 return nil 17477} 17478 17479// SetArchiveOutputSettings sets the ArchiveOutputSettings field's value. 17480func (s *OutputSettings) SetArchiveOutputSettings(v *ArchiveOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17481 s.ArchiveOutputSettings = v 17482 return s 17483} 17484 17485// SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings sets the FrameCaptureOutputSettings field's value. 17486func (s *OutputSettings) SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings(v *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17487 s.FrameCaptureOutputSettings = v 17488 return s 17489} 17490 17491// SetHlsOutputSettings sets the HlsOutputSettings field's value. 17492func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsOutputSettings(v *HlsOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17493 s.HlsOutputSettings = v 17494 return s 17495} 17496 17497// SetMediaPackageOutputSettings sets the MediaPackageOutputSettings field's value. 17498func (s *OutputSettings) SetMediaPackageOutputSettings(v *MediaPackageOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17499 s.MediaPackageOutputSettings = v 17500 return s 17501} 17502 17503// SetMsSmoothOutputSettings sets the MsSmoothOutputSettings field's value. 17504func (s *OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings(v *MsSmoothOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17505 s.MsSmoothOutputSettings = v 17506 return s 17507} 17508 17509// SetMultiplexOutputSettings sets the MultiplexOutputSettings field's value. 17510func (s *OutputSettings) SetMultiplexOutputSettings(v *MultiplexOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17511 s.MultiplexOutputSettings = v 17512 return s 17513} 17514 17515// SetRtmpOutputSettings sets the RtmpOutputSettings field's value. 17516func (s *OutputSettings) SetRtmpOutputSettings(v *RtmpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17517 s.RtmpOutputSettings = v 17518 return s 17519} 17520 17521// SetUdpOutputSettings sets the UdpOutputSettings field's value. 17522func (s *OutputSettings) SetUdpOutputSettings(v *UdpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 17523 s.UdpOutputSettings = v 17524 return s 17525} 17526 17527// Pass Through Settings 17528type PassThroughSettings struct { 17529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17530} 17531 17532// String returns the string representation 17533func (s PassThroughSettings) String() string { 17534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17535} 17536 17537// GoString returns the string representation 17538func (s PassThroughSettings) GoString() string { 17539 return s.String() 17540} 17541 17542// Settings for the action to set pause state of a channel. 17543type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings struct { 17544 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17545 17546 Pipelines []*PipelinePauseStateSettings `locationName:"pipelines" type:"list"` 17547} 17548 17549// String returns the string representation 17550func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 17551 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17552} 17553 17554// GoString returns the string representation 17555func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 17556 return s.String() 17557} 17558 17559// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17560func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 17561 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PauseStateScheduleActionSettings"} 17562 if s.Pipelines != nil { 17563 for i, v := range s.Pipelines { 17564 if v == nil { 17565 continue 17566 } 17567 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17568 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Pipelines", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17569 } 17570 } 17571 } 17572 17573 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17574 return invalidParams 17575 } 17576 return nil 17577} 17578 17579// SetPipelines sets the Pipelines field's value. 17580func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) SetPipelines(v []*PipelinePauseStateSettings) *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings { 17581 s.Pipelines = v 17582 return s 17583} 17584 17585// Runtime details of a pipeline when a channel is running. 17586type PipelineDetail struct { 17587 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17588 17589 // The name of the active input attachment currently being ingested by this 17590 // pipeline. 17591 ActiveInputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"activeInputAttachmentName" type:"string"` 17592 17593 // The name of the input switch schedule action that occurred most recently 17594 // and that resulted in the switch to the current input attachment for this 17595 // pipeline. 17596 ActiveInputSwitchActionName *string `locationName:"activeInputSwitchActionName" type:"string"` 17597 17598 // Pipeline ID 17599 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string"` 17600} 17601 17602// String returns the string representation 17603func (s PipelineDetail) String() string { 17604 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17605} 17606 17607// GoString returns the string representation 17608func (s PipelineDetail) GoString() string { 17609 return s.String() 17610} 17611 17612// SetActiveInputAttachmentName sets the ActiveInputAttachmentName field's value. 17613func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputAttachmentName(v string) *PipelineDetail { 17614 s.ActiveInputAttachmentName = &v 17615 return s 17616} 17617 17618// SetActiveInputSwitchActionName sets the ActiveInputSwitchActionName field's value. 17619func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputSwitchActionName(v string) *PipelineDetail { 17620 s.ActiveInputSwitchActionName = &v 17621 return s 17622} 17623 17624// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 17625func (s *PipelineDetail) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelineDetail { 17626 s.PipelineId = &v 17627 return s 17628} 17629 17630// Settings for pausing a pipeline. 17631type PipelinePauseStateSettings struct { 17632 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17633 17634 // Pipeline ID to pause ("PIPELINE_0" or "PIPELINE_1"). 17635 // 17636 // PipelineId is a required field 17637 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PipelineId"` 17638} 17639 17640// String returns the string representation 17641func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) String() string { 17642 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17643} 17644 17645// GoString returns the string representation 17646func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) GoString() string { 17647 return s.String() 17648} 17649 17650// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17651func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) Validate() error { 17652 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PipelinePauseStateSettings"} 17653 if s.PipelineId == nil { 17654 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PipelineId")) 17655 } 17656 17657 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17658 return invalidParams 17659 } 17660 return nil 17661} 17662 17663// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 17664func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelinePauseStateSettings { 17665 s.PipelineId = &v 17666 return s 17667} 17668 17669type PurchaseOfferingInput struct { 17670 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17671 17672 // Count is a required field 17673 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 17674 17675 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 17676 17677 // OfferingId is a required field 17678 OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"` 17679 17680 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 17681 17682 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 17683 17684 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 17685} 17686 17687// String returns the string representation 17688func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) String() string { 17689 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17690} 17691 17692// GoString returns the string representation 17693func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) GoString() string { 17694 return s.String() 17695} 17696 17697// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17698func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) Validate() error { 17699 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseOfferingInput"} 17700 if s.Count == nil { 17701 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Count")) 17702 } 17703 if s.Count != nil && *s.Count < 1 { 17704 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Count", 1)) 17705 } 17706 if s.OfferingId == nil { 17707 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId")) 17708 } 17709 if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 { 17710 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1)) 17711 } 17712 17713 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17714 return invalidParams 17715 } 17716 return nil 17717} 17718 17719// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 17720func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetCount(v int64) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 17721 s.Count = &v 17722 return s 17723} 17724 17725// SetName sets the Name field's value. 17726func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetName(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 17727 s.Name = &v 17728 return s 17729} 17730 17731// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 17732func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 17733 s.OfferingId = &v 17734 return s 17735} 17736 17737// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 17738func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetRequestId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 17739 s.RequestId = &v 17740 return s 17741} 17742 17743// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 17744func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 17745 s.Start = &v 17746 return s 17747} 17748 17749// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17750func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 17751 s.Tags = v 17752 return s 17753} 17754 17755type PurchaseOfferingOutput struct { 17756 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17757 17758 // Reserved resources available to use 17759 Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` 17760} 17761 17762// String returns the string representation 17763func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) String() string { 17764 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17765} 17766 17767// GoString returns the string representation 17768func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 17769 return s.String() 17770} 17771 17772// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. 17773func (s *PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *PurchaseOfferingOutput { 17774 s.Reservation = v 17775 return s 17776} 17777 17778// Rec601 Settings 17779type Rec601Settings struct { 17780 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17781} 17782 17783// String returns the string representation 17784func (s Rec601Settings) String() string { 17785 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17786} 17787 17788// GoString returns the string representation 17789func (s Rec601Settings) GoString() string { 17790 return s.String() 17791} 17792 17793// Rec709 Settings 17794type Rec709Settings struct { 17795 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17796} 17797 17798// String returns the string representation 17799func (s Rec709Settings) String() string { 17800 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17801} 17802 17803// GoString returns the string representation 17804func (s Rec709Settings) GoString() string { 17805 return s.String() 17806} 17807 17808// Remix Settings 17809type RemixSettings struct { 17810 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17811 17812 // Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments. 17813 // 17814 // ChannelMappings is a required field 17815 ChannelMappings []*AudioChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMappings" type:"list" required:"true"` 17816 17817 // Number of input channels to be used. 17818 ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17819 17820 // Number of output channels to be produced.Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 17821 ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17822} 17823 17824// String returns the string representation 17825func (s RemixSettings) String() string { 17826 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17827} 17828 17829// GoString returns the string representation 17830func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string { 17831 return s.String() 17832} 17833 17834// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17835func (s *RemixSettings) Validate() error { 17836 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemixSettings"} 17837 if s.ChannelMappings == nil { 17838 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelMappings")) 17839 } 17840 if s.ChannelsIn != nil && *s.ChannelsIn < 1 { 17841 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsIn", 1)) 17842 } 17843 if s.ChannelsOut != nil && *s.ChannelsOut < 1 { 17844 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsOut", 1)) 17845 } 17846 if s.ChannelMappings != nil { 17847 for i, v := range s.ChannelMappings { 17848 if v == nil { 17849 continue 17850 } 17851 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17852 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ChannelMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17853 } 17854 } 17855 } 17856 17857 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17858 return invalidParams 17859 } 17860 return nil 17861} 17862 17863// SetChannelMappings sets the ChannelMappings field's value. 17864func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMappings(v []*AudioChannelMapping) *RemixSettings { 17865 s.ChannelMappings = v 17866 return s 17867} 17868 17869// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value. 17870func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings { 17871 s.ChannelsIn = &v 17872 return s 17873} 17874 17875// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value. 17876func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings { 17877 s.ChannelsOut = &v 17878 return s 17879} 17880 17881// Reserved resources available to use 17882type Reservation struct { 17883 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17884 17885 // Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567' 17886 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 17887 17888 // Number of reserved resources 17889 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 17890 17891 // Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD' 17892 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 17893 17894 // Lease duration, e.g. '12' 17895 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 17896 17897 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 17898 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 17899 17900 // Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00' 17901 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 17902 17903 // One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering 17904 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 17905 17906 // User specified reservation name 17907 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 17908 17909 // Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard 17910 // VQ in US West (Oregon)' 17911 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 17912 17913 // Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321' 17914 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 17915 17916 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 17917 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 17918 17919 // AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2' 17920 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 17921 17922 // Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567' 17923 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 17924 17925 // Resource configuration details 17926 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 17927 17928 // Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00' 17929 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 17930 17931 // Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE' 17932 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 17933 17934 // A collection of key-value pairs 17935 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 17936 17937 // Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0' 17938 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 17939} 17940 17941// String returns the string representation 17942func (s Reservation) String() string { 17943 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17944} 17945 17946// GoString returns the string representation 17947func (s Reservation) GoString() string { 17948 return s.String() 17949} 17950 17951// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 17952func (s *Reservation) SetArn(v string) *Reservation { 17953 s.Arn = &v 17954 return s 17955} 17956 17957// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 17958func (s *Reservation) SetCount(v int64) *Reservation { 17959 s.Count = &v 17960 return s 17961} 17962 17963// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 17964func (s *Reservation) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Reservation { 17965 s.CurrencyCode = &v 17966 return s 17967} 17968 17969// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 17970func (s *Reservation) SetDuration(v int64) *Reservation { 17971 s.Duration = &v 17972 return s 17973} 17974 17975// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 17976func (s *Reservation) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Reservation { 17977 s.DurationUnits = &v 17978 return s 17979} 17980 17981// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 17982func (s *Reservation) SetEnd(v string) *Reservation { 17983 s.End = &v 17984 return s 17985} 17986 17987// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 17988func (s *Reservation) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Reservation { 17989 s.FixedPrice = &v 17990 return s 17991} 17992 17993// SetName sets the Name field's value. 17994func (s *Reservation) SetName(v string) *Reservation { 17995 s.Name = &v 17996 return s 17997} 17998 17999// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 18000func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Reservation { 18001 s.OfferingDescription = &v 18002 return s 18003} 18004 18005// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 18006func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingId(v string) *Reservation { 18007 s.OfferingId = &v 18008 return s 18009} 18010 18011// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 18012func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingType(v string) *Reservation { 18013 s.OfferingType = &v 18014 return s 18015} 18016 18017// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 18018func (s *Reservation) SetRegion(v string) *Reservation { 18019 s.Region = &v 18020 return s 18021} 18022 18023// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 18024func (s *Reservation) SetReservationId(v string) *Reservation { 18025 s.ReservationId = &v 18026 return s 18027} 18028 18029// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 18030func (s *Reservation) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Reservation { 18031 s.ResourceSpecification = v 18032 return s 18033} 18034 18035// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 18036func (s *Reservation) SetStart(v string) *Reservation { 18037 s.Start = &v 18038 return s 18039} 18040 18041// SetState sets the State field's value. 18042func (s *Reservation) SetState(v string) *Reservation { 18043 s.State = &v 18044 return s 18045} 18046 18047// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 18048func (s *Reservation) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Reservation { 18049 s.Tags = v 18050 return s 18051} 18052 18053// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 18054func (s *Reservation) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Reservation { 18055 s.UsagePrice = &v 18056 return s 18057} 18058 18059// Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 18060type ReservationResourceSpecification struct { 18061 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18062 18063 // Channel class, e.g. 'STANDARD' 18064 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 18065 18066 // Codec, e.g. 'AVC' 18067 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"ReservationCodec"` 18068 18069 // Maximum bitrate, e.g. 'MAX_20_MBPS' 18070 MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumBitrate"` 18071 18072 // Maximum framerate, e.g. 'MAX_30_FPS' (Outputs only) 18073 MaximumFramerate *string `locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumFramerate"` 18074 18075 // Resolution, e.g. 'HD' 18076 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResolution"` 18077 18078 // Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL' 18079 ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResourceType"` 18080 18081 // Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only) 18082 SpecialFeature *string `locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string" enum:"ReservationSpecialFeature"` 18083 18084 // Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only) 18085 VideoQuality *string `locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string" enum:"ReservationVideoQuality"` 18086} 18087 18088// String returns the string representation 18089func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) String() string { 18090 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18091} 18092 18093// GoString returns the string representation 18094func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) GoString() string { 18095 return s.String() 18096} 18097 18098// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 18099func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetChannelClass(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18100 s.ChannelClass = &v 18101 return s 18102} 18103 18104// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 18105func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18106 s.Codec = &v 18107 return s 18108} 18109 18110// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 18111func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18112 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 18113 return s 18114} 18115 18116// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 18117func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18118 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 18119 return s 18120} 18121 18122// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 18123func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18124 s.Resolution = &v 18125 return s 18126} 18127 18128// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 18129func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18130 s.ResourceType = &v 18131 return s 18132} 18133 18134// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 18135func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18136 s.SpecialFeature = &v 18137 return s 18138} 18139 18140// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 18141func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 18142 s.VideoQuality = &v 18143 return s 18144} 18145 18146// Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings 18147type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings struct { 18148 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18149} 18150 18151// String returns the string representation 18152func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) String() string { 18153 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18154} 18155 18156// GoString returns the string representation 18157func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 18158 return s.String() 18159} 18160 18161// Rtmp Group Settings 18162type RtmpGroupSettings struct { 18163 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18164 18165 // Authentication scheme to use when connecting with CDN 18166 AuthenticationScheme *string `locationName:"authenticationScheme" type:"string" enum:"AuthenticationScheme"` 18167 18168 // Controls behavior when content cache fills up. If remote origin server stalls 18169 // the RTMP connection and does not accept content fast enough the 'Media Cache' 18170 // will fill up. When the cache reaches the duration specified by cacheLength 18171 // the cache will stop accepting new content. If set to disconnectImmediately, 18172 // the RTMP output will force a disconnect. Clear the media cache, and reconnect 18173 // after restartDelay seconds. If set to waitForServer, the RTMP output will 18174 // wait up to 5 minutes to allow the origin server to begin accepting data again. 18175 CacheFullBehavior *string `locationName:"cacheFullBehavior" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCacheFullBehavior"` 18176 18177 // Cache length, in seconds, is used to calculate buffer size. 18178 CacheLength *int64 `locationName:"cacheLength" min:"30" type:"integer"` 18179 18180 // Controls the types of data that passes to onCaptionInfo outputs. If set to 18181 // 'all' then 608 and 708 carried DTVCC data will be passed. If set to 'field1AndField2608' 18182 // then DTVCC data will be stripped out, but 608 data from both fields will 18183 // be passed. If set to 'field1608' then only the data carried in 608 from field 18184 // 1 video will be passed. 18185 CaptionData *string `locationName:"captionData" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCaptionData"` 18186 18187 // Controls the behavior of this RTMP group if input becomes unavailable.- emitOutput: 18188 // Emit a slate until input returns.- pauseOutput: Stop transmitting data until 18189 // input returns. This does not close the underlying RTMP connection. 18190 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForRtmpOut"` 18191 18192 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 18193 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 18194 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 18195} 18196 18197// String returns the string representation 18198func (s RtmpGroupSettings) String() string { 18199 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18200} 18201 18202// GoString returns the string representation 18203func (s RtmpGroupSettings) GoString() string { 18204 return s.String() 18205} 18206 18207// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18208func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) Validate() error { 18209 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RtmpGroupSettings"} 18210 if s.CacheLength != nil && *s.CacheLength < 30 { 18211 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CacheLength", 30)) 18212 } 18213 18214 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18215 return invalidParams 18216 } 18217 return nil 18218} 18219 18220// SetAuthenticationScheme sets the AuthenticationScheme field's value. 18221func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetAuthenticationScheme(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 18222 s.AuthenticationScheme = &v 18223 return s 18224} 18225 18226// SetCacheFullBehavior sets the CacheFullBehavior field's value. 18227func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheFullBehavior(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 18228 s.CacheFullBehavior = &v 18229 return s 18230} 18231 18232// SetCacheLength sets the CacheLength field's value. 18233func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheLength(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings { 18234 s.CacheLength = &v 18235 return s 18236} 18237 18238// SetCaptionData sets the CaptionData field's value. 18239func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCaptionData(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 18240 s.CaptionData = &v 18241 return s 18242} 18243 18244// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 18245func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 18246 s.InputLossAction = &v 18247 return s 18248} 18249 18250// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 18251func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings { 18252 s.RestartDelay = &v 18253 return s 18254} 18255 18256// Rtmp Output Settings 18257type RtmpOutputSettings struct { 18258 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18259 18260 // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the tls certificate chain to a trusted 18261 // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause rtmps outputs with self-signed 18262 // certificates to fail. 18263 CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"RtmpOutputCertificateMode"` 18264 18265 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying a connection to the Flash Media 18266 // server if the connection is lost. 18267 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"` 18268 18269 // The RTMP endpoint excluding the stream name (eg. rtmp://host/appname). For 18270 // connection to Akamai, a username and password must be supplied. URI fields 18271 // accept format identifiers. 18272 // 18273 // Destination is a required field 18274 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18275 18276 // Number of retry attempts. 18277 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 18278} 18279 18280// String returns the string representation 18281func (s RtmpOutputSettings) String() string { 18282 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18283} 18284 18285// GoString returns the string representation 18286func (s RtmpOutputSettings) GoString() string { 18287 return s.String() 18288} 18289 18290// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18291func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) Validate() error { 18292 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RtmpOutputSettings"} 18293 if s.ConnectionRetryInterval != nil && *s.ConnectionRetryInterval < 1 { 18294 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConnectionRetryInterval", 1)) 18295 } 18296 if s.Destination == nil { 18297 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 18298 } 18299 18300 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18301 return invalidParams 18302 } 18303 return nil 18304} 18305 18306// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. 18307func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *RtmpOutputSettings { 18308 s.CertificateMode = &v 18309 return s 18310} 18311 18312// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 18313func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings { 18314 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 18315 return s 18316} 18317 18318// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 18319func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *RtmpOutputSettings { 18320 s.Destination = v 18321 return s 18322} 18323 18324// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 18325func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings { 18326 s.NumRetries = &v 18327 return s 18328} 18329 18330// Contains information on a single schedule action. 18331type ScheduleAction struct { 18332 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18333 18334 // The name of the action, must be unique within the schedule. This name provides 18335 // the main reference to an action once it is added to the schedule. A name 18336 // is unique if it is no longer in the schedule. The schedule is automatically 18337 // cleaned up to remove actions with a start time of more than 1 hour ago (approximately) 18338 // so at that point a name can be reused. 18339 // 18340 // ActionName is a required field 18341 ActionName *string `locationName:"actionName" type:"string" required:"true"` 18342 18343 // Settings for this schedule action. 18344 // 18345 // ScheduleActionSettings is a required field 18346 ScheduleActionSettings *ScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18347 18348 // The time for the action to start in the channel. 18349 // 18350 // ScheduleActionStartSettings is a required field 18351 ScheduleActionStartSettings *ScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18352} 18353 18354// String returns the string representation 18355func (s ScheduleAction) String() string { 18356 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18357} 18358 18359// GoString returns the string representation 18360func (s ScheduleAction) GoString() string { 18361 return s.String() 18362} 18363 18364// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18365func (s *ScheduleAction) Validate() error { 18366 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleAction"} 18367 if s.ActionName == nil { 18368 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionName")) 18369 } 18370 if s.ScheduleActionSettings == nil { 18371 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActionSettings")) 18372 } 18373 if s.ScheduleActionStartSettings == nil { 18374 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActionStartSettings")) 18375 } 18376 if s.ScheduleActionSettings != nil { 18377 if err := s.ScheduleActionSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18378 invalidParams.AddNested("ScheduleActionSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18379 } 18380 } 18381 if s.ScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 18382 if err := s.ScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18383 invalidParams.AddNested("ScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18384 } 18385 } 18386 18387 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18388 return invalidParams 18389 } 18390 return nil 18391} 18392 18393// SetActionName sets the ActionName field's value. 18394func (s *ScheduleAction) SetActionName(v string) *ScheduleAction { 18395 s.ActionName = &v 18396 return s 18397} 18398 18399// SetScheduleActionSettings sets the ScheduleActionSettings field's value. 18400func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionSettings(v *ScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleAction { 18401 s.ScheduleActionSettings = v 18402 return s 18403} 18404 18405// SetScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 18406func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleAction { 18407 s.ScheduleActionStartSettings = v 18408 return s 18409} 18410 18411// Holds the settings for a single schedule action. 18412type ScheduleActionSettings struct { 18413 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18414 18415 // Action to insert HLS ID3 segment tagging 18416 HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings" type:"structure"` 18417 18418 // Action to insert HLS metadata 18419 HlsTimedMetadataSettings *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsTimedMetadataSettings" type:"structure"` 18420 18421 // Action to switch the input 18422 InputSwitchSettings *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputSwitchSettings" type:"structure"` 18423 18424 // Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines 18425 PauseStateSettings *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"pauseStateSettings" type:"structure"` 18426 18427 // Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message 18428 Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings" type:"structure"` 18429 18430 // Action to insert SCTE-35 splice_insert message 18431 Scte35SpliceInsertSettings *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsertSettings" type:"structure"` 18432 18433 // Action to insert SCTE-35 time_signal message 18434 Scte35TimeSignalSettings *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalSettings" type:"structure"` 18435 18436 // Action to activate a static image overlay 18437 StaticImageActivateSettings *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageActivateSettings" type:"structure"` 18438 18439 // Action to deactivate a static image overlay 18440 StaticImageDeactivateSettings *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageDeactivateSettings" type:"structure"` 18441} 18442 18443// String returns the string representation 18444func (s ScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 18445 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18446} 18447 18448// GoString returns the string representation 18449func (s ScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 18450 return s.String() 18451} 18452 18453// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18454func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 18455 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleActionSettings"} 18456 if s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings != nil { 18457 if err := s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18458 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18459 } 18460 } 18461 if s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings != nil { 18462 if err := s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18463 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsTimedMetadataSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18464 } 18465 } 18466 if s.InputSwitchSettings != nil { 18467 if err := s.InputSwitchSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18468 invalidParams.AddNested("InputSwitchSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18469 } 18470 } 18471 if s.PauseStateSettings != nil { 18472 if err := s.PauseStateSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18473 invalidParams.AddNested("PauseStateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18474 } 18475 } 18476 if s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings != nil { 18477 if err := s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18478 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18479 } 18480 } 18481 if s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings != nil { 18482 if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18483 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsertSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18484 } 18485 } 18486 if s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings != nil { 18487 if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18488 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18489 } 18490 } 18491 if s.StaticImageActivateSettings != nil { 18492 if err := s.StaticImageActivateSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18493 invalidParams.AddNested("StaticImageActivateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18494 } 18495 } 18496 18497 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18498 return invalidParams 18499 } 18500 return nil 18501} 18502 18503// SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings sets the HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings field's value. 18504func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings(v *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18505 s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings = v 18506 return s 18507} 18508 18509// SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings sets the HlsTimedMetadataSettings field's value. 18510func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings(v *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18511 s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings = v 18512 return s 18513} 18514 18515// SetInputSwitchSettings sets the InputSwitchSettings field's value. 18516func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputSwitchSettings(v *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18517 s.InputSwitchSettings = v 18518 return s 18519} 18520 18521// SetPauseStateSettings sets the PauseStateSettings field's value. 18522func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetPauseStateSettings(v *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18523 s.PauseStateSettings = v 18524 return s 18525} 18526 18527// SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings sets the Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings field's value. 18528func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings(v *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18529 s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings = v 18530 return s 18531} 18532 18533// SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings sets the Scte35SpliceInsertSettings field's value. 18534func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings(v *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18535 s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings = v 18536 return s 18537} 18538 18539// SetScte35TimeSignalSettings sets the Scte35TimeSignalSettings field's value. 18540func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalSettings(v *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18541 s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings = v 18542 return s 18543} 18544 18545// SetStaticImageActivateSettings sets the StaticImageActivateSettings field's value. 18546func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageActivateSettings(v *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18547 s.StaticImageActivateSettings = v 18548 return s 18549} 18550 18551// SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings sets the StaticImageDeactivateSettings field's value. 18552func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings(v *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 18553 s.StaticImageDeactivateSettings = v 18554 return s 18555} 18556 18557// Settings to specify when an action should occur. Only one of the options 18558// must be selected. 18559type ScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 18560 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18561 18562 // Option for specifying the start time for an action. 18563 FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"fixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 18564 18565 // Option for specifying an action as relative to another action. 18566 FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"followModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 18567 18568 // Option for specifying an action that should be applied immediately. 18569 ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"immediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 18570} 18571 18572// String returns the string representation 18573func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 18574 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18575} 18576 18577// GoString returns the string representation 18578func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 18579 return s.String() 18580} 18581 18582// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18583func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 18584 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleActionStartSettings"} 18585 if s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 18586 if err := s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18587 invalidParams.AddNested("FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18588 } 18589 } 18590 if s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 18591 if err := s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18592 invalidParams.AddNested("FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18593 } 18594 } 18595 18596 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18597 return invalidParams 18598 } 18599 return nil 18600} 18601 18602// SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 18603func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 18604 s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 18605 return s 18606} 18607 18608// SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 18609func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 18610 s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 18611 return s 18612} 18613 18614// SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 18615func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 18616 s.ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 18617 return s 18618} 18619 18620// Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings 18621type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { 18622 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18623} 18624 18625// String returns the string representation 18626func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { 18627 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18628} 18629 18630// GoString returns the string representation 18631func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 18632 return s.String() 18633} 18634 18635// Scte20 Source Settings 18636type Scte20SourceSettings struct { 18637 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18638 18639 // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 18640 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 18641 // present in the source content will be discarded. 18642 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"Scte20Convert608To708"` 18643 18644 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 18645 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 18646 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 18647} 18648 18649// String returns the string representation 18650func (s Scte20SourceSettings) String() string { 18651 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18652} 18653 18654// GoString returns the string representation 18655func (s Scte20SourceSettings) GoString() string { 18656 return s.String() 18657} 18658 18659// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18660func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) Validate() error { 18661 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte20SourceSettings"} 18662 if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 { 18663 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1)) 18664 } 18665 18666 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18667 return invalidParams 18668 } 18669 return nil 18670} 18671 18672// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 18673func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *Scte20SourceSettings { 18674 s.Convert608To708 = &v 18675 return s 18676} 18677 18678// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 18679func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *Scte20SourceSettings { 18680 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 18681 return s 18682} 18683 18684// Scte27 Destination Settings 18685type Scte27DestinationSettings struct { 18686 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18687} 18688 18689// String returns the string representation 18690func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) String() string { 18691 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18692} 18693 18694// GoString returns the string representation 18695func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) GoString() string { 18696 return s.String() 18697} 18698 18699// Scte27 Source Settings 18700type Scte27SourceSettings struct { 18701 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18702 18703 // The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode 18704 // field as follows: - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that 18705 // PID; the language is "informational". - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts 18706 // the specified PID. - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified 18707 // language, whichever PID that happens to be. - Omit PID and omit Language: 18708 // Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being passed through; all languages 18709 // will be passed through. 18710 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"` 18711} 18712 18713// String returns the string representation 18714func (s Scte27SourceSettings) String() string { 18715 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18716} 18717 18718// GoString returns the string representation 18719func (s Scte27SourceSettings) GoString() string { 18720 return s.String() 18721} 18722 18723// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18724func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) Validate() error { 18725 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte27SourceSettings"} 18726 if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 { 18727 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1)) 18728 } 18729 18730 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18731 return invalidParams 18732 } 18733 return nil 18734} 18735 18736// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 18737func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *Scte27SourceSettings { 18738 s.Pid = &v 18739 return s 18740} 18741 18742// Corresponds to SCTE-35 delivery_not_restricted_flag parameter. To declare 18743// delivery restrictions, include this element and its four "restriction" flags. 18744// To declare that there are no restrictions, omit this element. 18745type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions struct { 18746 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18747 18748 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 archive_allowed_flag. 18749 // 18750 // ArchiveAllowedFlag is a required field 18751 ArchiveAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"archiveAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag"` 18752 18753 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter. 18754 // 18755 // DeviceRestrictions is a required field 18756 DeviceRestrictions *string `locationName:"deviceRestrictions" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35DeviceRestrictions"` 18757 18758 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. 18759 // 18760 // NoRegionalBlackoutFlag is a required field 18761 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag"` 18762 18763 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. 18764 // 18765 // WebDeliveryAllowedFlag is a required field 18766 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag"` 18767} 18768 18769// String returns the string representation 18770func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) String() string { 18771 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18772} 18773 18774// GoString returns the string representation 18775func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) GoString() string { 18776 return s.String() 18777} 18778 18779// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18780func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) Validate() error { 18781 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35DeliveryRestrictions"} 18782 if s.ArchiveAllowedFlag == nil { 18783 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ArchiveAllowedFlag")) 18784 } 18785 if s.DeviceRestrictions == nil { 18786 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DeviceRestrictions")) 18787 } 18788 if s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag == nil { 18789 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NoRegionalBlackoutFlag")) 18790 } 18791 if s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag == nil { 18792 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebDeliveryAllowedFlag")) 18793 } 18794 18795 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18796 return invalidParams 18797 } 18798 return nil 18799} 18800 18801// SetArchiveAllowedFlag sets the ArchiveAllowedFlag field's value. 18802func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetArchiveAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 18803 s.ArchiveAllowedFlag = &v 18804 return s 18805} 18806 18807// SetDeviceRestrictions sets the DeviceRestrictions field's value. 18808func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetDeviceRestrictions(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 18809 s.DeviceRestrictions = &v 18810 return s 18811} 18812 18813// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 18814func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 18815 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 18816 return s 18817} 18818 18819// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 18820func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 18821 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 18822 return s 18823} 18824 18825// Holds one set of SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings. 18826type Scte35Descriptor struct { 18827 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18828 18829 // SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings. 18830 // 18831 // Scte35DescriptorSettings is a required field 18832 Scte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35DescriptorSettings `locationName:"scte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18833} 18834 18835// String returns the string representation 18836func (s Scte35Descriptor) String() string { 18837 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18838} 18839 18840// GoString returns the string representation 18841func (s Scte35Descriptor) GoString() string { 18842 return s.String() 18843} 18844 18845// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18846func (s *Scte35Descriptor) Validate() error { 18847 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35Descriptor"} 18848 if s.Scte35DescriptorSettings == nil { 18849 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scte35DescriptorSettings")) 18850 } 18851 if s.Scte35DescriptorSettings != nil { 18852 if err := s.Scte35DescriptorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18853 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35DescriptorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18854 } 18855 } 18856 18857 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18858 return invalidParams 18859 } 18860 return nil 18861} 18862 18863// SetScte35DescriptorSettings sets the Scte35DescriptorSettings field's value. 18864func (s *Scte35Descriptor) SetScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35DescriptorSettings) *Scte35Descriptor { 18865 s.Scte35DescriptorSettings = v 18866 return s 18867} 18868 18869// SCTE-35 Descriptor settings. 18870type Scte35DescriptorSettings struct { 18871 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18872 18873 // SCTE-35 Segmentation Descriptor. 18874 // 18875 // SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings is a required field 18876 SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor `locationName:"segmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 18877} 18878 18879// String returns the string representation 18880func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) String() string { 18881 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18882} 18883 18884// GoString returns the string representation 18885func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) GoString() string { 18886 return s.String() 18887} 18888 18889// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18890func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) Validate() error { 18891 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35DescriptorSettings"} 18892 if s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings == nil { 18893 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings")) 18894 } 18895 if s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings != nil { 18896 if err := s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18897 invalidParams.AddNested("SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18898 } 18899 } 18900 18901 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18902 return invalidParams 18903 } 18904 return nil 18905} 18906 18907// SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings sets the SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings field's value. 18908func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) *Scte35DescriptorSettings { 18909 s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings = v 18910 return s 18911} 18912 18913// Settings for a SCTE-35 return_to_network message. 18914type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings struct { 18915 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18916 18917 // The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35. 18918 // 18919 // SpliceEventId is a required field 18920 SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 18921} 18922 18923// String returns the string representation 18924func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 18925 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18926} 18927 18928// GoString returns the string representation 18929func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 18930 return s.String() 18931} 18932 18933// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18934func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 18935 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings"} 18936 if s.SpliceEventId == nil { 18937 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpliceEventId")) 18938 } 18939 18940 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18941 return invalidParams 18942 } 18943 return nil 18944} 18945 18946// SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value. 18947func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings { 18948 s.SpliceEventId = &v 18949 return s 18950} 18951 18952// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_descriptor. 18953type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor struct { 18954 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18955 18956 // Holds the four SCTE-35 delivery restriction parameters. 18957 DeliveryRestrictions *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions `locationName:"deliveryRestrictions" type:"structure"` 18958 18959 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified 18960 // segmentation_type_id. 18961 SegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"segmentNum" type:"integer"` 18962 18963 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. 18964 // 18965 // SegmentationCancelIndicator is a required field 18966 SegmentationCancelIndicator *string `locationName:"segmentationCancelIndicator" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator"` 18967 18968 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_duration. Optional. The duration for 18969 // the time_signal, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the 18970 // seconds by 90,000. Enter time in 90 KHz clock ticks. If you do not enter 18971 // a duration, the time_signal will continue until you insert a cancellation 18972 // message. 18973 SegmentationDuration *int64 `locationName:"segmentationDuration" type:"long"` 18974 18975 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_id. 18976 // 18977 // SegmentationEventId is a required field 18978 SegmentationEventId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 18979 18980 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_type_id. One of the segmentation_type_id 18981 // values listed in the SCTE-35 specification. On the console, enter the ID 18982 // in decimal (for example, "52"). In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter the ID 18983 // in hex (for example, "0x34") or decimal (for example, "52"). 18984 SegmentationTypeId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationTypeId" type:"integer"` 18985 18986 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid. Enter a string containing the hexadecimal 18987 // representation of the characters that make up the SCTE-35 segmentation_upid 18988 // value. Must contain an even number of hex characters. Do not include spaces 18989 // between each hex pair. For example, the ASCII "ADS Information" becomes hex 18990 // "41445320496e666f726d6174696f6e. 18991 SegmentationUpid *string `locationName:"segmentationUpid" type:"string"` 18992 18993 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid_type. On the console, enter one 18994 // of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, converted to a decimal. 18995 // For example, "0x0C" hex from the specification is "12" in decimal. In the 18996 // CLI, API, or an SDK, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, 18997 // in either hex (for example, "0x0C" ) or in decimal (for example, "12"). 18998 SegmentationUpidType *int64 `locationName:"segmentationUpidType" type:"integer"` 18999 19000 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segments_expected. A value that is valid for the specified 19001 // segmentation_type_id. 19002 SegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"segmentsExpected" type:"integer"` 19003 19004 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified 19005 // segmentation_type_id. 19006 SubSegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentNum" type:"integer"` 19007 19008 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segments_expected. A value that is valid for the 19009 // specified segmentation_type_id. 19010 SubSegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentsExpected" type:"integer"` 19011} 19012 19013// String returns the string representation 19014func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) String() string { 19015 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19016} 19017 19018// GoString returns the string representation 19019func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) GoString() string { 19020 return s.String() 19021} 19022 19023// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19024func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) Validate() error { 19025 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SegmentationDescriptor"} 19026 if s.SegmentationCancelIndicator == nil { 19027 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationCancelIndicator")) 19028 } 19029 if s.SegmentationEventId == nil { 19030 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationEventId")) 19031 } 19032 if s.DeliveryRestrictions != nil { 19033 if err := s.DeliveryRestrictions.Validate(); err != nil { 19034 invalidParams.AddNested("DeliveryRestrictions", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19035 } 19036 } 19037 19038 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19039 return invalidParams 19040 } 19041 return nil 19042} 19043 19044// SetDeliveryRestrictions sets the DeliveryRestrictions field's value. 19045func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetDeliveryRestrictions(v *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19046 s.DeliveryRestrictions = v 19047 return s 19048} 19049 19050// SetSegmentNum sets the SegmentNum field's value. 19051func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19052 s.SegmentNum = &v 19053 return s 19054} 19055 19056// SetSegmentationCancelIndicator sets the SegmentationCancelIndicator field's value. 19057func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationCancelIndicator(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19058 s.SegmentationCancelIndicator = &v 19059 return s 19060} 19061 19062// SetSegmentationDuration sets the SegmentationDuration field's value. 19063func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationDuration(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19064 s.SegmentationDuration = &v 19065 return s 19066} 19067 19068// SetSegmentationEventId sets the SegmentationEventId field's value. 19069func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationEventId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19070 s.SegmentationEventId = &v 19071 return s 19072} 19073 19074// SetSegmentationTypeId sets the SegmentationTypeId field's value. 19075func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationTypeId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19076 s.SegmentationTypeId = &v 19077 return s 19078} 19079 19080// SetSegmentationUpid sets the SegmentationUpid field's value. 19081func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpid(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19082 s.SegmentationUpid = &v 19083 return s 19084} 19085 19086// SetSegmentationUpidType sets the SegmentationUpidType field's value. 19087func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpidType(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19088 s.SegmentationUpidType = &v 19089 return s 19090} 19091 19092// SetSegmentsExpected sets the SegmentsExpected field's value. 19093func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19094 s.SegmentsExpected = &v 19095 return s 19096} 19097 19098// SetSubSegmentNum sets the SubSegmentNum field's value. 19099func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19100 s.SubSegmentNum = &v 19101 return s 19102} 19103 19104// SetSubSegmentsExpected sets the SubSegmentsExpected field's value. 19105func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 19106 s.SubSegmentsExpected = &v 19107 return s 19108} 19109 19110// Scte35 Splice Insert 19111type Scte35SpliceInsert struct { 19112 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19113 19114 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 19115 // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not 19116 // apply to OOB messages. 19117 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 19118 19119 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 19120 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 19121 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` 19122 19123 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 19124 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 19125 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` 19126} 19127 19128// String returns the string representation 19129func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) String() string { 19130 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19131} 19132 19133// GoString returns the string representation 19134func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) GoString() string { 19135 return s.String() 19136} 19137 19138// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19139func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) Validate() error { 19140 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SpliceInsert"} 19141 if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { 19142 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) 19143 } 19144 19145 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19146 return invalidParams 19147 } 19148 return nil 19149} 19150 19151// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 19152func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 19153 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 19154 return s 19155} 19156 19157// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 19158func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 19159 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 19160 return s 19161} 19162 19163// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 19164func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 19165 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 19166 return s 19167} 19168 19169// Settings for a SCTE-35 splice_insert message. 19170type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings struct { 19171 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19172 19173 // Optional, the duration for the splice_insert, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert 19174 // seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. If you enter a duration, 19175 // there is an expectation that the downstream system can read the duration 19176 // and cue in at that time. If you do not enter a duration, the splice_insert 19177 // will continue indefinitely and there is an expectation that you will enter 19178 // a return_to_network to end the splice_insert at the appropriate time. 19179 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"` 19180 19181 // The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35. 19182 // 19183 // SpliceEventId is a required field 19184 SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 19185} 19186 19187// String returns the string representation 19188func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 19189 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19190} 19191 19192// GoString returns the string representation 19193func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 19194 return s.String() 19195} 19196 19197// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19198func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 19199 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings"} 19200 if s.SpliceEventId == nil { 19201 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpliceEventId")) 19202 } 19203 19204 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19205 return invalidParams 19206 } 19207 return nil 19208} 19209 19210// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 19211func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings { 19212 s.Duration = &v 19213 return s 19214} 19215 19216// SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value. 19217func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings { 19218 s.SpliceEventId = &v 19219 return s 19220} 19221 19222// Scte35 Time Signal Apos 19223type Scte35TimeSignalApos struct { 19224 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19225 19226 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 19227 // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not 19228 // apply to OOB messages. 19229 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 19230 19231 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 19232 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 19233 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` 19234 19235 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 19236 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 19237 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` 19238} 19239 19240// String returns the string representation 19241func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) String() string { 19242 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19243} 19244 19245// GoString returns the string representation 19246func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) GoString() string { 19247 return s.String() 19248} 19249 19250// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19251func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) Validate() error { 19252 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35TimeSignalApos"} 19253 if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { 19254 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) 19255 } 19256 19257 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19258 return invalidParams 19259 } 19260 return nil 19261} 19262 19263// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 19264func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 19265 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 19266 return s 19267} 19268 19269// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 19270func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 19271 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 19272 return s 19273} 19274 19275// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 19276func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 19277 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 19278 return s 19279} 19280 19281// Settings for a SCTE-35 time_signal. 19282type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings struct { 19283 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19284 19285 // The list of SCTE-35 descriptors accompanying the SCTE-35 time_signal. 19286 // 19287 // Scte35Descriptors is a required field 19288 Scte35Descriptors []*Scte35Descriptor `locationName:"scte35Descriptors" type:"list" required:"true"` 19289} 19290 19291// String returns the string representation 19292func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 19293 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19294} 19295 19296// GoString returns the string representation 19297func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 19298 return s.String() 19299} 19300 19301// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19302func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 19303 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings"} 19304 if s.Scte35Descriptors == nil { 19305 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scte35Descriptors")) 19306 } 19307 if s.Scte35Descriptors != nil { 19308 for i, v := range s.Scte35Descriptors { 19309 if v == nil { 19310 continue 19311 } 19312 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19313 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Scte35Descriptors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19314 } 19315 } 19316 } 19317 19318 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19319 return invalidParams 19320 } 19321 return nil 19322} 19323 19324// SetScte35Descriptors sets the Scte35Descriptors field's value. 19325func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35Descriptors(v []*Scte35Descriptor) *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings { 19326 s.Scte35Descriptors = v 19327 return s 19328} 19329 19330// Smpte Tt Destination Settings 19331type SmpteTtDestinationSettings struct { 19332 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19333} 19334 19335// String returns the string representation 19336func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) String() string { 19337 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19338} 19339 19340// GoString returns the string representation 19341func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 19342 return s.String() 19343} 19344 19345// Standard Hls Settings 19346type StandardHlsSettings struct { 19347 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19348 19349 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 19350 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 19351 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 19352 19353 // Settings information for the .m3u8 container 19354 // 19355 // M3u8Settings is a required field 19356 M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 19357} 19358 19359// String returns the string representation 19360func (s StandardHlsSettings) String() string { 19361 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19362} 19363 19364// GoString returns the string representation 19365func (s StandardHlsSettings) GoString() string { 19366 return s.String() 19367} 19368 19369// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19370func (s *StandardHlsSettings) Validate() error { 19371 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StandardHlsSettings"} 19372 if s.M3u8Settings == nil { 19373 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("M3u8Settings")) 19374 } 19375 19376 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19377 return invalidParams 19378 } 19379 return nil 19380} 19381 19382// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 19383func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *StandardHlsSettings { 19384 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 19385 return s 19386} 19387 19388// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value. 19389func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *StandardHlsSettings { 19390 s.M3u8Settings = v 19391 return s 19392} 19393 19394type StartChannelInput struct { 19395 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19396 19397 // ChannelId is a required field 19398 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 19399} 19400 19401// String returns the string representation 19402func (s StartChannelInput) String() string { 19403 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19404} 19405 19406// GoString returns the string representation 19407func (s StartChannelInput) GoString() string { 19408 return s.String() 19409} 19410 19411// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19412func (s *StartChannelInput) Validate() error { 19413 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartChannelInput"} 19414 if s.ChannelId == nil { 19415 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 19416 } 19417 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 19418 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 19419 } 19420 19421 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19422 return invalidParams 19423 } 19424 return nil 19425} 19426 19427// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 19428func (s *StartChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StartChannelInput { 19429 s.ChannelId = &v 19430 return s 19431} 19432 19433type StartChannelOutput struct { 19434 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19435 19436 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 19437 19438 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 19439 // only has one. 19440 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 19441 19442 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 19443 19444 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 19445 19446 // Encoder Settings 19447 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 19448 19449 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 19450 19451 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 19452 19453 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 19454 19455 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 19456 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 19457 19458 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 19459 19460 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 19461 19462 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 19463 19464 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 19465 19466 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 19467 19468 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 19469} 19470 19471// String returns the string representation 19472func (s StartChannelOutput) String() string { 19473 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19474} 19475 19476// GoString returns the string representation 19477func (s StartChannelOutput) GoString() string { 19478 return s.String() 19479} 19480 19481// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 19482func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19483 s.Arn = &v 19484 return s 19485} 19486 19487// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 19488func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19489 s.ChannelClass = &v 19490 return s 19491} 19492 19493// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 19494func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StartChannelOutput { 19495 s.Destinations = v 19496 return s 19497} 19498 19499// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 19500func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StartChannelOutput { 19501 s.EgressEndpoints = v 19502 return s 19503} 19504 19505// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 19506func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StartChannelOutput { 19507 s.EncoderSettings = v 19508 return s 19509} 19510 19511// SetId sets the Id field's value. 19512func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19513 s.Id = &v 19514 return s 19515} 19516 19517// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 19518func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StartChannelOutput { 19519 s.InputAttachments = v 19520 return s 19521} 19522 19523// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 19524func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StartChannelOutput { 19525 s.InputSpecification = v 19526 return s 19527} 19528 19529// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 19530func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19531 s.LogLevel = &v 19532 return s 19533} 19534 19535// SetName sets the Name field's value. 19536func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19537 s.Name = &v 19538 return s 19539} 19540 19541// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 19542func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StartChannelOutput { 19543 s.PipelineDetails = v 19544 return s 19545} 19546 19547// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 19548func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartChannelOutput { 19549 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 19550 return s 19551} 19552 19553// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 19554func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19555 s.RoleArn = &v 19556 return s 19557} 19558 19559// SetState sets the State field's value. 19560func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 19561 s.State = &v 19562 return s 19563} 19564 19565// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 19566func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartChannelOutput { 19567 s.Tags = v 19568 return s 19569} 19570 19571type StartMultiplexInput struct { 19572 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19573 19574 // MultiplexId is a required field 19575 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 19576} 19577 19578// String returns the string representation 19579func (s StartMultiplexInput) String() string { 19580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19581} 19582 19583// GoString returns the string representation 19584func (s StartMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 19585 return s.String() 19586} 19587 19588// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19589func (s *StartMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 19590 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartMultiplexInput"} 19591 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 19592 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 19593 } 19594 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 19595 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 19596 } 19597 19598 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19599 return invalidParams 19600 } 19601 return nil 19602} 19603 19604// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 19605func (s *StartMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StartMultiplexInput { 19606 s.MultiplexId = &v 19607 return s 19608} 19609 19610type StartMultiplexOutput struct { 19611 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19612 19613 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 19614 19615 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 19616 19617 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 19618 19619 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 19620 19621 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 19622 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 19623 19624 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 19625 19626 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 19627 19628 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 19629 19630 // The current state of the multiplex. 19631 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 19632 19633 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 19634} 19635 19636// String returns the string representation 19637func (s StartMultiplexOutput) String() string { 19638 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19639} 19640 19641// GoString returns the string representation 19642func (s StartMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 19643 return s.String() 19644} 19645 19646// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 19647func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19648 s.Arn = &v 19649 return s 19650} 19651 19652// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 19653func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19654 s.AvailabilityZones = v 19655 return s 19656} 19657 19658// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 19659func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19660 s.Destinations = v 19661 return s 19662} 19663 19664// SetId sets the Id field's value. 19665func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19666 s.Id = &v 19667 return s 19668} 19669 19670// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 19671func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19672 s.MultiplexSettings = v 19673 return s 19674} 19675 19676// SetName sets the Name field's value. 19677func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19678 s.Name = &v 19679 return s 19680} 19681 19682// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 19683func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19684 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 19685 return s 19686} 19687 19688// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 19689func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19690 s.ProgramCount = &v 19691 return s 19692} 19693 19694// SetState sets the State field's value. 19695func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19696 s.State = &v 19697 return s 19698} 19699 19700// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 19701func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 19702 s.Tags = v 19703 return s 19704} 19705 19706// Settings to identify the start of the clip. 19707type StartTimecode struct { 19708 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19709 19710 // The timecode for the frame where you want to start the clip. Optional; if 19711 // not specified, the clip starts at first frame in the file. Enter the timecode 19712 // as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF. 19713 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 19714} 19715 19716// String returns the string representation 19717func (s StartTimecode) String() string { 19718 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19719} 19720 19721// GoString returns the string representation 19722func (s StartTimecode) GoString() string { 19723 return s.String() 19724} 19725 19726// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 19727func (s *StartTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StartTimecode { 19728 s.Timecode = &v 19729 return s 19730} 19731 19732// Settings for the action to activate a static image. 19733type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings struct { 19734 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19735 19736 // The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted 19737 // or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it 19738 // is explicitly deactivated. 19739 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 19740 19741 // The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at 19742 // the start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in). 19743 FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"` 19744 19745 // Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the 19746 // image to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so 19747 // it effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out). 19748 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 19749 19750 // The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay 19751 // will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the 19752 // native height of the overlay. 19753 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"1" type:"integer"` 19754 19755 // The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The 19756 // file must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels) 19757 // than the input video. 19758 // 19759 // Image is a required field 19760 Image *InputLocation `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"` 19761 19762 // Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the 19763 // video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If 19764 // the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying 19765 // video, then the overlay is cropped on the right. 19766 ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"` 19767 19768 // Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the 19769 // video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If 19770 // the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the 19771 // underlying video, then the overlay is cropped on the bottom. 19772 ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"` 19773 19774 // The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid 19775 // on the video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order, 19776 // which means that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top 19777 // of overlays with lower values of layer. Default is 0. 19778 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 19779 19780 // Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default 19781 // is 100. 19782 Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"` 19783 19784 // The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay 19785 // will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the 19786 // native width of the overlay. 19787 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"1" type:"integer"` 19788} 19789 19790// String returns the string representation 19791func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 19792 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19793} 19794 19795// GoString returns the string representation 19796func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 19797 return s.String() 19798} 19799 19800// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19801func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 19802 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings"} 19803 if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 1 { 19804 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 1)) 19805 } 19806 if s.Image == nil { 19807 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Image")) 19808 } 19809 if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 1 { 19810 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 1)) 19811 } 19812 if s.Image != nil { 19813 if err := s.Image.Validate(); err != nil { 19814 invalidParams.AddNested("Image", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19815 } 19816 } 19817 19818 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19819 return invalidParams 19820 } 19821 return nil 19822} 19823 19824// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 19825func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19826 s.Duration = &v 19827 return s 19828} 19829 19830// SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value. 19831func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeIn(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19832 s.FadeIn = &v 19833 return s 19834} 19835 19836// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 19837func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19838 s.FadeOut = &v 19839 return s 19840} 19841 19842// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 19843func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19844 s.Height = &v 19845 return s 19846} 19847 19848// SetImage sets the Image field's value. 19849func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImage(v *InputLocation) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19850 s.Image = v 19851 return s 19852} 19853 19854// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value. 19855func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageX(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19856 s.ImageX = &v 19857 return s 19858} 19859 19860// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value. 19861func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageY(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19862 s.ImageY = &v 19863 return s 19864} 19865 19866// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 19867func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19868 s.Layer = &v 19869 return s 19870} 19871 19872// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value. 19873func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetOpacity(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19874 s.Opacity = &v 19875 return s 19876} 19877 19878// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 19879func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 19880 s.Width = &v 19881 return s 19882} 19883 19884// Settings for the action to deactivate the image in a specific layer. 19885type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct { 19886 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19887 19888 // The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out). 19889 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 19890 19891 // The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0. 19892 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 19893} 19894 19895// String returns the string representation 19896func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 19897 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19898} 19899 19900// GoString returns the string representation 19901func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 19902 return s.String() 19903} 19904 19905// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 19906func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings { 19907 s.FadeOut = &v 19908 return s 19909} 19910 19911// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 19912func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings { 19913 s.Layer = &v 19914 return s 19915} 19916 19917// Static Key Settings 19918type StaticKeySettings struct { 19919 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19920 19921 // The URL of the license server used for protecting content. 19922 KeyProviderServer *InputLocation `locationName:"keyProviderServer" type:"structure"` 19923 19924 // Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string. 19925 // 19926 // StaticKeyValue is a required field 19927 StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" min:"32" type:"string" required:"true"` 19928} 19929 19930// String returns the string representation 19931func (s StaticKeySettings) String() string { 19932 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19933} 19934 19935// GoString returns the string representation 19936func (s StaticKeySettings) GoString() string { 19937 return s.String() 19938} 19939 19940// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19941func (s *StaticKeySettings) Validate() error { 19942 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StaticKeySettings"} 19943 if s.StaticKeyValue == nil { 19944 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StaticKeyValue")) 19945 } 19946 if s.StaticKeyValue != nil && len(*s.StaticKeyValue) < 32 { 19947 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StaticKeyValue", 32)) 19948 } 19949 if s.KeyProviderServer != nil { 19950 if err := s.KeyProviderServer.Validate(); err != nil { 19951 invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderServer", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19952 } 19953 } 19954 19955 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19956 return invalidParams 19957 } 19958 return nil 19959} 19960 19961// SetKeyProviderServer sets the KeyProviderServer field's value. 19962func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetKeyProviderServer(v *InputLocation) *StaticKeySettings { 19963 s.KeyProviderServer = v 19964 return s 19965} 19966 19967// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value. 19968func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeySettings { 19969 s.StaticKeyValue = &v 19970 return s 19971} 19972 19973type StopChannelInput struct { 19974 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19975 19976 // ChannelId is a required field 19977 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 19978} 19979 19980// String returns the string representation 19981func (s StopChannelInput) String() string { 19982 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19983} 19984 19985// GoString returns the string representation 19986func (s StopChannelInput) GoString() string { 19987 return s.String() 19988} 19989 19990// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19991func (s *StopChannelInput) Validate() error { 19992 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopChannelInput"} 19993 if s.ChannelId == nil { 19994 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 19995 } 19996 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 19997 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 19998 } 19999 20000 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20001 return invalidParams 20002 } 20003 return nil 20004} 20005 20006// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 20007func (s *StopChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StopChannelInput { 20008 s.ChannelId = &v 20009 return s 20010} 20011 20012type StopChannelOutput struct { 20013 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20014 20015 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 20016 20017 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 20018 // only has one. 20019 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 20020 20021 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 20022 20023 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 20024 20025 // Encoder Settings 20026 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 20027 20028 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 20029 20030 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 20031 20032 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 20033 20034 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 20035 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 20036 20037 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 20038 20039 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 20040 20041 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 20042 20043 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 20044 20045 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 20046 20047 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 20048} 20049 20050// String returns the string representation 20051func (s StopChannelOutput) String() string { 20052 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20053} 20054 20055// GoString returns the string representation 20056func (s StopChannelOutput) GoString() string { 20057 return s.String() 20058} 20059 20060// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 20061func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20062 s.Arn = &v 20063 return s 20064} 20065 20066// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 20067func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20068 s.ChannelClass = &v 20069 return s 20070} 20071 20072// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 20073func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StopChannelOutput { 20074 s.Destinations = v 20075 return s 20076} 20077 20078// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 20079func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StopChannelOutput { 20080 s.EgressEndpoints = v 20081 return s 20082} 20083 20084// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 20085func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StopChannelOutput { 20086 s.EncoderSettings = v 20087 return s 20088} 20089 20090// SetId sets the Id field's value. 20091func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20092 s.Id = &v 20093 return s 20094} 20095 20096// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 20097func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StopChannelOutput { 20098 s.InputAttachments = v 20099 return s 20100} 20101 20102// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 20103func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StopChannelOutput { 20104 s.InputSpecification = v 20105 return s 20106} 20107 20108// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 20109func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20110 s.LogLevel = &v 20111 return s 20112} 20113 20114// SetName sets the Name field's value. 20115func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20116 s.Name = &v 20117 return s 20118} 20119 20120// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 20121func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StopChannelOutput { 20122 s.PipelineDetails = v 20123 return s 20124} 20125 20126// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 20127func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopChannelOutput { 20128 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 20129 return s 20130} 20131 20132// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 20133func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20134 s.RoleArn = &v 20135 return s 20136} 20137 20138// SetState sets the State field's value. 20139func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 20140 s.State = &v 20141 return s 20142} 20143 20144// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20145func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopChannelOutput { 20146 s.Tags = v 20147 return s 20148} 20149 20150type StopMultiplexInput struct { 20151 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20152 20153 // MultiplexId is a required field 20154 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 20155} 20156 20157// String returns the string representation 20158func (s StopMultiplexInput) String() string { 20159 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20160} 20161 20162// GoString returns the string representation 20163func (s StopMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 20164 return s.String() 20165} 20166 20167// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20168func (s *StopMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 20169 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopMultiplexInput"} 20170 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 20171 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 20172 } 20173 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 20174 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 20175 } 20176 20177 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20178 return invalidParams 20179 } 20180 return nil 20181} 20182 20183// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 20184func (s *StopMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StopMultiplexInput { 20185 s.MultiplexId = &v 20186 return s 20187} 20188 20189type StopMultiplexOutput struct { 20190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20191 20192 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 20193 20194 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 20195 20196 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 20197 20198 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 20199 20200 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 20201 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 20202 20203 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 20204 20205 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 20206 20207 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 20208 20209 // The current state of the multiplex. 20210 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 20211 20212 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 20213} 20214 20215// String returns the string representation 20216func (s StopMultiplexOutput) String() string { 20217 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20218} 20219 20220// GoString returns the string representation 20221func (s StopMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 20222 return s.String() 20223} 20224 20225// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 20226func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20227 s.Arn = &v 20228 return s 20229} 20230 20231// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 20232func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20233 s.AvailabilityZones = v 20234 return s 20235} 20236 20237// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 20238func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20239 s.Destinations = v 20240 return s 20241} 20242 20243// SetId sets the Id field's value. 20244func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20245 s.Id = &v 20246 return s 20247} 20248 20249// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 20250func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20251 s.MultiplexSettings = v 20252 return s 20253} 20254 20255// SetName sets the Name field's value. 20256func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20257 s.Name = &v 20258 return s 20259} 20260 20261// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 20262func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20263 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 20264 return s 20265} 20266 20267// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 20268func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20269 s.ProgramCount = &v 20270 return s 20271} 20272 20273// SetState sets the State field's value. 20274func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20275 s.State = &v 20276 return s 20277} 20278 20279// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20280func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 20281 s.Tags = v 20282 return s 20283} 20284 20285// Settings to identify the end of the clip. 20286type StopTimecode struct { 20287 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20288 20289 // If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you 20290 // can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the 20291 // frame specified by the timecode. 20292 LastFrameClippingBehavior *string `locationName:"lastFrameClippingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"LastFrameClippingBehavior"` 20293 20294 // The timecode for the frame where you want to stop the clip. Optional; if 20295 // not specified, the clip continues to the end of the file. Enter the timecode 20296 // as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF. 20297 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 20298} 20299 20300// String returns the string representation 20301func (s StopTimecode) String() string { 20302 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20303} 20304 20305// GoString returns the string representation 20306func (s StopTimecode) GoString() string { 20307 return s.String() 20308} 20309 20310// SetLastFrameClippingBehavior sets the LastFrameClippingBehavior field's value. 20311func (s *StopTimecode) SetLastFrameClippingBehavior(v string) *StopTimecode { 20312 s.LastFrameClippingBehavior = &v 20313 return s 20314} 20315 20316// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 20317func (s *StopTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StopTimecode { 20318 s.Timecode = &v 20319 return s 20320} 20321 20322// Teletext Destination Settings 20323type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { 20324 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20325} 20326 20327// String returns the string representation 20328func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string { 20329 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20330} 20331 20332// GoString returns the string representation 20333func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 20334 return s.String() 20335} 20336 20337// Teletext Source Settings 20338type TeletextSourceSettings struct { 20339 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20340 20341 // Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract 20342 // captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should 20343 // be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix. 20344 PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` 20345} 20346 20347// String returns the string representation 20348func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string { 20349 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20350} 20351 20352// GoString returns the string representation 20353func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string { 20354 return s.String() 20355} 20356 20357// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. 20358func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings { 20359 s.PageNumber = &v 20360 return s 20361} 20362 20363// Timecode Config 20364type TimecodeConfig struct { 20365 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20366 20367 // Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events 20368 // outputs.-Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode 20369 // from the the source. If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the 20370 // system falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased).-System Clock (systemclock): 20371 // Use the UTC time.-Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of 20372 // the event will be 00:00:00:00. 20373 // 20374 // Source is a required field 20375 Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TimecodeConfigSource"` 20376 20377 // Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the 20378 // input timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid 20379 // unnecessary discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when 20380 // this is not specified. 20381 SyncThreshold *int64 `locationName:"syncThreshold" min:"1" type:"integer"` 20382} 20383 20384// String returns the string representation 20385func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string { 20386 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20387} 20388 20389// GoString returns the string representation 20390func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string { 20391 return s.String() 20392} 20393 20394// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20395func (s *TimecodeConfig) Validate() error { 20396 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TimecodeConfig"} 20397 if s.Source == nil { 20398 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source")) 20399 } 20400 if s.SyncThreshold != nil && *s.SyncThreshold < 1 { 20401 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SyncThreshold", 1)) 20402 } 20403 20404 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20405 return invalidParams 20406 } 20407 return nil 20408} 20409 20410// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 20411func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 20412 s.Source = &v 20413 return s 20414} 20415 20416// SetSyncThreshold sets the SyncThreshold field's value. 20417func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSyncThreshold(v int64) *TimecodeConfig { 20418 s.SyncThreshold = &v 20419 return s 20420} 20421 20422// Ttml Destination Settings 20423type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { 20424 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20425 20426 // When set to passthrough, passes through style and position information from 20427 // a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or 20428 // TTML output. 20429 StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"TtmlDestinationStyleControl"` 20430} 20431 20432// String returns the string representation 20433func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string { 20434 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20435} 20436 20437// GoString returns the string representation 20438func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 20439 return s.String() 20440} 20441 20442// SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value. 20443func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings { 20444 s.StyleControl = &v 20445 return s 20446} 20447 20448// Udp Container Settings 20449type UdpContainerSettings struct { 20450 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20451 20452 // M2ts Settings 20453 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 20454} 20455 20456// String returns the string representation 20457func (s UdpContainerSettings) String() string { 20458 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20459} 20460 20461// GoString returns the string representation 20462func (s UdpContainerSettings) GoString() string { 20463 return s.String() 20464} 20465 20466// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20467func (s *UdpContainerSettings) Validate() error { 20468 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UdpContainerSettings"} 20469 if s.M2tsSettings != nil { 20470 if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20471 invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20472 } 20473 } 20474 20475 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20476 return invalidParams 20477 } 20478 return nil 20479} 20480 20481// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 20482func (s *UdpContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *UdpContainerSettings { 20483 s.M2tsSettings = v 20484 return s 20485} 20486 20487// Udp Group Settings 20488type UdpGroupSettings struct { 20489 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20490 20491 // Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup 20492 // inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream 20493 // will stop being emitted. When dropProgram is selected the program can be 20494 // dropped from the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet 20495 // the TS bitrate requirement). Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport 20496 // stream will continue to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames, 20497 // or slate frames substituted for the absent input video. 20498 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForUdpOut"` 20499 20500 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 20501 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 20502 20503 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 20504 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 20505} 20506 20507// String returns the string representation 20508func (s UdpGroupSettings) String() string { 20509 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20510} 20511 20512// GoString returns the string representation 20513func (s UdpGroupSettings) GoString() string { 20514 return s.String() 20515} 20516 20517// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 20518func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { 20519 s.InputLossAction = &v 20520 return s 20521} 20522 20523// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 20524func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { 20525 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 20526 return s 20527} 20528 20529// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 20530func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *UdpGroupSettings { 20531 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 20532 return s 20533} 20534 20535// Udp Output Settings 20536type UdpOutputSettings struct { 20537 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20538 20539 // UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through 20540 // the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a 20541 // constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input 20542 // switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc. 20543 BufferMsec *int64 `locationName:"bufferMsec" type:"integer"` 20544 20545 // Udp Container Settings 20546 // 20547 // ContainerSettings is a required field 20548 ContainerSettings *UdpContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20549 20550 // Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast 20551 // or multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002). 20552 // 20553 // Destination is a required field 20554 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20555 20556 // Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs. 20557 FecOutputSettings *FecOutputSettings `locationName:"fecOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 20558} 20559 20560// String returns the string representation 20561func (s UdpOutputSettings) String() string { 20562 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20563} 20564 20565// GoString returns the string representation 20566func (s UdpOutputSettings) GoString() string { 20567 return s.String() 20568} 20569 20570// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20571func (s *UdpOutputSettings) Validate() error { 20572 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UdpOutputSettings"} 20573 if s.ContainerSettings == nil { 20574 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings")) 20575 } 20576 if s.Destination == nil { 20577 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 20578 } 20579 if s.ContainerSettings != nil { 20580 if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20581 invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20582 } 20583 } 20584 if s.FecOutputSettings != nil { 20585 if err := s.FecOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20586 invalidParams.AddNested("FecOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20587 } 20588 } 20589 20590 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20591 return invalidParams 20592 } 20593 return nil 20594} 20595 20596// SetBufferMsec sets the BufferMsec field's value. 20597func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetBufferMsec(v int64) *UdpOutputSettings { 20598 s.BufferMsec = &v 20599 return s 20600} 20601 20602// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 20603func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *UdpContainerSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { 20604 s.ContainerSettings = v 20605 return s 20606} 20607 20608// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 20609func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *UdpOutputSettings { 20610 s.Destination = v 20611 return s 20612} 20613 20614// SetFecOutputSettings sets the FecOutputSettings field's value. 20615func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetFecOutputSettings(v *FecOutputSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { 20616 s.FecOutputSettings = v 20617 return s 20618} 20619 20620type UpdateChannelClassInput struct { 20621 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20622 20623 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 20624 // only has one. 20625 // 20626 // ChannelClass is a required field 20627 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChannelClass"` 20628 20629 // ChannelId is a required field 20630 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 20631 20632 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 20633} 20634 20635// String returns the string representation 20636func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) String() string { 20637 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20638} 20639 20640// GoString returns the string representation 20641func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) GoString() string { 20642 return s.String() 20643} 20644 20645// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20646func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) Validate() error { 20647 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelClassInput"} 20648 if s.ChannelClass == nil { 20649 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelClass")) 20650 } 20651 if s.ChannelId == nil { 20652 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 20653 } 20654 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 20655 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 20656 } 20657 if s.Destinations != nil { 20658 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 20659 if v == nil { 20660 continue 20661 } 20662 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20663 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20664 } 20665 } 20666 } 20667 20668 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20669 return invalidParams 20670 } 20671 return nil 20672} 20673 20674// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 20675func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 20676 s.ChannelClass = &v 20677 return s 20678} 20679 20680// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 20681func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 20682 s.ChannelId = &v 20683 return s 20684} 20685 20686// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 20687func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 20688 s.Destinations = v 20689 return s 20690} 20691 20692type UpdateChannelClassOutput struct { 20693 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20694 20695 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 20696} 20697 20698// String returns the string representation 20699func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) String() string { 20700 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20701} 20702 20703// GoString returns the string representation 20704func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) GoString() string { 20705 return s.String() 20706} 20707 20708// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 20709func (s *UpdateChannelClassOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelClassOutput { 20710 s.Channel = v 20711 return s 20712} 20713 20714type UpdateChannelInput struct { 20715 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20716 20717 // ChannelId is a required field 20718 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 20719 20720 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 20721 20722 // Encoder Settings 20723 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 20724 20725 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 20726 20727 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 20728 20729 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 20730 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 20731 20732 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 20733 20734 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 20735} 20736 20737// String returns the string representation 20738func (s UpdateChannelInput) String() string { 20739 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20740} 20741 20742// GoString returns the string representation 20743func (s UpdateChannelInput) GoString() string { 20744 return s.String() 20745} 20746 20747// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20748func (s *UpdateChannelInput) Validate() error { 20749 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelInput"} 20750 if s.ChannelId == nil { 20751 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 20752 } 20753 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 20754 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 20755 } 20756 if s.Destinations != nil { 20757 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 20758 if v == nil { 20759 continue 20760 } 20761 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20762 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20763 } 20764 } 20765 } 20766 if s.EncoderSettings != nil { 20767 if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20768 invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20769 } 20770 } 20771 if s.InputAttachments != nil { 20772 for i, v := range s.InputAttachments { 20773 if v == nil { 20774 continue 20775 } 20776 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20777 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20778 } 20779 } 20780 } 20781 20782 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20783 return invalidParams 20784 } 20785 return nil 20786} 20787 20788// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 20789func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 20790 s.ChannelId = &v 20791 return s 20792} 20793 20794// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 20795func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelInput { 20796 s.Destinations = v 20797 return s 20798} 20799 20800// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 20801func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *UpdateChannelInput { 20802 s.EncoderSettings = v 20803 return s 20804} 20805 20806// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 20807func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *UpdateChannelInput { 20808 s.InputAttachments = v 20809 return s 20810} 20811 20812// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 20813func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *UpdateChannelInput { 20814 s.InputSpecification = v 20815 return s 20816} 20817 20818// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 20819func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 20820 s.LogLevel = &v 20821 return s 20822} 20823 20824// SetName sets the Name field's value. 20825func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 20826 s.Name = &v 20827 return s 20828} 20829 20830// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 20831func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 20832 s.RoleArn = &v 20833 return s 20834} 20835 20836type UpdateChannelOutput struct { 20837 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20838 20839 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 20840} 20841 20842// String returns the string representation 20843func (s UpdateChannelOutput) String() string { 20844 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20845} 20846 20847// GoString returns the string representation 20848func (s UpdateChannelOutput) GoString() string { 20849 return s.String() 20850} 20851 20852// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 20853func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelOutput { 20854 s.Channel = v 20855 return s 20856} 20857 20858type UpdateInputInput struct { 20859 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20860 20861 Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 20862 20863 // InputId is a required field 20864 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 20865 20866 InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 20867 20868 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 20869 20870 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 20871 20872 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 20873 20874 Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 20875} 20876 20877// String returns the string representation 20878func (s UpdateInputInput) String() string { 20879 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20880} 20881 20882// GoString returns the string representation 20883func (s UpdateInputInput) GoString() string { 20884 return s.String() 20885} 20886 20887// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20888func (s *UpdateInputInput) Validate() error { 20889 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputInput"} 20890 if s.InputId == nil { 20891 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 20892 } 20893 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 20894 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 20895 } 20896 20897 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20898 return invalidParams 20899 } 20900 return nil 20901} 20902 20903// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 20904func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 20905 s.Destinations = v 20906 return s 20907} 20908 20909// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 20910func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 20911 s.InputId = &v 20912 return s 20913} 20914 20915// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 20916func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *UpdateInputInput { 20917 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 20918 return s 20919} 20920 20921// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 20922func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 20923 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 20924 return s 20925} 20926 20927// SetName sets the Name field's value. 20928func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 20929 s.Name = &v 20930 return s 20931} 20932 20933// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 20934func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 20935 s.RoleArn = &v 20936 return s 20937} 20938 20939// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 20940func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 20941 s.Sources = v 20942 return s 20943} 20944 20945type UpdateInputOutput struct { 20946 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20947 20948 Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` 20949} 20950 20951// String returns the string representation 20952func (s UpdateInputOutput) String() string { 20953 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20954} 20955 20956// GoString returns the string representation 20957func (s UpdateInputOutput) GoString() string { 20958 return s.String() 20959} 20960 20961// SetInput sets the Input field's value. 20962func (s *UpdateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *UpdateInputOutput { 20963 s.Input = v 20964 return s 20965} 20966 20967type UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 20968 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20969 20970 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 20971 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 20972 20973 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 20974 20975 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 20976} 20977 20978// String returns the string representation 20979func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 20980 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20981} 20982 20983// GoString returns the string representation 20984func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 20985 return s.String() 20986} 20987 20988// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20989func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 20990 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput"} 20991 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 20992 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 20993 } 20994 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 20995 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 20996 } 20997 20998 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20999 return invalidParams 21000 } 21001 return nil 21002} 21003 21004// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 21005func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 21006 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 21007 return s 21008} 21009 21010// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21011func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 21012 s.Tags = v 21013 return s 21014} 21015 21016// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 21017func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 21018 s.WhitelistRules = v 21019 return s 21020} 21021 21022type UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 21023 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21024 21025 // An Input Security Group 21026 SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` 21027} 21028 21029// String returns the string representation 21030func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 21031 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21032} 21033 21034// GoString returns the string representation 21035func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 21036 return s.String() 21037} 21038 21039// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. 21040func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput { 21041 s.SecurityGroup = v 21042 return s 21043} 21044 21045type UpdateMultiplexInput struct { 21046 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21047 21048 // MultiplexId is a required field 21049 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21050 21051 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 21052 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 21053 21054 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21055} 21056 21057// String returns the string representation 21058func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) String() string { 21059 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21060} 21061 21062// GoString returns the string representation 21063func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 21064 return s.String() 21065} 21066 21067// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21068func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 21069 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexInput"} 21070 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 21071 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 21072 } 21073 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 21074 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 21075 } 21076 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 21077 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21078 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21079 } 21080 } 21081 21082 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21083 return invalidParams 21084 } 21085 return nil 21086} 21087 21088// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 21089func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 21090 s.MultiplexId = &v 21091 return s 21092} 21093 21094// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 21095func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 21096 s.MultiplexSettings = v 21097 return s 21098} 21099 21100// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21101func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 21102 s.Name = &v 21103 return s 21104} 21105 21106type UpdateMultiplexOutput struct { 21107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21108 21109 // The multiplex object. 21110 Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"` 21111} 21112 21113// String returns the string representation 21114func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) String() string { 21115 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21116} 21117 21118// GoString returns the string representation 21119func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 21120 return s.String() 21121} 21122 21123// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value. 21124func (s *UpdateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *UpdateMultiplexOutput { 21125 s.Multiplex = v 21126 return s 21127} 21128 21129type UpdateMultiplexProgramInput struct { 21130 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21131 21132 // MultiplexId is a required field 21133 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21134 21135 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 21136 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 21137 21138 // ProgramName is a required field 21139 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 21140} 21141 21142// String returns the string representation 21143func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 21144 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21145} 21146 21147// GoString returns the string representation 21148func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 21149 return s.String() 21150} 21151 21152// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21153func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 21154 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexProgramInput"} 21155 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 21156 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 21157 } 21158 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 21159 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 21160 } 21161 if s.ProgramName == nil { 21162 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 21163 } 21164 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 21165 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 21166 } 21167 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil { 21168 if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21169 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21170 } 21171 } 21172 21173 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21174 return invalidParams 21175 } 21176 return nil 21177} 21178 21179// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 21180func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 21181 s.MultiplexId = &v 21182 return s 21183} 21184 21185// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 21186func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 21187 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 21188 return s 21189} 21190 21191// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 21192func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 21193 s.ProgramName = &v 21194 return s 21195} 21196 21197type UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 21198 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21199 21200 // The multiplex program object. 21201 MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"` 21202} 21203 21204// String returns the string representation 21205func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 21206 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21207} 21208 21209// GoString returns the string representation 21210func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 21211 return s.String() 21212} 21213 21214// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value. 21215func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput { 21216 s.MultiplexProgram = v 21217 return s 21218} 21219 21220type UpdateReservationInput struct { 21221 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21222 21223 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21224 21225 // ReservationId is a required field 21226 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21227} 21228 21229// String returns the string representation 21230func (s UpdateReservationInput) String() string { 21231 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21232} 21233 21234// GoString returns the string representation 21235func (s UpdateReservationInput) GoString() string { 21236 return s.String() 21237} 21238 21239// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21240func (s *UpdateReservationInput) Validate() error { 21241 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateReservationInput"} 21242 if s.ReservationId == nil { 21243 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 21244 } 21245 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 21246 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 21247 } 21248 21249 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21250 return invalidParams 21251 } 21252 return nil 21253} 21254 21255// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21256func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateReservationInput { 21257 s.Name = &v 21258 return s 21259} 21260 21261// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 21262func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *UpdateReservationInput { 21263 s.ReservationId = &v 21264 return s 21265} 21266 21267type UpdateReservationOutput struct { 21268 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21269 21270 // Reserved resources available to use 21271 Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` 21272} 21273 21274// String returns the string representation 21275func (s UpdateReservationOutput) String() string { 21276 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21277} 21278 21279// GoString returns the string representation 21280func (s UpdateReservationOutput) GoString() string { 21281 return s.String() 21282} 21283 21284// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. 21285func (s *UpdateReservationOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *UpdateReservationOutput { 21286 s.Reservation = v 21287 return s 21288} 21289 21290type ValidationError struct { 21291 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21292 21293 ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"` 21294 21295 ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` 21296} 21297 21298// String returns the string representation 21299func (s ValidationError) String() string { 21300 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21301} 21302 21303// GoString returns the string representation 21304func (s ValidationError) GoString() string { 21305 return s.String() 21306} 21307 21308// SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value. 21309func (s *ValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *ValidationError { 21310 s.ElementPath = &v 21311 return s 21312} 21313 21314// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. 21315func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError { 21316 s.ErrorMessage = &v 21317 return s 21318} 21319 21320// Video Codec Settings 21321type VideoCodecSettings struct { 21322 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21323 21324 // Frame Capture Settings 21325 FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"` 21326 21327 // H264 Settings 21328 H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` 21329 21330 // H265 Settings 21331 H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"` 21332} 21333 21334// String returns the string representation 21335func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string { 21336 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21337} 21338 21339// GoString returns the string representation 21340func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string { 21341 return s.String() 21342} 21343 21344// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21345func (s *VideoCodecSettings) Validate() error { 21346 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoCodecSettings"} 21347 if s.FrameCaptureSettings != nil { 21348 if err := s.FrameCaptureSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21349 invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21350 } 21351 } 21352 if s.H264Settings != nil { 21353 if err := s.H264Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 21354 invalidParams.AddNested("H264Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21355 } 21356 } 21357 if s.H265Settings != nil { 21358 if err := s.H265Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 21359 invalidParams.AddNested("H265Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21360 } 21361 } 21362 21363 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21364 return invalidParams 21365 } 21366 return nil 21367} 21368 21369// SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value. 21370func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { 21371 s.FrameCaptureSettings = v 21372 return s 21373} 21374 21375// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value. 21376func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 21377 s.H264Settings = v 21378 return s 21379} 21380 21381// SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value. 21382func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 21383 s.H265Settings = v 21384 return s 21385} 21386 21387// Video settings for this stream. 21388type VideoDescription struct { 21389 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21390 21391 // Video codec settings. 21392 CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 21393 21394 // Output video height, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, 21395 // you can leave this field and width blank in order to use the height and width 21396 // (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. 21397 // For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required. 21398 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 21399 21400 // The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely 21401 // identify this Description. Description names should be unique within this 21402 // Live Event. 21403 // 21404 // Name is a required field 21405 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 21406 21407 // Indicates how to respond to the AFD values in the input stream. RESPOND causes 21408 // input video to be clipped, depending on the AFD value, input display aspect 21409 // ratio, and output display aspect ratio, and (except for FRAMECAPTURE codec) 21410 // includes the values in the output. PASSTHROUGH (does not apply to FRAMECAPTURE 21411 // codec) ignores the AFD values and includes the values in the output, so input 21412 // video is not clipped. NONE ignores the AFD values and does not include the 21413 // values through to the output, so input video is not clipped. 21414 RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd"` 21415 21416 // STRETCHTOOUTPUT configures the output position to stretch the video to the 21417 // specified output resolution (height and width). This option will override 21418 // any position value. DEFAULT may insert black boxes (pillar boxes or letter 21419 // boxes) around the video to provide the specified output resolution. 21420 ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior"` 21421 21422 // Changes the strength of the anti-alias filter used for scaling. 0 is the 21423 // softest setting, 100 is the sharpest. A setting of 50 is recommended for 21424 // most content. 21425 Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` 21426 21427 // Output video width, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you 21428 // can leave this field and height blank in order to use the height and width 21429 // (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. 21430 // For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required. 21431 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 21432} 21433 21434// String returns the string representation 21435func (s VideoDescription) String() string { 21436 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21437} 21438 21439// GoString returns the string representation 21440func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string { 21441 return s.String() 21442} 21443 21444// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21445func (s *VideoDescription) Validate() error { 21446 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoDescription"} 21447 if s.Name == nil { 21448 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 21449 } 21450 if s.CodecSettings != nil { 21451 if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21452 invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21453 } 21454 } 21455 21456 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21457 return invalidParams 21458 } 21459 return nil 21460} 21461 21462// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 21463func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription { 21464 s.CodecSettings = v 21465 return s 21466} 21467 21468// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 21469func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription { 21470 s.Height = &v 21471 return s 21472} 21473 21474// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21475func (s *VideoDescription) SetName(v string) *VideoDescription { 21476 s.Name = &v 21477 return s 21478} 21479 21480// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value. 21481func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription { 21482 s.RespondToAfd = &v 21483 return s 21484} 21485 21486// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value. 21487func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription { 21488 s.ScalingBehavior = &v 21489 return s 21490} 21491 21492// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value. 21493func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription { 21494 s.Sharpness = &v 21495 return s 21496} 21497 21498// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 21499func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription { 21500 s.Width = &v 21501 return s 21502} 21503 21504// Specifies a particular video stream within an input source. An input may 21505// have only a single video selector. 21506type VideoSelector struct { 21507 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21508 21509 // Specifies the color space of an input. This setting works in tandem with 21510 // colorSpaceUsage and a video description's colorSpaceSettingsChoice to determine 21511 // if any conversion will be performed. 21512 ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpace"` 21513 21514 // Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls 21515 // how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when 21516 // the input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when 21517 // the input has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used. 21518 // Choose fallback if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but 21519 // when it does have color space data, that data is correct. force means to 21520 // always use the value in colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has 21521 // no color space data or might have unreliable color space data. 21522 ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage"` 21523 21524 // The video selector settings. 21525 SelectorSettings *VideoSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 21526} 21527 21528// String returns the string representation 21529func (s VideoSelector) String() string { 21530 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21531} 21532 21533// GoString returns the string representation 21534func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string { 21535 return s.String() 21536} 21537 21538// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. 21539func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector { 21540 s.ColorSpace = &v 21541 return s 21542} 21543 21544// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value. 21545func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector { 21546 s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v 21547 return s 21548} 21549 21550// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 21551func (s *VideoSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *VideoSelectorSettings) *VideoSelector { 21552 s.SelectorSettings = v 21553 return s 21554} 21555 21556// Video Selector Pid 21557type VideoSelectorPid struct { 21558 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21559 21560 // Selects a specific PID from within a video source. 21561 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` 21562} 21563 21564// String returns the string representation 21565func (s VideoSelectorPid) String() string { 21566 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21567} 21568 21569// GoString returns the string representation 21570func (s VideoSelectorPid) GoString() string { 21571 return s.String() 21572} 21573 21574// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 21575func (s *VideoSelectorPid) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelectorPid { 21576 s.Pid = &v 21577 return s 21578} 21579 21580// Video Selector Program Id 21581type VideoSelectorProgramId struct { 21582 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21583 21584 // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. 21585 // If the program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream 21586 // will be selected by default. 21587 ProgramId *int64 `locationName:"programId" type:"integer"` 21588} 21589 21590// String returns the string representation 21591func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) String() string { 21592 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21593} 21594 21595// GoString returns the string representation 21596func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) GoString() string { 21597 return s.String() 21598} 21599 21600// SetProgramId sets the ProgramId field's value. 21601func (s *VideoSelectorProgramId) SetProgramId(v int64) *VideoSelectorProgramId { 21602 s.ProgramId = &v 21603 return s 21604} 21605 21606// Video Selector Settings 21607type VideoSelectorSettings struct { 21608 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21609 21610 // Video Selector Pid 21611 VideoSelectorPid *VideoSelectorPid `locationName:"videoSelectorPid" type:"structure"` 21612 21613 // Video Selector Program Id 21614 VideoSelectorProgramId *VideoSelectorProgramId `locationName:"videoSelectorProgramId" type:"structure"` 21615} 21616 21617// String returns the string representation 21618func (s VideoSelectorSettings) String() string { 21619 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21620} 21621 21622// GoString returns the string representation 21623func (s VideoSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 21624 return s.String() 21625} 21626 21627// SetVideoSelectorPid sets the VideoSelectorPid field's value. 21628func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorPid(v *VideoSelectorPid) *VideoSelectorSettings { 21629 s.VideoSelectorPid = v 21630 return s 21631} 21632 21633// SetVideoSelectorProgramId sets the VideoSelectorProgramId field's value. 21634func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorProgramId(v *VideoSelectorProgramId) *VideoSelectorSettings { 21635 s.VideoSelectorProgramId = v 21636 return s 21637} 21638 21639// Webvtt Destination Settings 21640type WebvttDestinationSettings struct { 21641 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21642} 21643 21644// String returns the string representation 21645func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) String() string { 21646 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21647} 21648 21649// GoString returns the string representation 21650func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 21651 return s.String() 21652} 21653 21654// Aac Coding Mode 21655const ( 21656 // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value 21657 AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" 21658 21659 // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value 21660 AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 21661 21662 // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value 21663 AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 21664 21665 // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value 21666 AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 21667 21668 // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value 21669 AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1" 21670) 21671 21672// Aac Input Type 21673const ( 21674 // AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacInputType enum value 21675 AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" 21676 21677 // AacInputTypeNormal is a AacInputType enum value 21678 AacInputTypeNormal = "NORMAL" 21679) 21680 21681// Aac Profile 21682const ( 21683 // AacProfileHev1 is a AacProfile enum value 21684 AacProfileHev1 = "HEV1" 21685 21686 // AacProfileHev2 is a AacProfile enum value 21687 AacProfileHev2 = "HEV2" 21688 21689 // AacProfileLc is a AacProfile enum value 21690 AacProfileLc = "LC" 21691) 21692 21693// Aac Rate Control Mode 21694const ( 21695 // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 21696 AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 21697 21698 // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 21699 AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 21700) 21701 21702// Aac Raw Format 21703const ( 21704 // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value 21705 AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS" 21706 21707 // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value 21708 AacRawFormatNone = "NONE" 21709) 21710 21711// Aac Spec 21712const ( 21713 // AacSpecMpeg2 is a AacSpec enum value 21714 AacSpecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 21715 21716 // AacSpecMpeg4 is a AacSpec enum value 21717 AacSpecMpeg4 = "MPEG4" 21718) 21719 21720// Aac Vbr Quality 21721const ( 21722 // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 21723 AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH" 21724 21725 // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 21726 AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW" 21727 21728 // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 21729 AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH" 21730 21731 // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 21732 AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW" 21733) 21734 21735// Ac3 Bitstream Mode 21736const ( 21737 // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21738 Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 21739 21740 // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21741 Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 21742 21743 // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21744 Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE" 21745 21746 // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21747 Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 21748 21749 // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21750 Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 21751 21752 // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21753 Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" 21754 21755 // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21756 Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 21757 21758 // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 21759 Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER" 21760) 21761 21762// Ac3 Coding Mode 21763const ( 21764 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 21765 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 21766 21767 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 21768 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 21769 21770 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 21771 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 21772 21773 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 21774 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" 21775) 21776 21777// Ac3 Drc Profile 21778const ( 21779 // Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value 21780 Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 21781 21782 // Ac3DrcProfileNone is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value 21783 Ac3DrcProfileNone = "NONE" 21784) 21785 21786// Ac3 Lfe Filter 21787const ( 21788 // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 21789 Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 21790 21791 // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 21792 Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 21793) 21794 21795// Ac3 Metadata Control 21796const ( 21797 // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 21798 Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 21799 21800 // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 21801 Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 21802) 21803 21804// Afd Signaling 21805const ( 21806 // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value 21807 AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO" 21808 21809 // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value 21810 AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED" 21811 21812 // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value 21813 AfdSignalingNone = "NONE" 21814) 21815 21816// Audio Description Audio Type Control 21817const ( 21818 // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value 21819 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 21820 21821 // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value 21822 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 21823) 21824 21825// Audio Description Language Code Control 21826const ( 21827 // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value 21828 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 21829 21830 // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value 21831 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 21832) 21833 21834// Audio Language Selection Policy 21835const ( 21836 // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value 21837 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose = "LOOSE" 21838 21839 // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value 21840 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict = "STRICT" 21841) 21842 21843// Audio Normalization Algorithm 21844const ( 21845 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 21846 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 = "ITU_1770_1" 21847 21848 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 21849 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 = "ITU_1770_2" 21850) 21851 21852// Audio Normalization Algorithm Control 21853const ( 21854 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value 21855 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO" 21856) 21857 21858// Audio Only Hls Segment Type 21859const ( 21860 // AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value 21861 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac = "AAC" 21862 21863 // AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value 21864 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 = "FMP4" 21865) 21866 21867// Audio Only Hls Track Type 21868const ( 21869 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 21870 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" 21871 21872 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 21873 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" 21874 21875 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 21876 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" 21877 21878 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 21879 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" 21880) 21881 21882// Audio Type 21883const ( 21884 // AudioTypeCleanEffects is a AudioType enum value 21885 AudioTypeCleanEffects = "CLEAN_EFFECTS" 21886 21887 // AudioTypeHearingImpaired is a AudioType enum value 21888 AudioTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 21889 21890 // AudioTypeUndefined is a AudioType enum value 21891 AudioTypeUndefined = "UNDEFINED" 21892 21893 // AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary is a AudioType enum value 21894 AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary = "VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY" 21895) 21896 21897// Authentication Scheme 21898const ( 21899 // AuthenticationSchemeAkamai is a AuthenticationScheme enum value 21900 AuthenticationSchemeAkamai = "AKAMAI" 21901 21902 // AuthenticationSchemeCommon is a AuthenticationScheme enum value 21903 AuthenticationSchemeCommon = "COMMON" 21904) 21905 21906// Avail Blanking State 21907const ( 21908 // AvailBlankingStateDisabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value 21909 AvailBlankingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 21910 21911 // AvailBlankingStateEnabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value 21912 AvailBlankingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 21913) 21914 21915// Blackout Slate Network End Blackout 21916const ( 21917 // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value 21918 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled = "DISABLED" 21919 21920 // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value 21921 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled = "ENABLED" 21922) 21923 21924// Blackout Slate State 21925const ( 21926 // BlackoutSlateStateDisabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value 21927 BlackoutSlateStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 21928 21929 // BlackoutSlateStateEnabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value 21930 BlackoutSlateStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 21931) 21932 21933// Burn In Alignment 21934const ( 21935 // BurnInAlignmentCentered is a BurnInAlignment enum value 21936 BurnInAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 21937 21938 // BurnInAlignmentLeft is a BurnInAlignment enum value 21939 BurnInAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 21940 21941 // BurnInAlignmentSmart is a BurnInAlignment enum value 21942 BurnInAlignmentSmart = "SMART" 21943) 21944 21945// Burn In Background Color 21946const ( 21947 // BurnInBackgroundColorBlack is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 21948 BurnInBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 21949 21950 // BurnInBackgroundColorNone is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 21951 BurnInBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 21952 21953 // BurnInBackgroundColorWhite is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 21954 BurnInBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 21955) 21956 21957// Burn In Font Color 21958const ( 21959 // BurnInFontColorBlack is a BurnInFontColor enum value 21960 BurnInFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 21961 21962 // BurnInFontColorBlue is a BurnInFontColor enum value 21963 BurnInFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 21964 21965 // BurnInFontColorGreen is a BurnInFontColor enum value 21966 BurnInFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 21967 21968 // BurnInFontColorRed is a BurnInFontColor enum value 21969 BurnInFontColorRed = "RED" 21970 21971 // BurnInFontColorWhite is a BurnInFontColor enum value 21972 BurnInFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 21973 21974 // BurnInFontColorYellow is a BurnInFontColor enum value 21975 BurnInFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 21976) 21977 21978// Burn In Outline Color 21979const ( 21980 // BurnInOutlineColorBlack is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 21981 BurnInOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 21982 21983 // BurnInOutlineColorBlue is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 21984 BurnInOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 21985 21986 // BurnInOutlineColorGreen is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 21987 BurnInOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 21988 21989 // BurnInOutlineColorRed is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 21990 BurnInOutlineColorRed = "RED" 21991 21992 // BurnInOutlineColorWhite is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 21993 BurnInOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 21994 21995 // BurnInOutlineColorYellow is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 21996 BurnInOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 21997) 21998 21999// Burn In Shadow Color 22000const ( 22001 // BurnInShadowColorBlack is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 22002 BurnInShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 22003 22004 // BurnInShadowColorNone is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 22005 BurnInShadowColorNone = "NONE" 22006 22007 // BurnInShadowColorWhite is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 22008 BurnInShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 22009) 22010 22011// Burn In Teletext Grid Control 22012const ( 22013 // BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value 22014 BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" 22015 22016 // BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value 22017 BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" 22018) 22019 22020// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 22021// only has one. 22022const ( 22023 // ChannelClassStandard is a ChannelClass enum value 22024 ChannelClassStandard = "STANDARD" 22025 22026 // ChannelClassSinglePipeline is a ChannelClass enum value 22027 ChannelClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE" 22028) 22029 22030const ( 22031 // ChannelStateCreating is a ChannelState enum value 22032 ChannelStateCreating = "CREATING" 22033 22034 // ChannelStateCreateFailed is a ChannelState enum value 22035 ChannelStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" 22036 22037 // ChannelStateIdle is a ChannelState enum value 22038 ChannelStateIdle = "IDLE" 22039 22040 // ChannelStateStarting is a ChannelState enum value 22041 ChannelStateStarting = "STARTING" 22042 22043 // ChannelStateRunning is a ChannelState enum value 22044 ChannelStateRunning = "RUNNING" 22045 22046 // ChannelStateRecovering is a ChannelState enum value 22047 ChannelStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" 22048 22049 // ChannelStateStopping is a ChannelState enum value 22050 ChannelStateStopping = "STOPPING" 22051 22052 // ChannelStateDeleting is a ChannelState enum value 22053 ChannelStateDeleting = "DELETING" 22054 22055 // ChannelStateDeleted is a ChannelState enum value 22056 ChannelStateDeleted = "DELETED" 22057 22058 // ChannelStateUpdating is a ChannelState enum value 22059 ChannelStateUpdating = "UPDATING" 22060 22061 // ChannelStateUpdateFailed is a ChannelState enum value 22062 ChannelStateUpdateFailed = "UPDATE_FAILED" 22063) 22064 22065// Dvb Sdt Output Sdt 22066const ( 22067 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 22068 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW" 22069 22070 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 22071 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" 22072 22073 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 22074 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL" 22075 22076 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 22077 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE" 22078) 22079 22080// Dvb Sub Destination Alignment 22081const ( 22082 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 22083 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 22084 22085 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 22086 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 22087 22088 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 22089 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart = "SMART" 22090) 22091 22092// Dvb Sub Destination Background Color 22093const ( 22094 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 22095 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 22096 22097 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 22098 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 22099 22100 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 22101 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 22102) 22103 22104// Dvb Sub Destination Font Color 22105const ( 22106 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 22107 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 22108 22109 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 22110 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 22111 22112 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 22113 DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 22114 22115 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 22116 DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed = "RED" 22117 22118 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 22119 DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 22120 22121 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 22122 DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 22123) 22124 22125// Dvb Sub Destination Outline Color 22126const ( 22127 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 22128 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 22129 22130 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 22131 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 22132 22133 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 22134 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 22135 22136 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 22137 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed = "RED" 22138 22139 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 22140 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 22141 22142 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 22143 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 22144) 22145 22146// Dvb Sub Destination Shadow Color 22147const ( 22148 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 22149 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 22150 22151 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 22152 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone = "NONE" 22153 22154 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 22155 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 22156) 22157 22158// Dvb Sub Destination Teletext Grid Control 22159const ( 22160 // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value 22161 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" 22162 22163 // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value 22164 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" 22165) 22166 22167// Eac3 Attenuation Control 22168const ( 22169 // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 22170 Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" 22171 22172 // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 22173 Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE" 22174) 22175 22176// Eac3 Bitstream Mode 22177const ( 22178 // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 22179 Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 22180 22181 // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 22182 Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 22183 22184 // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 22185 Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 22186 22187 // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 22188 Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 22189 22190 // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 22191 Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 22192) 22193 22194// Eac3 Coding Mode 22195const ( 22196 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 22197 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 22198 22199 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 22200 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 22201 22202 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 22203 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2" 22204) 22205 22206// Eac3 Dc Filter 22207const ( 22208 // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 22209 Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 22210 22211 // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 22212 Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 22213) 22214 22215// Eac3 Drc Line 22216const ( 22217 // Eac3DrcLineFilmLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 22218 Eac3DrcLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 22219 22220 // Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 22221 Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 22222 22223 // Eac3DrcLineMusicLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 22224 Eac3DrcLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 22225 22226 // Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 22227 Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 22228 22229 // Eac3DrcLineNone is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 22230 Eac3DrcLineNone = "NONE" 22231 22232 // Eac3DrcLineSpeech is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 22233 Eac3DrcLineSpeech = "SPEECH" 22234) 22235 22236// Eac3 Drc Rf 22237const ( 22238 // Eac3DrcRfFilmLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 22239 Eac3DrcRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 22240 22241 // Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 22242 Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 22243 22244 // Eac3DrcRfMusicLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 22245 Eac3DrcRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 22246 22247 // Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 22248 Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 22249 22250 // Eac3DrcRfNone is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 22251 Eac3DrcRfNone = "NONE" 22252 22253 // Eac3DrcRfSpeech is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 22254 Eac3DrcRfSpeech = "SPEECH" 22255) 22256 22257// Eac3 Lfe Control 22258const ( 22259 // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 22260 Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE" 22261 22262 // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 22263 Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE" 22264) 22265 22266// Eac3 Lfe Filter 22267const ( 22268 // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 22269 Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 22270 22271 // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 22272 Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 22273) 22274 22275// Eac3 Metadata Control 22276const ( 22277 // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 22278 Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 22279 22280 // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 22281 Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 22282) 22283 22284// Eac3 Passthrough Control 22285const ( 22286 // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 22287 Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 22288 22289 // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 22290 Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" 22291) 22292 22293// Eac3 Phase Control 22294const ( 22295 // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 22296 Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT" 22297 22298 // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 22299 Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" 22300) 22301 22302// Eac3 Stereo Downmix 22303const ( 22304 // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 22305 Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2" 22306 22307 // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 22308 Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO" 22309 22310 // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 22311 Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT" 22312 22313 // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 22314 Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 22315) 22316 22317// Eac3 Surround Ex Mode 22318const ( 22319 // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 22320 Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 22321 22322 // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 22323 Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 22324 22325 // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 22326 Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 22327) 22328 22329// Eac3 Surround Mode 22330const ( 22331 // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 22332 Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 22333 22334 // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 22335 Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 22336 22337 // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 22338 Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 22339) 22340 22341// Embedded Convert608 To708 22342const ( 22343 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 22344 EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 22345 22346 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 22347 EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 22348) 22349 22350// Embedded Scte20 Detection 22351const ( 22352 // EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value 22353 EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto = "AUTO" 22354 22355 // EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value 22356 EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff = "OFF" 22357) 22358 22359// Fec Output Include Fec 22360const ( 22361 // FecOutputIncludeFecColumn is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value 22362 FecOutputIncludeFecColumn = "COLUMN" 22363 22364 // FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value 22365 FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow = "COLUMN_AND_ROW" 22366) 22367 22368// Fixed Afd 22369const ( 22370 // FixedAfdAfd0000 is a FixedAfd enum value 22371 FixedAfdAfd0000 = "AFD_0000" 22372 22373 // FixedAfdAfd0010 is a FixedAfd enum value 22374 FixedAfdAfd0010 = "AFD_0010" 22375 22376 // FixedAfdAfd0011 is a FixedAfd enum value 22377 FixedAfdAfd0011 = "AFD_0011" 22378 22379 // FixedAfdAfd0100 is a FixedAfd enum value 22380 FixedAfdAfd0100 = "AFD_0100" 22381 22382 // FixedAfdAfd1000 is a FixedAfd enum value 22383 FixedAfdAfd1000 = "AFD_1000" 22384 22385 // FixedAfdAfd1001 is a FixedAfd enum value 22386 FixedAfdAfd1001 = "AFD_1001" 22387 22388 // FixedAfdAfd1010 is a FixedAfd enum value 22389 FixedAfdAfd1010 = "AFD_1010" 22390 22391 // FixedAfdAfd1011 is a FixedAfd enum value 22392 FixedAfdAfd1011 = "AFD_1011" 22393 22394 // FixedAfdAfd1101 is a FixedAfd enum value 22395 FixedAfdAfd1101 = "AFD_1101" 22396 22397 // FixedAfdAfd1110 is a FixedAfd enum value 22398 FixedAfdAfd1110 = "AFD_1110" 22399 22400 // FixedAfdAfd1111 is a FixedAfd enum value 22401 FixedAfdAfd1111 = "AFD_1111" 22402) 22403 22404// Follow reference point. 22405const ( 22406 // FollowPointEnd is a FollowPoint enum value 22407 FollowPointEnd = "END" 22408 22409 // FollowPointStart is a FollowPoint enum value 22410 FollowPointStart = "START" 22411) 22412 22413// Frame Capture Interval Unit 22414const ( 22415 // FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value 22416 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds = "MILLISECONDS" 22417 22418 // FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value 22419 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds = "SECONDS" 22420) 22421 22422// Global Configuration Input End Action 22423const ( 22424 // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value 22425 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone = "NONE" 22426 22427 // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value 22428 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs = "SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS" 22429) 22430 22431// Global Configuration Low Framerate Inputs 22432const ( 22433 // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value 22434 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled = "DISABLED" 22435 22436 // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value 22437 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled = "ENABLED" 22438) 22439 22440// Global Configuration Output Locking Mode 22441const ( 22442 // GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value 22443 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking = "EPOCH_LOCKING" 22444 22445 // GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value 22446 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking = "PIPELINE_LOCKING" 22447) 22448 22449// Global Configuration Output Timing Source 22450const ( 22451 // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value 22452 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock = "INPUT_CLOCK" 22453 22454 // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value 22455 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock = "SYSTEM_CLOCK" 22456) 22457 22458// H264 Adaptive Quantization 22459const ( 22460 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22461 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 22462 22463 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22464 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 22465 22466 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22467 H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 22468 22469 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22470 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 22471 22472 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22473 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 22474 22475 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22476 H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 22477) 22478 22479// H264 Color Metadata 22480const ( 22481 // H264ColorMetadataIgnore is a H264ColorMetadata enum value 22482 H264ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 22483 22484 // H264ColorMetadataInsert is a H264ColorMetadata enum value 22485 H264ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 22486) 22487 22488// H264 Entropy Encoding 22489const ( 22490 // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 22491 H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC" 22492 22493 // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 22494 H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC" 22495) 22496 22497// H264 Flicker Aq 22498const ( 22499 // H264FlickerAqDisabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value 22500 H264FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 22501 22502 // H264FlickerAqEnabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value 22503 H264FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 22504) 22505 22506// H264 Framerate Control 22507const ( 22508 // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value 22509 H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 22510 22511 // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value 22512 H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 22513) 22514 22515// H264 Gop BReference 22516const ( 22517 // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 22518 H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" 22519 22520 // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 22521 H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" 22522) 22523 22524// H264 Gop Size Units 22525const ( 22526 // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 22527 H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 22528 22529 // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 22530 H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 22531) 22532 22533// H264 Level 22534const ( 22535 // H264LevelH264Level1 is a H264Level enum value 22536 H264LevelH264Level1 = "H264_LEVEL_1" 22537 22538 // H264LevelH264Level11 is a H264Level enum value 22539 H264LevelH264Level11 = "H264_LEVEL_1_1" 22540 22541 // H264LevelH264Level12 is a H264Level enum value 22542 H264LevelH264Level12 = "H264_LEVEL_1_2" 22543 22544 // H264LevelH264Level13 is a H264Level enum value 22545 H264LevelH264Level13 = "H264_LEVEL_1_3" 22546 22547 // H264LevelH264Level2 is a H264Level enum value 22548 H264LevelH264Level2 = "H264_LEVEL_2" 22549 22550 // H264LevelH264Level21 is a H264Level enum value 22551 H264LevelH264Level21 = "H264_LEVEL_2_1" 22552 22553 // H264LevelH264Level22 is a H264Level enum value 22554 H264LevelH264Level22 = "H264_LEVEL_2_2" 22555 22556 // H264LevelH264Level3 is a H264Level enum value 22557 H264LevelH264Level3 = "H264_LEVEL_3" 22558 22559 // H264LevelH264Level31 is a H264Level enum value 22560 H264LevelH264Level31 = "H264_LEVEL_3_1" 22561 22562 // H264LevelH264Level32 is a H264Level enum value 22563 H264LevelH264Level32 = "H264_LEVEL_3_2" 22564 22565 // H264LevelH264Level4 is a H264Level enum value 22566 H264LevelH264Level4 = "H264_LEVEL_4" 22567 22568 // H264LevelH264Level41 is a H264Level enum value 22569 H264LevelH264Level41 = "H264_LEVEL_4_1" 22570 22571 // H264LevelH264Level42 is a H264Level enum value 22572 H264LevelH264Level42 = "H264_LEVEL_4_2" 22573 22574 // H264LevelH264Level5 is a H264Level enum value 22575 H264LevelH264Level5 = "H264_LEVEL_5" 22576 22577 // H264LevelH264Level51 is a H264Level enum value 22578 H264LevelH264Level51 = "H264_LEVEL_5_1" 22579 22580 // H264LevelH264Level52 is a H264Level enum value 22581 H264LevelH264Level52 = "H264_LEVEL_5_2" 22582 22583 // H264LevelH264LevelAuto is a H264Level enum value 22584 H264LevelH264LevelAuto = "H264_LEVEL_AUTO" 22585) 22586 22587// H264 Look Ahead Rate Control 22588const ( 22589 // H264LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 22590 H264LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" 22591 22592 // H264LookAheadRateControlLow is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 22593 H264LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" 22594 22595 // H264LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 22596 H264LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" 22597) 22598 22599// H264 Par Control 22600const ( 22601 // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value 22602 H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 22603 22604 // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value 22605 H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 22606) 22607 22608// H264 Profile 22609const ( 22610 // H264ProfileBaseline is a H264Profile enum value 22611 H264ProfileBaseline = "BASELINE" 22612 22613 // H264ProfileHigh is a H264Profile enum value 22614 H264ProfileHigh = "HIGH" 22615 22616 // H264ProfileHigh10bit is a H264Profile enum value 22617 H264ProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT" 22618 22619 // H264ProfileHigh422 is a H264Profile enum value 22620 H264ProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422" 22621 22622 // H264ProfileHigh42210bit is a H264Profile enum value 22623 H264ProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT" 22624 22625 // H264ProfileMain is a H264Profile enum value 22626 H264ProfileMain = "MAIN" 22627) 22628 22629// H264 Rate Control Mode 22630const ( 22631 // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 22632 H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 22633 22634 // H264RateControlModeMultiplex is a H264RateControlMode enum value 22635 H264RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 22636 22637 // H264RateControlModeQvbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 22638 H264RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR" 22639 22640 // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 22641 H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 22642) 22643 22644// H264 Scan Type 22645const ( 22646 // H264ScanTypeInterlaced is a H264ScanType enum value 22647 H264ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 22648 22649 // H264ScanTypeProgressive is a H264ScanType enum value 22650 H264ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 22651) 22652 22653// H264 Scene Change Detect 22654const ( 22655 // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 22656 H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 22657 22658 // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 22659 H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 22660) 22661 22662// H264 Spatial Aq 22663const ( 22664 // H264SpatialAqDisabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value 22665 H264SpatialAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 22666 22667 // H264SpatialAqEnabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value 22668 H264SpatialAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 22669) 22670 22671// H264 Sub Gop Length 22672const ( 22673 // H264SubGopLengthDynamic is a H264SubGopLength enum value 22674 H264SubGopLengthDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 22675 22676 // H264SubGopLengthFixed is a H264SubGopLength enum value 22677 H264SubGopLengthFixed = "FIXED" 22678) 22679 22680// H264 Syntax 22681const ( 22682 // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value 22683 H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" 22684 22685 // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value 22686 H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027" 22687) 22688 22689// H264 Temporal Aq 22690const ( 22691 // H264TemporalAqDisabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value 22692 H264TemporalAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 22693 22694 // H264TemporalAqEnabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value 22695 H264TemporalAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 22696) 22697 22698// H264 Timecode Insertion Behavior 22699const ( 22700 // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 22701 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 22702 22703 // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 22704 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 22705) 22706 22707// H265 Adaptive Quantization 22708const ( 22709 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22710 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 22711 22712 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22713 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 22714 22715 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22716 H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 22717 22718 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22719 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 22720 22721 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22722 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 22723 22724 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 22725 H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 22726) 22727 22728// H265 Alternative Transfer Function 22729const ( 22730 // H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value 22731 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert = "INSERT" 22732 22733 // H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value 22734 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit = "OMIT" 22735) 22736 22737// H265 Color Metadata 22738const ( 22739 // H265ColorMetadataIgnore is a H265ColorMetadata enum value 22740 H265ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 22741 22742 // H265ColorMetadataInsert is a H265ColorMetadata enum value 22743 H265ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 22744) 22745 22746// H265 Flicker Aq 22747const ( 22748 // H265FlickerAqDisabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value 22749 H265FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 22750 22751 // H265FlickerAqEnabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value 22752 H265FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 22753) 22754 22755// H265 Gop Size Units 22756const ( 22757 // H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 22758 H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 22759 22760 // H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 22761 H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 22762) 22763 22764// H265 Level 22765const ( 22766 // H265LevelH265Level1 is a H265Level enum value 22767 H265LevelH265Level1 = "H265_LEVEL_1" 22768 22769 // H265LevelH265Level2 is a H265Level enum value 22770 H265LevelH265Level2 = "H265_LEVEL_2" 22771 22772 // H265LevelH265Level21 is a H265Level enum value 22773 H265LevelH265Level21 = "H265_LEVEL_2_1" 22774 22775 // H265LevelH265Level3 is a H265Level enum value 22776 H265LevelH265Level3 = "H265_LEVEL_3" 22777 22778 // H265LevelH265Level31 is a H265Level enum value 22779 H265LevelH265Level31 = "H265_LEVEL_3_1" 22780 22781 // H265LevelH265Level4 is a H265Level enum value 22782 H265LevelH265Level4 = "H265_LEVEL_4" 22783 22784 // H265LevelH265Level41 is a H265Level enum value 22785 H265LevelH265Level41 = "H265_LEVEL_4_1" 22786 22787 // H265LevelH265Level5 is a H265Level enum value 22788 H265LevelH265Level5 = "H265_LEVEL_5" 22789 22790 // H265LevelH265Level51 is a H265Level enum value 22791 H265LevelH265Level51 = "H265_LEVEL_5_1" 22792 22793 // H265LevelH265Level52 is a H265Level enum value 22794 H265LevelH265Level52 = "H265_LEVEL_5_2" 22795 22796 // H265LevelH265Level6 is a H265Level enum value 22797 H265LevelH265Level6 = "H265_LEVEL_6" 22798 22799 // H265LevelH265Level61 is a H265Level enum value 22800 H265LevelH265Level61 = "H265_LEVEL_6_1" 22801 22802 // H265LevelH265Level62 is a H265Level enum value 22803 H265LevelH265Level62 = "H265_LEVEL_6_2" 22804 22805 // H265LevelH265LevelAuto is a H265Level enum value 22806 H265LevelH265LevelAuto = "H265_LEVEL_AUTO" 22807) 22808 22809// H265 Look Ahead Rate Control 22810const ( 22811 // H265LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 22812 H265LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" 22813 22814 // H265LookAheadRateControlLow is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 22815 H265LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" 22816 22817 // H265LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 22818 H265LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" 22819) 22820 22821// H265 Profile 22822const ( 22823 // H265ProfileMain is a H265Profile enum value 22824 H265ProfileMain = "MAIN" 22825 22826 // H265ProfileMain10bit is a H265Profile enum value 22827 H265ProfileMain10bit = "MAIN_10BIT" 22828) 22829 22830// H265 Rate Control Mode 22831const ( 22832 // H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 22833 H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 22834 22835 // H265RateControlModeMultiplex is a H265RateControlMode enum value 22836 H265RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 22837 22838 // H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 22839 H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR" 22840) 22841 22842// H265 Scan Type 22843const ( 22844 // H265ScanTypeProgressive is a H265ScanType enum value 22845 H265ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 22846) 22847 22848// H265 Scene Change Detect 22849const ( 22850 // H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 22851 H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 22852 22853 // H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 22854 H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 22855) 22856 22857// H265 Tier 22858const ( 22859 // H265TierHigh is a H265Tier enum value 22860 H265TierHigh = "HIGH" 22861 22862 // H265TierMain is a H265Tier enum value 22863 H265TierMain = "MAIN" 22864) 22865 22866// H265 Timecode Insertion Behavior 22867const ( 22868 // H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 22869 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 22870 22871 // H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 22872 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 22873) 22874 22875// Hls Ad Markers 22876const ( 22877 // HlsAdMarkersAdobe is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 22878 HlsAdMarkersAdobe = "ADOBE" 22879 22880 // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 22881 HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL" 22882 22883 // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 22884 HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" 22885) 22886 22887// Hls Akamai Http Transfer Mode 22888const ( 22889 // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value 22890 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" 22891 22892 // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value 22893 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" 22894) 22895 22896// Hls Caption Language Setting 22897const ( 22898 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 22899 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT" 22900 22901 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 22902 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE" 22903 22904 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 22905 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT" 22906) 22907 22908// Hls Client Cache 22909const ( 22910 // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 22911 HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED" 22912 22913 // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 22914 HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED" 22915) 22916 22917// Hls Codec Specification 22918const ( 22919 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 22920 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281" 22921 22922 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 22923 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381" 22924) 22925 22926// Hls Directory Structure 22927const ( 22928 // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 22929 HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" 22930 22931 // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 22932 HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" 22933) 22934 22935// Hls Encryption Type 22936const ( 22937 // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 22938 HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128" 22939 22940 // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 22941 HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" 22942) 22943 22944// Hls H265 Packaging Type 22945const ( 22946 // HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value 22947 HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1" 22948 22949 // HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value 22950 HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1" 22951) 22952 22953// State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging 22954const ( 22955 // HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value 22956 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 22957 22958 // HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value 22959 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 22960) 22961 22962// Hls Iv In Manifest 22963const ( 22964 // HlsIvInManifestExclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value 22965 HlsIvInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" 22966 22967 // HlsIvInManifestInclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value 22968 HlsIvInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" 22969) 22970 22971// Hls Iv Source 22972const ( 22973 // HlsIvSourceExplicit is a HlsIvSource enum value 22974 HlsIvSourceExplicit = "EXPLICIT" 22975 22976 // HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber is a HlsIvSource enum value 22977 HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber = "FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER" 22978) 22979 22980// Hls Manifest Compression 22981const ( 22982 // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 22983 HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP" 22984 22985 // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 22986 HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE" 22987) 22988 22989// Hls Manifest Duration Format 22990const ( 22991 // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 22992 HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT" 22993 22994 // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 22995 HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER" 22996) 22997 22998// Hls Media Store Storage Class 22999const ( 23000 // HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal is a HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum value 23001 HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal = "TEMPORAL" 23002) 23003 23004// Hls Mode 23005const ( 23006 // HlsModeLive is a HlsMode enum value 23007 HlsModeLive = "LIVE" 23008 23009 // HlsModeVod is a HlsMode enum value 23010 HlsModeVod = "VOD" 23011) 23012 23013// Hls Output Selection 23014const ( 23015 // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 23016 HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" 23017 23018 // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 23019 HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" 23020) 23021 23022// Hls Program Date Time 23023const ( 23024 // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 23025 HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE" 23026 23027 // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 23028 HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE" 23029) 23030 23031// Hls Redundant Manifest 23032const ( 23033 // HlsRedundantManifestDisabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value 23034 HlsRedundantManifestDisabled = "DISABLED" 23035 23036 // HlsRedundantManifestEnabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value 23037 HlsRedundantManifestEnabled = "ENABLED" 23038) 23039 23040// Hls Segmentation Mode 23041const ( 23042 // HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value 23043 HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" 23044 23045 // HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value 23046 HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" 23047) 23048 23049// Hls Stream Inf Resolution 23050const ( 23051 // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 23052 HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE" 23053 23054 // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 23055 HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE" 23056) 23057 23058// Hls Timed Metadata Id3 Frame 23059const ( 23060 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 23061 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 23062 23063 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 23064 HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 23065 23066 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 23067 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 23068) 23069 23070// Hls Ts File Mode 23071const ( 23072 // HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles is a HlsTsFileMode enum value 23073 HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" 23074 23075 // HlsTsFileModeSingleFile is a HlsTsFileMode enum value 23076 HlsTsFileModeSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" 23077) 23078 23079// Hls Webdav Http Transfer Mode 23080const ( 23081 // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value 23082 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" 23083 23084 // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value 23085 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" 23086) 23087 23088// When set to "standard", an I-Frame only playlist will be written out for 23089// each video output in the output group. This I-Frame only playlist will contain 23090// byte range offsets pointing to the I-frame(s) in each segment. 23091const ( 23092 // IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value 23093 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled = "DISABLED" 23094 23095 // IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value 23096 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard = "STANDARD" 23097) 23098 23099// A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one. 23100const ( 23101 // InputClassStandard is a InputClass enum value 23102 InputClassStandard = "STANDARD" 23103 23104 // InputClassSinglePipeline is a InputClass enum value 23105 InputClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE" 23106) 23107 23108// codec in increasing order of complexity 23109const ( 23110 // InputCodecMpeg2 is a InputCodec enum value 23111 InputCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 23112 23113 // InputCodecAvc is a InputCodec enum value 23114 InputCodecAvc = "AVC" 23115 23116 // InputCodecHevc is a InputCodec enum value 23117 InputCodecHevc = "HEVC" 23118) 23119 23120// Input Deblock Filter 23121const ( 23122 // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 23123 InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 23124 23125 // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 23126 InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 23127) 23128 23129// Input Denoise Filter 23130const ( 23131 // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 23132 InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 23133 23134 // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 23135 InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 23136) 23137 23138// Input Filter 23139const ( 23140 // InputFilterAuto is a InputFilter enum value 23141 InputFilterAuto = "AUTO" 23142 23143 // InputFilterDisabled is a InputFilter enum value 23144 InputFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 23145 23146 // InputFilterForced is a InputFilter enum value 23147 InputFilterForced = "FORCED" 23148) 23149 23150// Input Loss Action For Hls Out 23151const ( 23152 // InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value 23153 InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 23154 23155 // InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value 23156 InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 23157) 23158 23159// Input Loss Action For Ms Smooth Out 23160const ( 23161 // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value 23162 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 23163 23164 // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value 23165 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 23166) 23167 23168// Input Loss Action For Rtmp Out 23169const ( 23170 // InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value 23171 InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 23172 23173 // InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value 23174 InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 23175) 23176 23177// Input Loss Action For Udp Out 23178const ( 23179 // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 23180 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram = "DROP_PROGRAM" 23181 23182 // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 23183 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs = "DROP_TS" 23184 23185 // InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 23186 InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram = "EMIT_PROGRAM" 23187) 23188 23189// Input Loss Image Type 23190const ( 23191 // InputLossImageTypeColor is a InputLossImageType enum value 23192 InputLossImageTypeColor = "COLOR" 23193 23194 // InputLossImageTypeSlate is a InputLossImageType enum value 23195 InputLossImageTypeSlate = "SLATE" 23196) 23197 23198// Maximum input bitrate in megabits per second. Bitrates up to 50 Mbps are 23199// supported currently. 23200const ( 23201 // InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 23202 InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS" 23203 23204 // InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 23205 InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS" 23206 23207 // InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 23208 InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS" 23209) 23210 23211// Input resolution based on lines of vertical resolution in the input; SD is 23212// less than 720 lines, HD is 720 to 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines 23213const ( 23214 // InputResolutionSd is a InputResolution enum value 23215 InputResolutionSd = "SD" 23216 23217 // InputResolutionHd is a InputResolution enum value 23218 InputResolutionHd = "HD" 23219 23220 // InputResolutionUhd is a InputResolution enum value 23221 InputResolutionUhd = "UHD" 23222) 23223 23224const ( 23225 // InputSecurityGroupStateIdle is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 23226 InputSecurityGroupStateIdle = "IDLE" 23227 23228 // InputSecurityGroupStateInUse is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 23229 InputSecurityGroupStateInUse = "IN_USE" 23230 23231 // InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 23232 InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating = "UPDATING" 23233 23234 // InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 23235 InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted = "DELETED" 23236) 23237 23238// Input Source End Behavior 23239const ( 23240 // InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value 23241 InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue = "CONTINUE" 23242 23243 // InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value 23244 InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop = "LOOP" 23245) 23246 23247// There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source 23248// is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an 23249// input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url 23250// at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static. 23251const ( 23252 // InputSourceTypeStatic is a InputSourceType enum value 23253 InputSourceTypeStatic = "STATIC" 23254 23255 // InputSourceTypeDynamic is a InputSourceType enum value 23256 InputSourceTypeDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 23257) 23258 23259const ( 23260 // InputStateCreating is a InputState enum value 23261 InputStateCreating = "CREATING" 23262 23263 // InputStateDetached is a InputState enum value 23264 InputStateDetached = "DETACHED" 23265 23266 // InputStateAttached is a InputState enum value 23267 InputStateAttached = "ATTACHED" 23268 23269 // InputStateDeleting is a InputState enum value 23270 InputStateDeleting = "DELETING" 23271 23272 // InputStateDeleted is a InputState enum value 23273 InputStateDeleted = "DELETED" 23274) 23275 23276// To clip the file, you must specify the timecode for the start and end of 23277// the clip. Specify EMBEDDED to use the timecode embedded in the source content. 23278// The embedded timecode must exist in the source content, otherwise MediaLive 23279// will output black frames until it reaches the end of the source. Specify 23280// ZEROBASED to use a timecode that assumes that the first frame in the file 23281// has the timestamp 00:00:00.00. There is no default for this field, you must 23282// specify a value. 23283const ( 23284 // InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 23285 InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 23286 23287 // InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 23288 InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 23289) 23290 23291const ( 23292 // InputTypeUdpPush is a InputType enum value 23293 InputTypeUdpPush = "UDP_PUSH" 23294 23295 // InputTypeRtpPush is a InputType enum value 23296 InputTypeRtpPush = "RTP_PUSH" 23297 23298 // InputTypeRtmpPush is a InputType enum value 23299 InputTypeRtmpPush = "RTMP_PUSH" 23300 23301 // InputTypeRtmpPull is a InputType enum value 23302 InputTypeRtmpPull = "RTMP_PULL" 23303 23304 // InputTypeUrlPull is a InputType enum value 23305 InputTypeUrlPull = "URL_PULL" 23306 23307 // InputTypeMp4File is a InputType enum value 23308 InputTypeMp4File = "MP4_FILE" 23309 23310 // InputTypeMediaconnect is a InputType enum value 23311 InputTypeMediaconnect = "MEDIACONNECT" 23312) 23313 23314// If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you 23315// can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the 23316// frame specified by the timecode. 23317const ( 23318 // LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value 23319 LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame = "EXCLUDE_LAST_FRAME" 23320 23321 // LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value 23322 LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame = "INCLUDE_LAST_FRAME" 23323) 23324 23325// The log level the user wants for their channel. 23326const ( 23327 // LogLevelError is a LogLevel enum value 23328 LogLevelError = "ERROR" 23329 23330 // LogLevelWarning is a LogLevel enum value 23331 LogLevelWarning = "WARNING" 23332 23333 // LogLevelInfo is a LogLevel enum value 23334 LogLevelInfo = "INFO" 23335 23336 // LogLevelDebug is a LogLevel enum value 23337 LogLevelDebug = "DEBUG" 23338 23339 // LogLevelDisabled is a LogLevel enum value 23340 LogLevelDisabled = "DISABLED" 23341) 23342 23343// M2ts Absent Input Audio Behavior 23344const ( 23345 // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value 23346 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop = "DROP" 23347 23348 // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value 23349 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence = "ENCODE_SILENCE" 23350) 23351 23352// M2ts Arib 23353const ( 23354 // M2tsAribDisabled is a M2tsArib enum value 23355 M2tsAribDisabled = "DISABLED" 23356 23357 // M2tsAribEnabled is a M2tsArib enum value 23358 M2tsAribEnabled = "ENABLED" 23359) 23360 23361// M2ts Arib Captions Pid Control 23362const ( 23363 // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value 23364 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto = "AUTO" 23365 23366 // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value 23367 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 23368) 23369 23370// M2ts Audio Buffer Model 23371const ( 23372 // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 23373 M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC" 23374 23375 // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 23376 M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB" 23377) 23378 23379// M2ts Audio Interval 23380const ( 23381 // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value 23382 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" 23383 23384 // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value 23385 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" 23386) 23387 23388// M2ts Audio Stream Type 23389const ( 23390 // M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value 23391 M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc = "ATSC" 23392 23393 // M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value 23394 M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb = "DVB" 23395) 23396 23397// M2ts Buffer Model 23398const ( 23399 // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 23400 M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 23401 23402 // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 23403 M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE" 23404) 23405 23406// M2ts Cc Descriptor 23407const ( 23408 // M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value 23409 M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled = "DISABLED" 23410 23411 // M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value 23412 M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled = "ENABLED" 23413) 23414 23415// M2ts Ebif Control 23416const ( 23417 // M2tsEbifControlNone is a M2tsEbifControl enum value 23418 M2tsEbifControlNone = "NONE" 23419 23420 // M2tsEbifControlPassthrough is a M2tsEbifControl enum value 23421 M2tsEbifControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23422) 23423 23424// M2ts Ebp Placement 23425const ( 23426 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 23427 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" 23428 23429 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 23430 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID" 23431) 23432 23433// M2ts Es Rate In Pes 23434const ( 23435 // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 23436 M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE" 23437 23438 // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 23439 M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE" 23440) 23441 23442// M2ts Klv 23443const ( 23444 // M2tsKlvNone is a M2tsKlv enum value 23445 M2tsKlvNone = "NONE" 23446 23447 // M2tsKlvPassthrough is a M2tsKlv enum value 23448 M2tsKlvPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23449) 23450 23451// M2ts Nielsen Id3 Behavior 23452const ( 23453 // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value 23454 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 23455 23456 // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value 23457 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23458) 23459 23460// M2ts Pcr Control 23461const ( 23462 // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 23463 M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 23464 23465 // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 23466 M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 23467) 23468 23469// M2ts Rate Mode 23470const ( 23471 // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 23472 M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR" 23473 23474 // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 23475 M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR" 23476) 23477 23478// M2ts Scte35 Control 23479const ( 23480 // M2tsScte35ControlNone is a M2tsScte35Control enum value 23481 M2tsScte35ControlNone = "NONE" 23482 23483 // M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough is a M2tsScte35Control enum value 23484 M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23485) 23486 23487// M2ts Segmentation Markers 23488const ( 23489 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 23490 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP" 23491 23492 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 23493 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY" 23494 23495 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 23496 M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE" 23497 23498 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 23499 M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART" 23500 23501 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 23502 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT" 23503 23504 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 23505 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART" 23506) 23507 23508// M2ts Segmentation Style 23509const ( 23510 // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 23511 M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" 23512 23513 // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 23514 M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE" 23515) 23516 23517// M2ts Timed Metadata Behavior 23518const ( 23519 // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value 23520 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 23521 23522 // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value 23523 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23524) 23525 23526// M3u8 Nielsen Id3 Behavior 23527const ( 23528 // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value 23529 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 23530 23531 // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value 23532 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23533) 23534 23535// M3u8 Pcr Control 23536const ( 23537 // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 23538 M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 23539 23540 // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 23541 M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 23542) 23543 23544// M3u8 Scte35 Behavior 23545const ( 23546 // M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value 23547 M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 23548 23549 // M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value 23550 M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23551) 23552 23553// M3u8 Timed Metadata Behavior 23554const ( 23555 // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 23556 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 23557 23558 // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 23559 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23560) 23561 23562// Mp2 Coding Mode 23563const ( 23564 // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value 23565 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 23566 23567 // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value 23568 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 23569) 23570 23571// Ms Smooth H265 Packaging Type 23572const ( 23573 // MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value 23574 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1" 23575 23576 // MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value 23577 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1" 23578) 23579 23580// The current state of the multiplex. 23581const ( 23582 // MultiplexStateCreating is a MultiplexState enum value 23583 MultiplexStateCreating = "CREATING" 23584 23585 // MultiplexStateCreateFailed is a MultiplexState enum value 23586 MultiplexStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" 23587 23588 // MultiplexStateIdle is a MultiplexState enum value 23589 MultiplexStateIdle = "IDLE" 23590 23591 // MultiplexStateStarting is a MultiplexState enum value 23592 MultiplexStateStarting = "STARTING" 23593 23594 // MultiplexStateRunning is a MultiplexState enum value 23595 MultiplexStateRunning = "RUNNING" 23596 23597 // MultiplexStateRecovering is a MultiplexState enum value 23598 MultiplexStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" 23599 23600 // MultiplexStateStopping is a MultiplexState enum value 23601 MultiplexStateStopping = "STOPPING" 23602 23603 // MultiplexStateDeleting is a MultiplexState enum value 23604 MultiplexStateDeleting = "DELETING" 23605 23606 // MultiplexStateDeleted is a MultiplexState enum value 23607 MultiplexStateDeleted = "DELETED" 23608) 23609 23610// Network Input Server Validation 23611const ( 23612 // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value 23613 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME" 23614 23615 // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value 23616 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY" 23617) 23618 23619// State of Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging 23620const ( 23621 // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value 23622 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 23623 23624 // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value 23625 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 23626) 23627 23628// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 23629const ( 23630 // OfferingDurationUnitsMonths is a OfferingDurationUnits enum value 23631 OfferingDurationUnitsMonths = "MONTHS" 23632) 23633 23634// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 23635const ( 23636 // OfferingTypeNoUpfront is a OfferingType enum value 23637 OfferingTypeNoUpfront = "NO_UPFRONT" 23638) 23639 23640// Pipeline ID 23641const ( 23642 // PipelineIdPipeline0 is a PipelineId enum value 23643 PipelineIdPipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0" 23644 23645 // PipelineIdPipeline1 is a PipelineId enum value 23646 PipelineIdPipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1" 23647) 23648 23649// Codec, 'MPEG2', 'AVC', 'HEVC', or 'AUDIO' 23650const ( 23651 // ReservationCodecMpeg2 is a ReservationCodec enum value 23652 ReservationCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 23653 23654 // ReservationCodecAvc is a ReservationCodec enum value 23655 ReservationCodecAvc = "AVC" 23656 23657 // ReservationCodecHevc is a ReservationCodec enum value 23658 ReservationCodecHevc = "HEVC" 23659 23660 // ReservationCodecAudio is a ReservationCodec enum value 23661 ReservationCodecAudio = "AUDIO" 23662) 23663 23664// Maximum bitrate in megabits per second 23665const ( 23666 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 23667 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS" 23668 23669 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 23670 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS" 23671 23672 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 23673 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS" 23674) 23675 23676// Maximum framerate in frames per second (Outputs only) 23677const ( 23678 // ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value 23679 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps = "MAX_30_FPS" 23680 23681 // ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value 23682 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps = "MAX_60_FPS" 23683) 23684 23685// Resolution based on lines of vertical resolution; SD is less than 720 lines, 23686// HD is 720 to 1080 lines, FHD is 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines 23687const ( 23688 // ReservationResolutionSd is a ReservationResolution enum value 23689 ReservationResolutionSd = "SD" 23690 23691 // ReservationResolutionHd is a ReservationResolution enum value 23692 ReservationResolutionHd = "HD" 23693 23694 // ReservationResolutionFhd is a ReservationResolution enum value 23695 ReservationResolutionFhd = "FHD" 23696 23697 // ReservationResolutionUhd is a ReservationResolution enum value 23698 ReservationResolutionUhd = "UHD" 23699) 23700 23701// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL' 23702const ( 23703 // ReservationResourceTypeInput is a ReservationResourceType enum value 23704 ReservationResourceTypeInput = "INPUT" 23705 23706 // ReservationResourceTypeOutput is a ReservationResourceType enum value 23707 ReservationResourceTypeOutput = "OUTPUT" 23708 23709 // ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex is a ReservationResourceType enum value 23710 ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 23711 23712 // ReservationResourceTypeChannel is a ReservationResourceType enum value 23713 ReservationResourceTypeChannel = "CHANNEL" 23714) 23715 23716// Special features, 'ADVANCED_AUDIO' or 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' 23717const ( 23718 // ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value 23719 ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio = "ADVANCED_AUDIO" 23720 23721 // ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value 23722 ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization = "AUDIO_NORMALIZATION" 23723) 23724 23725// Current reservation state 23726const ( 23727 // ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value 23728 ReservationStateActive = "ACTIVE" 23729 23730 // ReservationStateExpired is a ReservationState enum value 23731 ReservationStateExpired = "EXPIRED" 23732 23733 // ReservationStateCanceled is a ReservationState enum value 23734 ReservationStateCanceled = "CANCELED" 23735 23736 // ReservationStateDeleted is a ReservationState enum value 23737 ReservationStateDeleted = "DELETED" 23738) 23739 23740// Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only) 23741const ( 23742 // ReservationVideoQualityStandard is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 23743 ReservationVideoQualityStandard = "STANDARD" 23744 23745 // ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 23746 ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced = "ENHANCED" 23747 23748 // ReservationVideoQualityPremium is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 23749 ReservationVideoQualityPremium = "PREMIUM" 23750) 23751 23752// Rtmp Cache Full Behavior 23753const ( 23754 // RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value 23755 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately = "DISCONNECT_IMMEDIATELY" 23756 23757 // RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value 23758 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer = "WAIT_FOR_SERVER" 23759) 23760 23761// Rtmp Caption Data 23762const ( 23763 // RtmpCaptionDataAll is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 23764 RtmpCaptionDataAll = "ALL" 23765 23766 // RtmpCaptionDataField1608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 23767 RtmpCaptionDataField1608 = "FIELD1_608" 23768 23769 // RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 23770 RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 = "FIELD1_AND_FIELD2_608" 23771) 23772 23773// Rtmp Output Certificate Mode 23774const ( 23775 // RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value 23776 RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" 23777 23778 // RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value 23779 RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" 23780) 23781 23782// Scte20 Convert608 To708 23783const ( 23784 // Scte20Convert608To708Disabled is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value 23785 Scte20Convert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 23786 23787 // Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value 23788 Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 23789) 23790 23791// Scte35 Apos No Regional Blackout Behavior 23792const ( 23793 // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 23794 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 23795 23796 // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 23797 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 23798) 23799 23800// Scte35 Apos Web Delivery Allowed Behavior 23801const ( 23802 // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 23803 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 23804 23805 // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 23806 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 23807) 23808 23809// Corresponds to the archive_allowed parameter. A value of ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED 23810// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 23811// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 23812const ( 23813 // Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value 23814 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed = "ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED" 23815 23816 // Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value 23817 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed = "ARCHIVE_ALLOWED" 23818) 23819 23820// Corresponds to the device_restrictions parameter in a segmentation_descriptor. 23821// If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four 23822// of them. 23823const ( 23824 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 23825 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone = "NONE" 23826 23827 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 23828 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 = "RESTRICT_GROUP0" 23829 23830 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 23831 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 = "RESTRICT_GROUP1" 23832 23833 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 23834 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 = "RESTRICT_GROUP2" 23835) 23836 23837// Corresponds to the no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. A value of REGIONAL_BLACKOUT 23838// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 23839// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 23840const ( 23841 // Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value 23842 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout = "REGIONAL_BLACKOUT" 23843 23844 // Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value 23845 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout = "NO_REGIONAL_BLACKOUT" 23846) 23847 23848// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED 23849// corresponds to 0 in the SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is 23850// an insertion request. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED corresponds to 1 in the 23851// SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is a cancelation request, in 23852// which case complete this field and the existing event ID to cancel. 23853const ( 23854 // Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value 23855 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED" 23856 23857 // Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value 23858 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED" 23859) 23860 23861// Scte35 Splice Insert No Regional Blackout Behavior 23862const ( 23863 // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 23864 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 23865 23866 // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 23867 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 23868) 23869 23870// Scte35 Splice Insert Web Delivery Allowed Behavior 23871const ( 23872 // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 23873 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 23874 23875 // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 23876 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 23877) 23878 23879// Corresponds to the web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. A value of WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED 23880// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 23881// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 23882const ( 23883 // Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value 23884 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED" 23885 23886 // Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value 23887 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_ALLOWED" 23888) 23889 23890// Smooth Group Audio Only Timecode Control 23891const ( 23892 // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value 23893 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23894 23895 // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value 23896 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock = "USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK" 23897) 23898 23899// Smooth Group Certificate Mode 23900const ( 23901 // SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value 23902 SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" 23903 23904 // SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value 23905 SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" 23906) 23907 23908// Smooth Group Event Id Mode 23909const ( 23910 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 23911 SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId = "NO_EVENT_ID" 23912 23913 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 23914 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 23915 23916 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 23917 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp = "USE_TIMESTAMP" 23918) 23919 23920// Smooth Group Event Stop Behavior 23921const ( 23922 // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value 23923 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone = "NONE" 23924 23925 // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value 23926 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos = "SEND_EOS" 23927) 23928 23929// Smooth Group Segmentation Mode 23930const ( 23931 // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value 23932 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" 23933 23934 // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value 23935 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" 23936) 23937 23938// Smooth Group Sparse Track Type 23939const ( 23940 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 23941 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone = "NONE" 23942 23943 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 23944 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 = "SCTE_35" 23945) 23946 23947// Smooth Group Stream Manifest Behavior 23948const ( 23949 // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value 23950 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend = "DO_NOT_SEND" 23951 23952 // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value 23953 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend = "SEND" 23954) 23955 23956// Smooth Group Timestamp Offset Mode 23957const ( 23958 // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value 23959 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET" 23960 23961 // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value 23962 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate = "USE_EVENT_START_DATE" 23963) 23964 23965// Timecode Config Source 23966const ( 23967 // TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 23968 TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 23969 23970 // TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 23971 TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock = "SYSTEMCLOCK" 23972 23973 // TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 23974 TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 23975) 23976 23977// Ttml Destination Style Control 23978const ( 23979 // TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value 23980 TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 23981 23982 // TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value 23983 TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 23984) 23985 23986// Udp Timed Metadata Id3 Frame 23987const ( 23988 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 23989 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 23990 23991 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 23992 UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 23993 23994 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 23995 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 23996) 23997 23998// Video Description Respond To Afd 23999const ( 24000 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 24001 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone = "NONE" 24002 24003 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 24004 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 24005 24006 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 24007 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND" 24008) 24009 24010// Video Description Scaling Behavior 24011const ( 24012 // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value 24013 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT" 24014 24015 // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value 24016 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" 24017) 24018 24019// Video Selector Color Space 24020const ( 24021 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 24022 VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW" 24023 24024 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 24025 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601" 24026 24027 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 24028 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709" 24029) 24030 24031// Video Selector Color Space Usage 24032const ( 24033 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value 24034 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK" 24035 24036 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value 24037 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE" 24038) 24039